Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594 Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group GIÁO ÁN TIẾNG ANH GLOBAL SUCCESS Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection GIÁO ÁN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6 GLOBAL SUCCESS (KÌ 1) SOẠN THEO CÔNG VĂN 5512 (2 CỘT) NĂM HỌC 2022-2023 WORD VERSION | 2023 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL COM vectorstock.com/7952556
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1 Date of planning:04/09/2022 Date of teaching: 6A:…/09/2022 6B:…/09/2022
Period 1:INTRODUCTION
1. Knowledge: TointroducenewTieng Anh6textbooks.Student’sbookandWorkbook - Tell studentssomethingaboutGreatBritain;EnglandandEnglish.Studentslearn howtostudyEnglishwelland knowthewaytolearnEnglish.
* Grammar:tobe;presentsimpletense;presentcontinuous…
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment
* Content:Havesomewarm-upactivitiestocreateeafriendlyandrelaxed
WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
- Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:1.
I. OBJECTIVES:
Aims:Tocreatee a friendlyandatmospherein the class beforethe lesson; - TogiveT andSsa chanceto introducethemselves; Tolead into the unit
3.Quality/Behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork,pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
INSTRUCTIONSFORUSINGTEXTBOOKS,STUDYINGMATERIALS
WEEK:1
*Vocabulary: Use lexical items related to text book, and the way to learn English in class;athome...someclassroomlanguages.
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to study English effectively and how to use new Tieng Anh 6 textbooks and know the methods to studynewTiengAnh6 textbooks.
ACTIVITY1+2: Aims:- To set the contextforthe introductory; - Tointroducethetopicof theunit, thevocabulary,thesounds,and the grammarpointsto belearned.
* Content:Somebriefnotes;SomethingsaboutEngland,English.IntroduceNew TiengAnh6
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
+ Lead tothefirstunitofthenew schoolWriteyear.theunittitleontheboardand askSsguestwhattheyaregoingto learnthisunit… AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study….
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)introduceshimself/ -herselfTmayintroducesomewarm-up activitiestocreateea friendlyand relaxedatmospheretoinspireSsto warmup tothenewclass… HaveSstointroducethemselves. - T encouragesSstotalkinEnglish asmuchas possible
2. NEWLESSON(12’ 15’)
2
atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewclass.
+ Greeting + Chatting. T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto introduceIntroducethemselves.themselves(name; age; address; likes; dislikes ….friends… ) + Students (Ss)listenandlearnhowtodothe tasks.Answertheteacher’squestions Opentheirbookand write.
* Outcome: KnowsomethingaboutEngland,English;LearnhowtouseNew Tieng Anh6
2. English: HowmanypeoplespeakEnglishas theirmothertongue? - HowmanypeoplespeakEnglishas theirfirstlanguage? HowmanypeoplespeakEnglishas theirsecondlanguageorfirstforeign -language?WhydoyoulearnEnglish? Is it important?Difficult?Useful? Interesting? => It’s very important, useful, interesting. It is the meand of communicationtooneanother. - T_Ss Listencarefullyandreadaloud. Fulfillteacher’srequirements Givetheanswers Ssanswerifpossible - Listencarefullyandreadaloud. Findoutthewordsrelatedtothetopic. - Therearemanyinterestingthingsof Englandandyou’llgraduallyknowabout themin theprogressoflearningEnglish. 2/Introduction:Englishisan international language.Hundredsofmillion peoplespeak Englishin theworld.400millionpeople speakEnglishastheirfirstlanguage,600 million peoplespeak Englishastheirsecond languageorfirstforeign language.4/5ofthe world’scomputersuseprograminEnglish. ¾ ofallinternationalcorrespondenceisin English. 3/English6 has12Units. T_Ss - Eachunithas7 lessons.
1. T.asksstssomequestionsabout England.WhatdoyouknowaboutEngland? - T. gives stssomethingabout EnglandandEnglish. It locatedin North westcoastof Europewithverymild weathernot toohotbutnottoocold. It consistsoffourparts:England, Wales,ScotlandandIreland. It’sofficialnameis theUK - EachparthasitsownflagofUK.
3 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 4
3/New English6 text book: Howmanyunitsaretherein English6 textbook? Whataretheyabout?
* Thereare12units Eachunithas eight sections,providingmaterials for7 classroomlessonsof45 minutes. - Section 1: GETTINGSTARTED. Introduce the topic of the unit. Present the vocabulary and the grammar items. - Section 2: A CLOSERLOOK 1.Present and practice the vocabulary and pronunciationof the unit. Grammar items may also be included in this section. - Section 3: A CLOSERLOOK 2. Deal with the main grammar point(s) of the unit. The new language point is presented in short text or a talk./ interview. Both a closer look 1,2 mainly give language focus and practice of receptive skills. - Section 4: COMMUNICATION. Help Ss to use the functional language in every day life context and consolidate what they have learnt.... - Section 5: SKILL 1. READING AND SPEAKING. Develop Ss reading abilities And provide further - Section 6: SKILL 2: LISTENING AND WRITING. The listening activity follows the oral practice in speaking to provide Ss an opportunity to listen.... Writing focuses on developing Ss’ wring skills - Section 7: LOOKING BACK & PROJECT. Recycle language from previous sections, consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the unit. The project helps Ss to improve their ability to work by themselves and in team, and extend their imagination in a field related to the unit subject. (extra-curricular activity/ or homework). Englishis nottoodifficultbutitrequires youworkinghard. Stsneedlearnby heartallvocabularyand theirReviewusage.thelessonevery day. LearnEnglishevery day.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 5 practice which supports Ss in their production of speaking English freely. 3. PRACTICE(15’) ACTIVITY3: Aims:To help Ssunderstandthe lesson. Classroomlanguage * Content:Somebriefnotes;SomethingaboutEngland,English.Classroom language… * Outcome: KnowsomethingaboutEngland,English;Classroomlanguage… * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3.Howto learn Englishbest? Tell ushowyou learnbest? Tell ushowyoucanlearnEnglish *best?Someusefulclassroomlanguages: - Whois themonitor? Whois absenttoday? Whois ondutytoday? MayI go out? MayI comein?....... HowtoimproveyourEnglish: Listen to the teacher carefully, learn E. from many sources, always enrich your vocabulary, do exercises carefully, practice speaking, listening, writing, reading every day. … - Ss should work hard every day to improvetheirEnglish. T_Ss - Listen Practicecarefullysayingclassroomlanguages. Workingroups;inpairs;presentthe projects….
GoodGoodGoodmorningafternoonmorningbye …. - Wecan say“MayI go out” Youcansay“Standup,please. - Listen,please Readafterme Repeatplease...
* Content:Somebriefnotes;SomethingsaboutEngland,English.Classroom language…
* HOMEWORK Learnclassroomlanguages. PreparenewlessonUnit========================one
* Outcome: KnowsomethingaboutEngland,English;Classroomlanguage…
6 work
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teachersays“go out,please”→Go -outTeachersays“No” → Don’tgoout Callonsomepairstopracticein frontoftheclass.
“Hard
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content - T_Ss T gives somequestionstointroduce theclassexpressions. HaveSslistenandrepeat.
Thegreetings: good
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) Instructstudentstodotheirhomework. Preparetextbook,workbook,exercisebook, PreparenewlessonUnitone.
is the key to success” 4. PRODUCTION/FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
ACTIVITY4: Aims:To revise/ teachclassroomlanguages.
THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary - Schoolthingsandactivities Verb(play, do, have, study) + Noun
1. Knowledge: - Tointroducetopicofthelesson My New School.Topracticelisteningandreading.
A
Introducesomeone I. OBJECTIVES: * Bythe end ofthis unit,studentswill beableto: usethewordsrelatedtothetopicMyNew School. usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun; - pronouncethesounds/a:/and // correctly; usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency; introducesomeonetosomeoneelse; readforgeneralandspecificinformationaboutschools; talkaboutthetypeofschoolonewouldliketo go to; listenforspecificinformationaboutschoolactivities; - writea paragraphaboutone’sschool.
Date of teaching: 6A:…/09/2022 6B:…/09/2022
Date of planning:04/09/2022
Period 2: UNIT1:MY NEWSCHOOL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
7
Pronunciation: Sounds:/a:/and // Grammar - Present Adverbssimple.offrequency
Lesson 1: GETTINGSTARTED special day
Skills: - Readingaboutschools. Talkingaboutthetypeofschoolone wouldliketogo to. Listeningaboutschoolactivities Writinga paragraphaboutone’sschool
EverydayEnglish
-Aims:Tocreatee
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork,pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to know the form and use the present simple tense ; adverbs of frequency correctly. Students can introduce themselvesandintroducesomeonetosomeoneelse;
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:1.
WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’- 5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
8
+ Vocabulary: use the words related to the topic My New School. Pronouncing the sounds/a:/and // correctly; + Grammar: usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun; usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency;
* Organization:T_Ss,… Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content + Greeting + Chatting + Greeting + Chatting.
a friendlyandatmospherein the class beforethe lesson; - TogiveT andSsa chanceto introducethemselves; Tolead into the unit
* Outcome: Introducingthemselvestomakemorenewfriends.
* Content:To havesomewarm-upactivitiestocreateeafriendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothesubjectandnewlesson.
* Content:Learnsomenewwords.Readtheconversationand findoutnewwords.
Sstotalkin Englishasmuchaspossible + Lead tothefirstunitofthe new schoolyear. Writetheunittitle My New School ontheboardandaskSs guestwhattheyaregoingto learnthisunit… AskSstoopentheirbookto page6 andintroducewhatthey aregoing tostudy….
ACTIVITY1:
+ Students (Ss)listenandlearnhowtodothe -tasks.Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements.Opentheirbookand write.
- T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtointroduce themselves.Introducethemselves(name; age; address; likes; dislikes …. Friends …)
-Aims:Toset thecontextfortheintroductory; - Tointroducethetopicof theunit, thevocabulary,thesounds,andthe grammarpointsto belearned.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’ 15’)
* Organization:T_Ss,.. Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content
* Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.Understandingtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,grammarpoints…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
9 Teacher (T)introduces himself/herself - T mayintroducesomewarmup activitiestocreateeafriendly andrelaxedatmosphereto inspireSstowarmuptothe subjectandnewclass… HaveSstointroduce themselves.Tencourages
10 T setsthesence/contextforthe listeningandreading. - T introducesVyandPhong: Theyarefriends,andDuyVy’s newHavefriend.Sslookatthepicture. AskSsquestionsaboutthe picture: Where are they? Who are Vy and Duy? Ect... AskSswhyit is a special day… EncourageSstogive their answers,butdonotconfirm whethertheir answersrightor wrong.Askthemtotalkabit about theirfeelings ontheday. Playtherecordingtwice or morefortheSslistenandread along.AskSsunderlinethenew wordsorthewordrelatedtothe topicwhiletheyarelistening andreading. *Teachvocabulary: + Teacherusesdifferent techniquestoteachvocab (situation,realia,trandlation.)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Followthesevenstepsof teachingvocab. + Check vocabulary. + Takenote CallonsomegroupsofSs to - T_Ss Listencarefullytothecontext Listencarefullyandreadaloud. - Pair Work * Vocabulary - calculator(n): máytính uniform(n):đồngphục - smart(adj):thôngminh - wear(v): mang,mặc,đội. Listencarefullyandreadaloud.
11 read the conversationaloud. 3. PRACTICE(15’)
* Organization:T_Ss... Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content
* Content:Listen andreadtheconversation. True/falseactivitiy,fillingin thegaps.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssunderstandtheconversation.
2. Readtheconversationagainandtick (√) T (True) orF (F)/ - T_Ss Dothetasks. - Listencarefully Followtheteacher’sinstructions DoTrue/False - Workindependently. Givetheanswers
2. Readtheconversationagain andtick (√) T (True) orF (F)/ AskSstoreadtheconversation againandtick(√) T (True)orF (F)/ Page7 Playtherecordingoncemore forSs tounderstandthe conversationbetter. Explainthestrategiesofdoing True FalseexercisetoSs: Read each statement carefully, identify and underline the key words in the statement, locate the key vvords or similar words in the text, and then evaluate if they are the same, or the opposites of the intormation in the given statements. If theinformationis thesame,it's True(T). If it is oppositeordifferent,it'sFalse (F).Ssworkindependently.Tell themtorefer backtothe conversationifnecessary.
* Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.Understandtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,Vocab,grammarpoints…
3.T2.F1.TKey:
12 Allowthemtosharetheir answersbeforediscussingthem in groupsorasaclass. T gives thecorrect answers 5.F4.T
3. Write ONEwordfromthe boxin each gap. - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Ssto work independently Sharetheanswers
Copythem Key: 1. wear 2. has 3. go 4. uniíorms 5.Practicesubjectssayingthesentences Givetheanswers.
ACTIVITY3: Aims:Tointroducesomevocabularyrelatedtothetopicoftheunit; - Tointroducethegrammarpointofthisunit:thepresentsimple.
* Content:Understandtheconversation;grammarpoints;presentsimpletense..
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Toknowaboutthe topicofthelesson,Vocab, grammarpoints.
- T mayinstructSshowtodo the Readexercise:thesentencesandidentify thekindof wordtofilltheblank, eg. In sentence1, weneed a verb togo withthenoun uniformsto fill the Modelblank.withthefirstsentence. “Wear” AskSstoworkindependently tofill each blankwiththeright word.AllowSs toshareanswers beforediscussingthemasa class.AskSstowritethecorrect andvversontheboard. T explainsthemeaningof somewordsifnecessary.
* Organization:T_Ss 3. Write ONEwordfromthe boxin each gap.
* Organization:T_Ss….
* Outcome: Knowmoresomewordsaboutschoolthings.
4. Matchthe wordswith the schoolthings. Thenlisten andrepeat. - T_Ss. -Ssdothematching.Ssdothemselves Listencarefully Checktheanswers Listenandrepeat *Key+Audioscript: 1. schoolbag 2. compass 3. pencilsharpener 4. rubber 5. pencilcase 6. calculator
4. PRODUCTION/FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
ACTIVITY5: Aim:Torevise/ teachthenamesofthethingsin theclassroom.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
13 Sspracticesayingthe sentencestogether. - T thenasksSsto identifythe tenseusedin thesesentences. Tell themthatitis thepresent simpletense,andtheyaregoing tolearnit in thisunit.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:Tohelp Ss revisesomewordsandlearnsomemorewordsindicatingschool things.
* Content:To learnsomemorewordsindicatingschoolthings.Matching
* Content:Namethewordsaboutschoolthingsaroundclass
4. Matchthe wordswith the schoolthings. Thenlisten and repeat. AskSstomatchthewords withtheschoolthings. PlaytherecordingforSsto listenandcheck theirmatching. Sslistenagainandrepeat. Thenlet thempracticesaying thenamesofschoolthings. Explainthemeaningif necessary,eg.usevisualaidsinthe classroom.
14
* HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversationonpage6. Domoreexercises in workbook.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
If thereis a projectorintheclassroom,showtheconversation,highlightthekey wordsrelatedtothetopic.Itwouldbehelpfulif T highlightsthepresentsimple,and thewordswiththesounds/a:/and // in theconversationandtellsSsthattheywill learntheselanguagepointsintheupcominglessons….. =========================
* Organization:T_Ss…
5. Lookaroundtheclass. Write the namesof schoolthingsyousee in yournotebook. - T Ss; Ss_ Ss
5. Lookaroundtheclass. Write the namesof school thingsyousee in your notebook. Tell Sstolookaroundthe class.Pointtoeachstudentandask whathe/ shesees/ hasaround him / her(eg: table,desks,notice board,pictures,etc.).
Listentothe instructionscarefullythendothe tasks. desks,noticeboard,pictures….. Takenote
* Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.
Let thempracticethewords, writethemin theirnotebookand makesentenceswiththewords if thereis time.
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
Askoneor twoSstotelltheclasswhattheyhavelearnt. - AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson.
Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
GrammarPresentsimple.Adverbsoffrequency
I. OBJECTIVES:
Period
WEEK:
Sounds:Pronunciation:/a:/and/ /
1. Knowledge: - To revise/ introduce the names of school subjects, and somenouns related to school and school activities. To teach vocabulary. To teach how to pronounce thesounds /a:/ and //. + Vocabulary: use the words related to the topic My New School. To pronounce the sounds/a:/and // correctly; school lunch, exercise, English, history, homework, science, football, lessons,music… + Grammar:usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun; usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency;
EverydayEnglish Introducesomeone
-Skills:Readingaboutschools. Talkingaboutthetypeofschoolone wouldliketogo to. Listeningaboutschoolactivities Writinga paragraphaboutone’sschool
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beable to revise/ introducethe names of school subjects, and some nouns related to school and school activities. Ss knowhowtopronouncethesounds/a:/and //.
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork,pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson 2: A CLOSERLOOK-1
-VocabularySchoolthingsandactivities Verb(play, do, have, study) + Noun
15 Date of planning:04/09/2022 Date of teaching: 6A:…/09/2022 6B:…/09/2022 1 3:UNIT1:
THISUNIT INCLUDES:
16
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
Aims:Torevise/ introducethe namesof schoolsubjects, andsomenounsrelated to schoolandschoolactivities.
* Organization:T_Ss… Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content
* Content:Revisethelesson.Dosomeactivitiesto createea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretowarmup tothenewlesson…
+ Greeting: Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto do. Opentheirbookandwrite.
* Outcome: Knowmoresomenewwords.
III. PROCEDURE:
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
ACTIVITY1:
* Content:To introducethenamesofschoolsubjects,nounsbylistening,repeating thewords
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector…
+ Greeting: Chatting - Teacher (T)asksSssome questionsaboutthemandclass. - AskSstoopentheirbookto page6 andintroducewhatthey aregoing tostudy….
* Outcome: Tohavea friendlyandrelaxedatmospheretothenewlesson…
* Organization:T_Ss… Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Aim: Torevise/ introducevocabulary.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
*Pre teach vocabulary: + Teacherusedifferent techniquestoteachvocabulary (situation,realia,trandlation….) + Followthesevenstepsof teachingvocab. * Checkingvocab:Slap theboard + Playtherecordingandletthe SsPlaylisten.ittwiceormorewith pausesforthemtorepeateach word.Correcttheirpronunciation. - Givethecomments. CallonsomeSs to read the wordsaloud. Note:Don’tteach thewordsin this activity yet
*scienceVocabulary: (n):mônkhoahọc history (n):mônlich sử exercise (n):bàitập Repeatinchorusand individually. Takenoteallthewords. - Sscheck the meaningofthewords * Audioscript: schoollunch exercise English science history football homework, lessonsmusic 3. PRACTICE(18’)
17 1. Listen andrepeatthe words. AskSstolistenandrepeatthe words/Page8. HaveSslookat thepicturesand thinkaboutthemeaningofthe words.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY2: Aims:To teach Sshowto combinea verb andanounto talk aboutschool *activities.Content:Pairworktoputthewordsinthecorrectcolumns * Outcome: Combinationaverbandanoun.
1. Listen andrepeatthe words. - T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructionscarefully andlearnhowtodothetasks.
* Organization:T_Ss… Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content 2. Workin pairs. Put thewords in 1 in the correct columns./P.8 - T_Ss AskSstolookatthetableand learnhowtodoit.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
18
* Outcome: Tounderstandmoreaboutusingthewordsincontexts.
ACTIVITY3: Aim:TorevisethewordsthatSshavelearntincontext.
* Content:To usepresentsimpletodotheexercises.Filling thewords.
* Organization:T_Ss… Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content 3. Putoneofthese wordsin each blank. AskSstodo activity3 3. Putoneofthese wordsin each blank. - T_Ss
- Allowthemtosharetheir -answersTgives thecorrect answers. T encouragesSstoextendtheir vocabularybyaddingasmany wordsaspossibletothegroups.
- ExplaintoSsthatinEnglish someverbsandnounsgo togetherandsomedon’t. - Ssworkinpairs..Tellthemto putthewordsin 1 intogroups. - Checktheanswers. Explaintothemwhichwordsgo witheach verb.
Ssworkin pairs. - Givetheanswers play do have study football homework schoolluch English music exercise lesson history/science (play sports, do the housework, have a rest, study new words……)
2. Workin pairs. Put thewordsin 1 in the correct columns./P.8 - Listencarefullyand learnhowtodo.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Sstoworkindependently Ssdo themselves. Ss take Practicenotesayingthesentences.Givetheanswers. Ss practicesayingthesentences. Sstakenote * Key: 1. 1. homework 2. football 3.lessons 4. exercise 5. science II. PRONUNCIATION: / a:/ and // ACTIVITY4: Aim:Tohelp Ss pronouncethesounds/a:/and // andpracticepronouncingthese soundsinwordscorrectly.
AskSstoworkindependently orin pairstofilleach blankwith theright Encourageword.themtoreadthe sentencescarefullyandlookfor clues sothattheycanchoosethe rightwordtocompleteeach thefirstsentence. - AllowSs toshareanswers beforediscussingthemasaclass. Checktheanswersina class. T maycallon someSstoread thesentencesaloud. Extension: If timeallows,askSstowrite sentencesaboutthemselvesin theirnotebooks,usingthe combinationsin2.Theyshould writeasmanysentencesas possible.Eg.// We haveEnglish lessonsonTuesdayandThursday.
* Outcome: Pronouncingthesounds/a:/and // correctly;
* Content:To pronouncethesounds/a:/and // correctly;Listenandrepeat.
sentenceModelwith
* Organization:T_Ss…. 4. Listen andrepeat. Pay attentionto the sounds/a:/and // . 4. Listen andrepeat. Pay attentionto the sounds/a:/and //. T_Ss
19
20 Let Ss practice the sounds /a:/ and / / together. Ask Ss to observe the T's mouth when pronouncingtwosounds. Play the recording and ask Ss to listentothesewordsandrepeat. Playtherecordingasmany timesasnecessary. Checkthemeaningif necessary,
* Organization:T_Ss…. Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content 5. Listen andrepeat. Then listen againandunderlinethe wordswith the sounds/a:/and // HaveSsquicklyreadthe sentencesandunderlinethe wordshavingthesounds/a:/and // - PlaytherecordingforSsto listenandcheck thewordsthat theyhaveunderlined. - Havethemworkinpairsto comparetheir answers. CheckSs'answers. Playtherecordingagain.Let Ss listenandrepeatsentenceby 5. Listen andrepeat. Thenlisten againand underlinethe wordswith the sounds/a:/and // - T_Ss - Listentotheinstructionscarefullythendothe tasks. - Workin pairs Dothetasks
* Outcome: Pronouncingthesoundscorrectlyinthesentences.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Listencarefully Checktheanswers Listenandrepeat *Audioscript: 1. /a:/:smart art carton class 2. // subject study Mondaycompass
ACTIVITY5: Aims:To help Sspronouncethesounds/a:/ and // correctly in context.
4. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
* Content:To pronouncethesounds/a:/and // correctly;Listenandrepeat
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 21 sentence,payingattentiontothe underlinedwords. 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) Askoneor twoSsto telltheclasswhattheyhavelearnt. AskSstosummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthisperiod * HOMEWORK practicereadingtheconversationonpage6. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. ==================== Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày….p tháng 9 năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng9 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai
-Aim:Torevise/
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 22
Period 4:UNIT1:MY SCHOOL
* Outcome: Ssknowtheuseandformofthepresentsimpletense.
Dateofteaching: 6A:…/9/2022 6B:…/9/2022 WEEK:2
introduceGRAMMAR:Thepresent simpletense.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
Lesson 2: A CLOSERLOOK-2
* Content:To review/introducetheuseandtheformofthepresentsimpletense.
* Organization:T_Ss..…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork, pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
1. Knowledge: To teach the form and use the present simple tense and the use the adverbs of frequency.Dosomepracticeexercises
+ Vocabulary: use the words related to the topic My New School. To pronounce the sounds/a:/and // correctly; + Grammar: usethepresentsimple; - usetheadverbsoffrequency; usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun;
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beable to revise/ introducethe namesofschoolsubjects.
NEW
Dateofplanning:10/9/2022
I. OBJECTIVES:
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
? Yes,I / you/ we/ theydo. No,I / you/we / theydon't. ? Doeshe/ she/it+ V (work/study)? Yes,he/she/itdoes. No,he/ she/ it doesn't. - Rememberhowto formandusethe
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Questionsandshortanswers ? DoI/ you/we/they+ V (work/study)?
He/ She/ It + doesn't/doesnot+V (doesn't/doesnotwork/study)
23 + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. - AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. Thepresent simple * T preparethefollowinglinesfrom theconversationin GETTING STARTED…andshowthemtoSs. Duy:Hi, Phong.I Live nearhere, andwego to thesameschool! Phong:Good.Hmm,yourschool baglooksheavy. Duy: Yes!I havenew books,and wehavenew subjectstostudy. Phong:Andanewuniform,Duy! Youlooksmart! Duy:Thanks,Phong.Wealways looksmartinouruniforms. Highlight/ Underlinethepresent simplestructuresintheselines. AskSstolookatthesentencesin theRemember! box.Rememberto introduceallthepositive,negative andquestionformsofthetense. ExplaintoSsthatweusethe presentsimpletotalkaboutactions oreventsthatoftenhappen,orare fixed.HaveSsgive someexamples.
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookandwrite. - T_Ss Thepresent simple Positive + I/You/We/They+V (work/study) + He / She/ It + V s / V es (works/ studies) Negative I/You/We/They+don't/donot+v (don't/donotwork/study)
* Outcome: Useofthepresentsimplebychoosingcorrect answer.
* Organization:T_Ss..…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
1. Choosethecorrect answerA, B, orC *Vocabulary: interview(v)phỏngvấn - playground(n)sânchơi + Students(Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks.(S) - Answertheteacher’squestions T_Ss - Listencarefullyandreadaloud. * Key:1. A 2.C 3. B 4.A 5.C 3. PRACTICE(15’)
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Content:To practiceusingthepresentsimpleincontext.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* HaveSsreadthe Remember!box. Directtheirattentiontothepresent simpletenseformforthirdperson singular./Page9 present simpletense.
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To giveSs practice in usingthe present simpletense in sentences.
24 T maygive themsomeverbsto makesentences(eg.: live, like, play, walk,etc.).
1. Choosethecorrect answerA, B, or*PreC-teach
vocabulary: + Teacherusesdifferenttechniques toteachvocabulary(situation, realia….) + Followthesevenstepsofteaching +vocab.Check vocabulary. *AskSsto dothetask1/page9 HaveSsdothisexercise individuallybeforetheysharetheir answerswiththeirpartners. AsksomeSstoreadouttheir answers.Confirmthecorrectones. T gives explanationsifnecessary.
Ss practice usingverbsin the present simplein sentences andin *context.Content:To practiceusingthepresentsimpleincontext.
* Organization:T_Ss..…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. Miss Nguyetis interviewingDuy fortheschoolnewsletter. Write the correct formofthe verbs. HaveSsworkindividually.Ask themtowritethecorrectformofthe verbsgivenin brackets. AskSstosharetheir answerswitha -partner.Tconfirmsthecorrect answers.
25
* Outcome: Practicingtheuseofthepresentsimplebywritingthecorrectformof theverbs.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.
* Key: 1. has 2. Doyouhave 3. like 4. DoesVywalk 5. ride 6. go
ACTIVITY3: AdverbsofFrequency
ACTIVITY2: ToAim:help
2. Miss Nguyetis interviewingDuyforthe schoolnewsletter. Write the correct form ofthe verbs. Ssworkindividually._S Dothetasks Sharetheanswers. - Learnhowtodo.
+ If thereis time, let Ss workinpairs torole playtheinterview.
ACTIVITY4:
* Organization:T_Ss, Individual,Pairwork,groupworks, … - Tell Sstolookatthetwoexamplescarefully. AskSsaboutthepositionoftheadverbsoffrequencỵ,andthemeaningofthose. AskSstorecallall theadverbsoffrequencytheyknow.
* Outcome: Useofadverbsoffrequencyby makingsentences.
26 Aim: Tohelp Ss revise someadverbsoffrequencythey alreadylearnt.
Example: Tomusuallytakesthebusto school. Theydon’t oftengotothecinema.
+ We useadverbsoffrequencytoshowhowoftensomethinghappens. We oftenusethemwiththepresentsimple. We usuallyplacetheadverboffrequencybeforemainverb.
3. Putoneofthese wordsin each blank. - Thisis a veryeasyactivity,sojust askSstogive theanswersasaclass. T confirmstheanswers. T encouragesSstogiveasmany sentenceswiththeseadverbsas possible.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. Putoneofthese wordsin each blank. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstowork independently Sharetheanswers Copythem Key:2. Usually 3.Sometimes5.never
* Content:Practiceusingadverbsoffrequencyin contextbychoosingthecorrect answer
* Content:To review/introducetheuseofadverbsoffrequency.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Aim:To help Ss practice usingadverbsoffrequencyin context.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Understandingmoreusingadverbsoffrequencyin context.
* Content:Makingquestions;Interviewpartnersusingthecueswords.
+necessary.NotethatSs' answersmayvary.
ACTIVITY5: Aims:To help Ss practice askingandansweringquestionsaboutthetopicof school,usingthe present simpletense andadverbsoffrequency.
* Key:1. B 2.A 3.A 4. B 5.A 4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
* Organization:T_Ss..….
27
5. Workin pairs. Makequestions, andthen interview yourpartners AskSstoworkinpairstomake questionsusingprompt. Havethemtaketurnstoask questionsandgive answers.
4. Choosethecorrect answerAorB to completeeach sentence. Let Ss workinpairs. CallonsomeSsto readaloudthe sentencesandgivetheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
4. Choosethecorrect answerAorB to completeeach sentence. Listencarefully. PairWork Checktheanswers Listenandrepeat
* Outcome: Makingquestionscorrectly.ThenInterviewpartners.
T goes roundandcorrectsmistakes orgives help whenandwhere
* Organization:T_Ss, Individual,Pair work,…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
5. Workin pairs. Makequestions,and then interview yourpartners Workin pairs tomakequestions. + Key: 1. Doyouoftenrideyourbicycletoschool? 2. Doyousometimesstudyintheschool 3.library?Doyoulike yournewschool? 4. Doyour friendsalwaysgoto schoolwith 5.you?Doyouusuallydoyourhomeworkafter school?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 28 Acceptall answerswhichare grammaticallyandlogicallycorrect. 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) * Summarizethemainpoints. - AsksomeSstogive a sentenceaboutthemselves,usingthepresentsimpleandan adverboffrequency. StudentEg.A:I usuallygetup lateonSunday. StudentB:……………………………….… * HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversationonpage9. Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. ========================= Dateofplanning:10/9/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:…/9/2022 6B:…/9/2022 WEEK:2 Period 5:UNIT1:MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson 4: COMMUNICATION I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: - This section aims at helping students use every day English phrases and expressions and develop their language skills, as well as learn about Vietnamese culture and other Introducingcultures.someone. + Vocabulary: use the words related to the topic My New School. To pronounce the sounds/a:/and // correctly.
29 + Grammar: usethepresentsimple. usetheadverbsoffrequency. usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun.
* Organization:T_Ss Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content
*IntroducingEnglishsomeoneContent: Useeverydayexpressionstodevelopthelanguageskills.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
+ Greeting + Chatting - Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to use every day Englishphrasesandexpressionsandadaptthemincontextsindailylife.
* Outcome: Developingthelanguageskillsbyaskingand answeringquestions aboutthemselves.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Greeting + Chatting. T_Ss - Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson.
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork, pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
Aims:Studentsuse every dayEnglishphrasesandexpressionsanddevelopthe languageskills, aswell aslearn aboutVietnameseculture andothercultures.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
* Everyday
PROCEDURE:
Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content
1. Listen andread thedialogue.Pay attentionto the highlightedparts. AskSstodothetask1/page11. Teachergives instructions. - PlaytherecordingandletSslisten. AsksomeSstoreadaloudthedialogue. - Asktheclasstopayattentiontothewayof introducingsomeonetosomeoneelse,and howtorespondtosomeone'sintroduction. HaveSspracticethedialoguein groups. Callonsomegroupstopracticethe dialoguein frontoftheclass. +T mayalsobeginby brainstormingways ofintroducingsomeonethattheyknow. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.
ACTIVITY1+ 2:
- T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo thetasks. Ss workingroupsandReadaloud thedialogue. - Sspracticethedialoguein groups. SsmayuseeverydayEnglishtotalk toeach other. Ssworkinpairs.
Aim:To teach Sshowto introducesomeoneto someoneelse in English.
* Outcome: Learnhowtointroducethename,age,job, likes,dislikestomake friends….
2. Workin groups.Practice introducinga friendto someoneelse. - Let Ss workingroupsandpractice introducingafriendtotheothers. Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp. Callonsomegroupsto practicein frontof theclass.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Greetingandintroducesomeonetosomeoneelse.
30 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
1. Listen andread thedialogue.Pay attentionto the highlightedparts.
2. Workin groups.Practice introducingafriend to someone else.
* Organization:T_Ss…
+ Followthesevenstepsofteachingvocab. + Check vocabulary.
* Thisis a game,so don'ttakeitseriously
3. Readandtick the questionsyou thinkare suitableto ask a new friendat -*Vocabulary:schoolfavourite (adj)đượcyêu thích - quiz(n)cuộcthiđố remember(v) nhớ - share(v) chiasẻ …..
*Pre-teach vocabulary: + Teacherusedifferenttechniquestoteach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation….)
31 Commentontheir performance Workingroupsandpractice introducingafriendtotheothers.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Learning howtomakenewfriendsatschool.
Suggestions: Vy: Phong,thisisDuy,mynew friend. Phong:Hi, Duy.Nicetomeet you. Duy:Hi, Phong.Nicetomeet you, too.
ACTIVITY3: New friendsatschool
3. PRACTICE(15’)
* Content:Askingquestionswhenmakingnew friendsatschoolbytickingthe questions.
* Organization:T_Ss… Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content 3. Readandtick the questionsyouthink are suitableto aska new friend atschool
Aim:Tohelp Sspractice askingquestionswhenmakingnew friendsatschool.
+ Ss dothetasks
32
* Content:Revisetheuseofpresentsimplebyaskingandansweringquestions.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome:Confirmquestionsby answeringYes/No correctly.
Aims:To help Ss practice askingandansweringquestionsaboutfriends. Tohelp Ss revise yes/ noquestionswith the present tense.
* Ssworkpairs Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. - AskSstoworkin pairstoaskand tick thequestions. Givetheanswers
whenSscome up withillogical answers. Thepurposeistolet themplaywithand explorethelanguage.
T mayaskSshowtheyoftenmakefriends, whattheyoftensaywhentheyfirstmeeta new friend,whatquestionstheyoftenask, etc.AskSstoreadandtickthequestions individually.Letthemdiscussthequestionsingroups. - T mayaskthemtoexplaintheiranswers. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.
+ FirstaskSstogivequalitiesofa good friendatschool.Encouragethemtogiveas manywordsaspossible.(Eg:friendly, 4. Thereis a quizforstudentsin the new schoolnewsletter. Answerthe questions. Listencarefully.S_S
* Suggestedanswers: 1. Areyoufromaroundhere? 2. Doyoulike music? 3. Whatisyourfavouritesubject atschool? 4. Doyouplayfootball? 5. Howdoyougo to schoolevery day? Dothetasksif possible
ACTIVITY4:
* Organization:T_Ss… 4. Thereis a quizforstudentsin the new schoolnewsletter. Answerthequestions.
* Write oneortwo morequestionson piece ofpaper.Then sharethem with the class.
First, have Ss tell you the new vocabulary in the questions, then explain to them the meaning of the new words.
Divideanswer.theclassintogroupsof4 or 5.Ss taketurnstointerviewtheothermembers. Usingquestionsin 4 EncourageSstogivemoreinformation aboutfriendship[eg. Friendsareforever]
5. Workin groups.Takesturnsto interview the others. Use the questionsabove. Workingroupstoaskquestions andanswer. Groupwork
genous,helpful,cheerful,etc.) AskSstoanswerquestionsindividually - CallonsomeSsto readaloudthe sentencesandgive theiranswers Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers Answerquestionsindividually.
*presentation.Content:Interviewfriendsusingquestionsabove.Presentinfrontoftheclass.
* HOMEWORK
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ssaskandanswerquestionsaboutfriends,andpractice makinga
* Outcome: Talkingtofriendstodevelopspeakingskills.
5. Workin groups.Takesturnsto interview the others. Use thequestions above. AskSstoworkingroupstoaskquestions and
ChoosesomeSstogivea presentationto theclassabouttheirgoodfriends[andwhy theyaregoodfriends]
Dothetasks
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 33
4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’-10’)
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’) - Summarizethemainpoints. HaveSstell whattheyhavelearnt(Howtointroduceafriend,whatquestionsto askwhenmakinganew friend,etc)
* Organization:T_Ss.. Teacher’s&Student’sactivities Content
Pronunciation: Sounds:/a:/and/ / Grammar - Present Adverbssimple.offrequency
Skills: Readingaboutschools. Talkingaboutthetypeofschoolone wouldliketogo to. - Listeningaboutschoolactivities Writinga paragraphaboutone’sschool
EverydayEnglish Introducesomeone
I. OBJECTIVES:
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beableto get acquainted with a reading skill. Ss understand and activate their knowledge of the lessons. Ss will have an opportunity to practice makingtheir choice of type ofschool they would like togo.
THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Schoolthingsandactivities Verb(play, do, have, study) + Noun
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My New School. + Grammar: usethepresentsimple. usetheadverbsoffrequency. usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun.
Dateofplanning:10/9/2022
Dateofteaching: 6A:…/9/2022 6B:…./9/2022 WEEK:2 Period 6:UNIT1:MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson 6: SKILLS_1/ReadingandSpeaking
1. Knowledge: To teach reading for general and specific information about school. To help Ss to get acquainted with a reading skill. To practice speaking. Ss have an opportunity to practicemakingtheirchoiceoftypeofschooltheywouldliketogo.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
34 Practiceaskingfriendsquestionsaboutgoodfriends. Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency.
PROCEDURE:
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. - AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. Asktheclasstolookatthreepicturesfirst. EncourageSstogive theirideas(asmany sentencesaspossible)Eg. in picture1,2: What can you see? How is the school? Where are they?... T leadsin thelesson. + Greeting + Chatting. T_ Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Lookatthepicturesandanswerthe teacher’squestions: I can see three schools. I can see many students in the school yar. The school in the first picture is very big and nice …. Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
35
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
* Content:Revisiontheoldlesson.Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork, pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson.
Aim: Pre - reading - Todevelopstudent’s readingskills forspecific information(scanning),Italso providesinputforthespeakingskills. Toprovidefurtherpractice to support studentsin their spokenEnglish.
36
ACTIVITY1: While-reading Aims:To getSs acquaintedwitha readingskill. - Tohelp Ss understandandactivatetheirknowledgeofthetopicofthe *lesson.Content:Lookingatthreepicturesandreadthreepassagestogetusedtoreading skills.
+ Check vocabulary.
+ Followthesevenstepsofteachingvocab.
*AskSsto dothetask1on page12. - Teachergives instructions. Tellss toreadthethreepassagesquickly andcheck theirideas. Seta stricttimelimit toread. Tell Ssa tip: Ss read the first sentence of each paragraph.This sentence often gives you the topic of the paragraph.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:T_Ss…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Lookatthe pictures andquicklyread the passages.Match1 3with A C.
*Pre-teach vocabulary: + Teacherusedifferenttechniquestoteach vocabulary(situation,realia….)
Paragraph1: Sunrise:aboardingschoolin Sydney.Paragraph2: Andon:alowersecondary schoolin BacGiang; Paragraph3: Dream:an international school 1. Lookatthe pictures andquickly read the passages.Match1 3with -*Vocabulary:A-C.boardingschool(c n)trườngnộitrú - mountain(n)núi,ngọnnúi international(adj)quốctế - art(n) nghệthuật + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks. T_Ss; S_s Sslearnhowtoreadthepassages. Ssreadthreepassagesquickly Ssknowthename.It is in ….
* Outcome: Developingreadingskillsbylookingatthepicturesanddoingthe matching.
2. Readthepassagesagainandcomplete these sentences. AskSstoreadthepassagesagain,thenfind thewordsandphrasesto completethe -sentencesThelpSstogive themeaningofthewords orexplanations,orexamples,orthe Vietnameseequivalent. - T tells Sstopayattentiontothecontextof theAskwords.Sstonotewheretheyfoundthe information,thenhelpSstocompletethe sentences.Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To help Ssfurtherdevelop their readingskills forspecific information
* Key:1. C 2.A 3. b
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssdeveloptheir readingskills forspecific information(scanning).
boarding 7. Sydney 8. Mountainsandgreenfields 9. DreamSchool. 10.English-speakingteachers.
2. Readthepassagesagainand completethese sentences. + Ss dothetasks - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. Checkthemeaningofthewords Ssworkindividuallyfirst. Comparetheanswerswithpartners Givetheanswers Key:6.
37 T maycallSs toreadaloudeachparagraph Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary.Checktheanswer. Readeach paragraphifpossible Givetheanswer
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Understandingmoreaboutcontentofthetexts.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Readingthepassagesagainandcompletesentences.
* Organization:T_Ss..….
WorkCompareanswertheanswers inpairsaskandanswerthe questions. Key: 1. Sunrise(is). 2. (It is) in BacGiang. 3. Yes,thereis. 4. Theyjoin manyinterestingclubs. 4. FURTHERPRACTICE:(8’)/Speaking ACTIVITY4: Aims:- Tohelp Ssprepareideasforthespeakingactivity;
* Outcome: Gettingmoreinformationtounderstandthethreepassages. * Organization:T_Ss… 3. Answerthe questions: AskSstoreadthepassagesindetailto answerthequestions. - T gives instructionshowtodothiskindof -exercise.Explainthestrategiesifnecessary[eg. reading the questions, understandingthe key words, locating the key words in the text, and then reading that part and answering the questions.].
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 38
Setthelongertimelimit for Sstofind the answerstothequestions. Let ss comparetheanswerswithpartners beforediscussingtheminclass. Workinpairsaskand answerthe questions.AllowSs toreadthethreepassages in chorusonce. Callon someSstoreadaloudthree passagestotheclass. Checktheirpronunciationandintonation. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers 3. Answerthe questions: Listen Answercarefullytotheinstructionsquestionsindividually. - Ss_ Ss Followthestrategiescarefully Findthe
*(scanning)Content:Answer thequestionsformoreinformationtodeveloptheirreadingskills
* Outcome: Topracticespeakingbyaskinganddiscussingthechoices ofthetypeof school…
4. Whichschoolin 1 wouldyoulike to go to?WhyorWhy not? Completethe table.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. Whichschoolin 1 wouldyou liketo go to? WhyorWhynot?Completethe table. AskSstorefer backtothepassagesin1. Askthemtogive somebackgroundofthe threeschools: Sunrise School, An Son School, and Dream School. AllowSs timeto answerthequestions: Whichschool(amongthethreeabove) wouldyouliketogo to?Why? -AskSstocompletethetablein their
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
Thennotebooks.arrange
* Content:Askandanswer thequestionstocompletethetable
* Discuss yourchoicewith a friend - MayaskSstoworkingroupstodo project/15
39 - ToprovideanopportunityforSsto practicemakingtheirchoice ofthe typeofschoolthey wouldliketo goto, andgivereasons.
Ssin pairs. - Let themstudytheexample,thendiscuss theiranswers,andexplainwhy.Whenthey finish,asksomeSstotalkin frontofthe class,thentheclasscommentsontheir friends'pronunciationandgrammar. Discussanycommonerrorsandprovide furtherpracticeifnecessary.
Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. - T-Ss Work Chooseindividuallytheanswer.Answerthe questionsCompletethetable. Talkin frontoftheclassoneofthe schooltheywouldliketogo to. Correctmistakes.
* Organization:T_ Ss... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 40 * HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practiceaskingfriendsquestionsabouttheschoolyouwouldliketochoose?Why? Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson.Skills2 Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày…. tháng 9 năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày ... tháng9 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai
Aim:-
I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: Listening for specific information about schools. Write a paragraph about one’s +school.Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My New School.
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to listen for specific informationaboutschools.Writeaparagraphaboutone’sschool.
Todevelopstudent’slistening skills forspecific information.Italso provides inputforthewriting skills. Tolearn howto write anemailto a friendorpen pals.
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork, pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
41 Dateofplanning:17/9/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/…/2022 WEEK:3
- Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
+ Grammar:-usethepresentsimple. usetheadverbsoffrequency. usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun.
PROCEDURE:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Period 7:UNIT1:MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson 6: SKILLS_2/ListeningandWriting
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
1. Janet,a studentat PalmerSchoolin America, is talkingaboutherschool. Guessthe answersto these questions.
Aim:To getSsacquaintedwithlistening skills.
ACTIVITY1: (Pre listening)
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
42
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(10’)
- Tohelp developSs’ skills oflistening forspecific information.
* Outcome: Guessingtheanswerstothequestions.Toimprovelisteningskills.
+ Greeting + Chatting - Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSsaboutthecontentoftheprevious lesson.Describe a school they would like to go to. - AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
+ Greeting + Chatting - Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - T_Ss Talkaboutoneschooltheywould like togo to. - Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson.
* Content:Listeninga studenttalkingaboutherschooltogetusedtolisteningskills
*Pre-teach vocabulary: + Teacherusedifferenttechniquestoteach 1. Janet,a studentat Palmer Schoolin America, is talkingabout her school.Guessthe answersto these *Vocabulary:questions.
* Organization:T_Ss…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Revision: Describe a school they would like to go to. - Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreateafriendlyandrelaxed atmosphereto inspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
* Outcome: Choosethecorrect answercorrectly.
2. Listen againandchoosethecorrect answerA orB. HaveSslookatthesentences.Tellthem howtodoit. - Givethemsomestrategiestodothe (exercise, eg. reading the sentences, underlining the key words, listening to the text paying attention to the key words, and deciding on 2. Listen againandchoosethe correct answerA orB. Listentothe teacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodoit. - T_Ss Checkthemeaningif necessary Audio script: Hi. My name's Janet. I'm eleven years old. I'm now in year 6 at
43 vocabulary(situation,realia….) + Followthesevenstepsofteachingvocab. + Check vocabulary. + Answer thetwoquestionsbeforelistening - AskSsthequestions:Who'sJanet?What's thenameofherschool? Ssworkinpairsandguesstheanswersto thetwo Encouragequestions.themtospeakEnglishandfeel free tomakeguesses. EncourageSstogive their answers,butdo notconfirmwhethertheir answersrightor wrong.Playtherecording.Let Sslistenonceand check theirguesses. uniform(n)bộ đồngphục wear(v)măc, đeo,đội…..
* Organization:T_Ss…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY2: While listening Aim:To help developSs'skill oflistening forspecificinformation.
+ Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo thetasks. T_Ss + Ss lookatthekey wordsbefore answeringthequestions(eg. Janet, student,PalmerSchool,America). Ssanswerthequestions Comparetheanswers.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Listen againtoget moreinformationaboutschoolsinAmerica.
* Outcome: Answerthequestionsaboutyourownschooltoimprovewritingskills.
* Post-listening - Studentstell aboutJanet’sschoolfreely T gives instructionsandencourageSsto tell aboutJanet’sschool,usinginformation in AudioScript. Givesomeclues: her name, age, the name of her school. Teacher, she studies Vietnamese, wear uniforms every day,…. - CallonsomeSsto talkfreely. Correctpronunciations,grammar,vocab, intonation.
* Content:Writetheanswerstothequestionsaboutyourownschool
* Organization:T_ Ss...….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Palmer School. I like it here. My classmates are friendly. The teachers at my school are nice and very helpful, and my favorite teacher is Mrs. Smith. She teaches us IMaths.havetwo hours to study Vietnamese every week. I usually do my homework in the library. We wear our uniforms every day, but today we aren't. We're going to have a biology lesson on a farm.
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To help Ssprepareideasfortheir writing in 4.
44 the correct option). PlaytherecordingtwiceandallowSsto choosethecorrect answersastheylisten. Sscan sharetheir answersbeforelistening totherecordingafinaltimetocheck. Get Checkfeedback.andconfirmthecorrect answers.
* Key: 1. A 2.B 3. B 4. A 5. A Freetalk Her name is Janet. She is eleven years old. She is in grade/ year 6 at Palmer School. Her friends are friendly. The teachers in her school are nice and very helpful. Her favorite teacher is Math teacher…. 4. Writing (12’)
* Outcome: Usinginformationabovetowriteaparagraphaboutyourschool.
4. Usethe answersin 3 to write a paragraphof40-50wordsaboutyour school. - Tell Sstowritea paragraphabouttheir school,coveringasmanyideasaspossible toanswerthequestionsin3. - Tell Ssthattheycanaddtheirownideas. Askthemtopayattentiontopunctuation, structures,wordchoice,linkingwords,etc. - T goes roundhelpingifnecessary. Askoneor twoSs to write their paragraph on the board. OtherSsandTcommentonthewriting.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ss practice writing a paragraphabouttheirschool.
* Organization:T_ Ss...…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. Usethe answersin 3 to write a paragraphof40-50wordsabout yourschool. - Ssworkindividually.Writea paragraphusinganswerthequestions in 3 - Writethemselves. Sample paragraph: My school is Giang Son School. It is in the centre of my village. It has 12 classes with over 500 students. We study many subjects: Maths, history, science, and of course, English. We often play games during break time.
45 3. Write the answersto thefollowing questionsaboutyourschool. - Let Ss workindividually. Guidethemtowritethe answerstothese questionsinfullsentences. Tell themthattheirsentencesmustbe grammaticallyandlogicallycorrectwiththe rightchoiceof wordsandcorrect punctuation.AllowSstorefer backtothereadingfor usefulModellanguage.withsomeSs.
3. Write the answersto the followingquestionsaboutyour school.Workindividually Answerthequestionsaboutthe -schools.Givetheanswers.
* Content:Usetheinformationabovetowriteaparagraphaboutyourownschool
======================
46 T collects someSs'paragraphstocorrectat home. My teachers are friendly, and my friends are helpful. I like my school. (53 words)
I. OBJECTIVES:
Dateofplanning:17/9/2022
+ Vocabulary: use the words related to the topic My New School. To pronounce the sounds/a:/and // correctly; + Grammar: usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency; usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun;
Project helps Ss improve their abilities to work individually and in a team. It extends their imagination in field related to the unit topic. Teacher can use this as an extracurricularactivity(forgroupwork)orashomeworkforstudentstodoindividually.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* HOMEWORK: Finishwritingtheparagraph.Copyinthenotebooks. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson.
* HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthe lesson.
Dateofteaching: 6A: ../.../2022 6B:…/…/2022 WEEK:3 Period 8:UNIT 2:MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson7: LOOKINGBACK
1. Knowledge: To recycle the language from the previous sections. To help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in theunit. Ss can evaluatetheir performanceand provide furtherpractice.Dosomepracticeexercises.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector….
Aims:This is the review and drill section of the unit. Encourage Ss not to refer back to the unit pages. Instead they can use what they have learnt during the unit to help them answerthequestions. That will help you and your Ss see how far they have progressed, and which areasneed furtherpractice.
47
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(25’) PRACTICEEXERCISES
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
3. Quality/ behavior: To teach Ss the love of English; the love of their new school. The awareness about importance of learning English. Ss have the good attitude to workingingroups,individualwork, pairwork,cooperativelearningandworking
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to recycle the language from the previous sections. Ss can consolidate and apply what they have learntintheunit.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothesubjectandnewclass
PROCEDURE:1.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
- AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting -T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto do.Opentheirbookand write.
* Outcome: Remembertheusetheverbs:have,play,do,study…
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To giveSs practice in usingthe present simple tense in sentences.
* Outcome: Rememberthewordsandtheuseofthepresentsimpletense.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssrevise the vocabularyitemsthey havelearnt.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
48
* Content:Revisewhattheyhavelearntduringtheunittowritethecorrect answer.
1. Lookatthe pictures. Write thecorrect wordsin thegaps. - HaveSsdo thisactivityindividuallythen comparetheir answerswiththeirpartners. Tell Sstowritethewordsintheir notebooks.Asksome
Sstowritethe answersonthe board.Checkandcorrectthemistakes. HaveSssaythewords. Checktheirpronunciation
* Content:Revisethevocabularyitemstheyhavelearnttodothematching.
1. Lookatthe pictures. Write the correct wordsin the gaps. + Students(Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks. - Workindividually Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements.Listencarefullyandreadaloud.
Key: 1. uniform 2. Pencilsharpener 3. notebook 4.compass 5. calculator 6.ruler
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
2. Matchthe wordsin A with th words/ phrasesin B. 2. Matchthe wordsin A with th words/phrasesin B.
-Copythem 4.Key:Completethe textwith the correct formofthe verbsin brackets. Doexercises_S_Work individually - Givetheanswers
ACTIVITY3+ 4: Aims:To help Ssrevisethepresentsimpletense.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Review grammarpoint:Presentsimpletense;furtherpracticetodo exercises. * Outcome:Remembermoretheuseandformof Presentsimpletensebydoing exercises.
1.isKey: 2.has 3. walks 4. study 5. likes
3. Completethe sentences with the present simple. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstowork independently Sharetheanswers
Ss tokeep a recordoftheiroriginal answerssotheycanusethatinformationin their 4. Completethe textwith the correct form ofthe verbsin brackets. AskSstodo themindividuallyfirst. AskSstocheck their answerswiththeir partnersbeforediscussingtheanswersasa -class.Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.
49 HaveSsdo thisactivitybythemselvesand writetheir answersintheirnotebooks. - CallononeortwoSstowritetheir answers ontheboard,thenchecktheir answersasa class.Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
Ssworkindividually.Dothetasks Sharetheanswers. * Key:1. e 2. d 3.b 4. a 5. c
3. Completethe sentences with the present simple. Forthesetwoexercises,askSstodothem individuallyfirst. AskSstocheck their answerswiththeir partnersbeforediscussingtheanswersasa class.Tell
5. Putthe adverbin bracketsin the correct placein each sentence.
- Summarizethemain points. - Ask Sswhatthey havelearntso far.Havethem recall the importantelements:
Aim:To help Ssto revise the positionofadverbsoffrequencyin sentences.
3. FURTHERPRACTICE(12’)
Get
5. Putthe adverbin bracketsin the correct placein each sentence. AskSstoreadthesentencesbythemselves carefully,thenrecallthepositionofadverbs offrequencyin sentences(beforethemain verb).Havethemwritedownthesentenceswith theadverbsoffrequencyintheirnotebooks. Let Ss doit. CallonsomeSsto readthesentences aloud.Tcheckstheir answers. - Correcttheirpronunciation Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
* Key: 1. I alwaysremembertodomy 2.homework.Nickusuallygetsgoodmarksin 3.exams.Wedo notoftenseea rabbitin 4.town.Irarelyreadinbedat night. 5. Doyousometimessinginthe shower?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
50 feedback
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Review grammarpoint:Adverboffrequency;Todoexercises.
-Studentsdothemselves Checktheanswers Givetheanswers
ACTIVITY5:
* Outcome: Remembermoretheuseandformofadverboffrequency.
4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Ss to learn to work in the teams effectively. Ask Ss to collect or draw pictures of different types of school at home and then bring them to class. Show the class some more examples of different types of schools if possible Divide the class into groups of 5 or 6. Have them discuss their dream schools, using the questions given, pictures and their then presents their dream school in front of the class. They can illustrate it with pictures or posters. T and other Ss ask questions and make comments. Ss can complete the project as homework if you are short of time.
beableto: (Over all)
* HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversationonpage9. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. ofplanning:17/9/2022 ofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/…/2022 the end ofthis unit,studentswill
51 + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtoschool; + Sounds/a:/and //. + Thepresentsimple; + Adverbsoffrequency. PROJECT.
WEEK:3 Period 9: UNIT2:MY HOUSE Lesson 1:GETTINGSTARTED A look inside I. OBJECTIVES: * By
================ Date
The section aims at introducing to Ss a new way of learning and practising the language and knowledge they have gained to do a project inside or outside the classroom.Thisalsoprepares
Date
imagination.Eachgroup
about rooms and furniture; - describe houses, rooms and furniture; listen for specific information about someone’s house; - write an email to a friend describing a house.
+ Vocabulary: usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My house. To pronouncethefinalsounds/s/ and/z/ correctly;
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
1. Knowledge: Tointroducetopicofthelesson My house.Toteachlisteningandreading.
+ Grammar:-usepossessivecasetodescribepossession; useprepositionsofplaceto describewherepeopleorthingsare; - givesuggestions;
52 use the words for types of house, rooms, and furniture; pronounce the final sounds /s/ and / z/ correctly; use possessive case to describe possession; use prepositions of place to describe where people or things are; give readsuggestions;forspecificinformation
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3.Quality/behavior:ToteachSs theloveofEnglish,thelove oftheirownroom and Thehouse.knowledgeofworkingin group,individualwork, pairwork,cooperativelearning andcommunicativecompetence.
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
III. PROCEDURE: 1. WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicereadingand listeningtheconversationbetweenMiandNick abouttypesofroomsandhouses. usingpossessivecasetodescribepossession;usingprepositionsofplacetodescribe wherepeopleorthingsare;
53
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsaboutthe previouslessons, T mayintroducesomewarm upactivitiesto createa friendlyandrelaxed atmosphereto inspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnew class…
T encouragesSstotalkinEnglishasmuchas +possibleLeadtothefirstunitofthenew schoolyear. Writetheunit title My house ontheboard.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
ACTIVITY1: Aims: - Toset thecontextfortheintroductorytext; Tointroducethetopic oftheunit.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothesubjectandnewclass
2. NEWLESSON(12’)
Aims:Tocreate anactive atmospherein theclass beforethelesson; Tolead into the new unit.
+ Greeting + Chatting.-T_ Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo Answerit.theteacher’squestions andenquirements. + Students (Ss)listenandlearn howtodothetasks. - Opentheirbookand write.
* Content:To listentoconversationtoget usedtothetopic;thevocabulary;the grammarpoints.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome:Knowmorenewwords.Understandingtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,grammarpoints…
1. Listen andread. Set the context for the listening and reading.
Encourage Ss to give their answers, but do not confirm whether their answers are right or wrong.Askthem to talk a bit about the place where theyPlaylive.the recording twice for Ss to listen and readalong. - Ask Ss to underline the words that are related to the topic of the unit while they are listening andreading.
IntroduceMiandNick:theyarepenfriends. Have Ss look at the pictures and answer some questions, eg. What are Nick and Mi doing? What might they talk about?
*Teachvocabulary: + Teacherusesdifferenttechniquestoteach vocabulary(situation,realia….)
Ss what exactly Mi and Nick talked about.Confirmthecorrect answer. - Have Ss say the words in the text that they thinkarerelatedtothetopicMyhouse.
+ Followthesevenstepsofteachingvocab. + Check vocabulary. - Invite some pairs of Ss to read the dialogue aloud.Ask
54
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Listen andread. T_Ss - Listencarefullytothecontext Answertheteacher’squestions. (They talked about their houses. Mi shared that her family was moving to a new flat and she briefly described her new flat...) -*Vocabulary:townhouse(c-n)
nhàphố - countryhouse(n) nhàở vùng quê - flat(n) căn hộ - bedroom(n) phòngngủ - bathroom(n)phòngtắm…. Listencarefullyandreadaloud. Findoutthewordsrelatedtothe topic.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:To listenandreadtheconversationagaincompletethesentences.
* Outcome: Practicereadingtheconversationandtickthecorrectcolumn.
* Outcome: Understandingmoreaboutthetext.Completethesentences.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
2. WhichfamilymembersdoesMi talk about?Puta (√)
2. Whichfamilymembersdoes Mitalk about?Puta (√) Listencarefullytotheinstructions Followtheteacher’sinstructions - Ss - Givetheanswersandcheck.
3. PRACTICE(15’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
First,askSstogivethe answerswithout readingtheconversationagain.Thenaskthem toreadtheconversationandchecktheir answers.HaveSshighlightthesentencesthathavethe answers.InvitesomeSs togive answersandtheir -evidence.Confirmthecorrect answers. Allowthemtosharetheir answersbefore discussingthemin groupsorasaclass. CallonSsto givethemanswers T gives thecorrect answers.
* Content:To listenandreadtheconversationandtickthecolumn.
ACTIVITY3: Aim:- Tohelp Ss furtherunderstandthetext.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssunderstand thetext.
55 Quickly write the words on one part of the board. CommentonSs'answers.
3. Readtheconversationagain. Completeeach sentence with ONEword. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Sstowork independently Sharetheanswers Copythem Key: 1. sister 2.TV 3. town 4.country 5. three - Practicesayingthesentences. Givetheanswers.
4. Completethe wordweb.Use the words fromthe conversationandtheonesyou know.
4. Completethe wordweb.Use the wordsfromthe conversation andtheonesyouknow.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….…...
3. Readtheconversationagain.Complete each sentence with ONEword. - AskSstoworkindependentlytofilleach blankwiththewordfromtheconversation. T mayinstructthemhowtodotheexercise: (1) read the sentence and identify the kind of informationtofilltheblank. eg. In sentence 1, we need a noun that shows the relationship between Elena and Nick to fill the blank; (2) read the conversation and locate theplacetofindthewordtofill theblank. eg. Line 2 in theconversationcontainsthe wordneededtofill theblankinsentence1. - Modelwiththefirstsentence.“sister” AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussing asa class.Writethecorrect answersonthe -board.Tgives correct answer
56
* Content:To completethewordweb,usingthewordsfromtheconvarsation.
* Outcome: RememberandUsethewordscorrectly.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:Todevelop Ssknowledgeofthevocabularyabouttypesofhouse.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
57 AskSstoworkinpairstocompletetheword web abouttypesofhouse. - Tell themthattheyshouldreadthetextagain toget thewordsandusethewordstheyknow. Ask them to draw the word web in their notebooksanddothetaskinfive minutes. Havepairsexchangetheirwordwebs. - Invitetwopairswiththemostnumberof wordstodrawtheirwordwebsontheboard. Otherpairslook,commentandaddanywords theyIntroduceknow.someothertypesofhouseifneeded.
5. Workin groups.Askyour friendswherethey live. Then reporttheir answers. Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks.Workingroups A. Wheredo youlive?
* Content:To askyourfriendswheretheylive.Reporttheanswers.
5. Workin groups.Askyourfriendswhere they live. Thenreport their answers. Have Ss work in groups to take turns to ask andansweraboutwheretheylive. - Model with onestudent to make sure Ss know howtoaskandanswer
* Outcome: Askingfriendswheretheylive. Toimprovespeakingandlistening skills.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Listencarefullyandlearnhowtodo. - Workin pairs Ssdothemselves.Givetheanswers -Suggestedanswers:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* This activity can be organized as a competitive game where Ss work in groups to add as many words to the word web as possible. - Thegroupwiththemost answerswins. Showthewinner
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ss practice askingandansweringaboutwheretheylive.
Ss toask andanswerinfrontof theAskclass.groupsecretariestoreporttheirfindings.
58 Ask one student in each group to be the secretary and to take notes of other Ss' answers so that by the end of the activity the group secretarywillreportthefindingstotheclass. Give examples of how to report the finding (eg. In my group, Lan and Nam live in flats. Ngoc lives in a country house, etc.). Move around to observe and offer help needed.Invitesome
B. I livein a flat/ in a country house. A. Howmanyroomsarethere? B. Thereareseven rooms. A. Seven?Whatarethey? B. Thereis a livingroom,three bedrooms,akitchenandtwobath A.rooms.Thankyouverymuch. B You’rewelcome. Askandanswer
* Askoneor twoSstotelltheclasswhattheyhavelearnt. - Ask Ss to say aloud some words they remember from the lesson. If there is a projector in the classroom, show the conversation, highlight the key words related to thetopic. It would be helpful if T highlights the present continuous and the words with the sounds /s/ and /z/ and tells Ss that they will learn these language points in the followinglessons.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversationonpage6. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlessons. Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày…. tháng 9 năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng9 năm 2022
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 59 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:25/9/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:6A:..../.../2022..../.../2022 WEEK:4 Period 10:UNIT1:MY HOUSE Lesson 2: A CLOSERLOOK-1 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Typeofhouse - Roomsandfurniture Pronunciation: Finalsounds:/s/ and/z / Grammar Possessive Prepositionscaseofplace Skills: Readingaboutroomsandfurniture - Describinghouses,rooms,andfurniture Listeningaboutsomeone’shouse - Writinganemailtoa friend. Describinga house EverydayEnglish Givingsuggestions I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge:
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My house. - Topronouncethefinalsounds/s/ and/z/ correctly; +useGrammar:possessivecasetodescribepossession; - useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare; give suggestions;
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….…...
III. PROCEDURE: 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
* Outcome: Tohavea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretothenewlesson…
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
3. Quality:ToteachSs theloveofEnglish,thelove oftheirownroomandhouse; Theknowledgeofworkingin group,individualwork,pairwork,cooperativelearning andcommunicativecompetence.
Tointroducetopicofthelesson My house.Toteachthenamesoftheroomsandthe namesoffurnitureinthehouse. Ssalsoidentifyhowto pronouncethefinalsounds/s/ and/z/ correctlyincontexts.
Aims:Vocabulary:Roomsandfurniture
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto knowthenamesof theroomsandthenamesoffurnitureinthehouse. Ssalsoidentifyhowtopronounce thefinalsounds/s/and/z/ correctlyincontexts.
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
* Content:Revisethelesson.Dosomeactivitiesto createafriendlyandrelaxed atmospheretowarmup tothenewclass…
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo.
60
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Vocabulary: AskSstosaythenamesoftheroomsina housetheyknow. - HaveSsquicklylookattheroomsandname them. T can explainthemeaningof“hall” (hall= a spaceorpassageinsidetheentranceorfront doorofa building/house). Checktheanswers Correcttheirpronunciation.
61 AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. Opentheirbookand write.
1: Aim:Torevise/ teach the namesofthe roomsin thehouse.
(*)Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,translation.....)
* Outcome: Toknowmorenamestheroomsinthehouse.
1. Lookatthe house.Namethe roomsin -*Vocabulary:it.hall(n)livingroom(n) phòngkhách dishwasher(n)máyrửachén,bát - chest ofdrawers(n) tủcó ngăn kéo fridge(n) tủlạnh - sink (n)bồnrửa Listencarefullytotheinstructions - T_Ss Answertheteacher’squestions. + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo thetasks. - Answertheteacher’squestions andenquirements.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’) ACTIVITY
* Content:Namesomeroomsina house.Toknowmorewordsaboutroomsinthe house.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Lookatthe house.Namethe roomsin it.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check Vocabulary Copyallthewords
2. Namethe thingsin each roomin 1.Use the wordlist below.(Youmayuse a word morethanonce.) AskSstoworkin pairstodothisactivity. Writethenamesoftheroomsonboardin differentplaces.
* Outcome: Understandingmoresomefurnitureineach room
* Content:Nameof thethings/furniturein eachroom
3. PRACTICE(15’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
the
2. Namethe thingsin each room in 1. Use thewordlist below. (Youmayuse a wordmorethan once.) - Workinpairsto dothisactivity - Listencarefullyandlearnhowto do.Givetheanswers * Key: Bed room: Lamp, chest of drawers, picture. Livingroom: Lamp, picture, sofa.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. & Student’sactivities Content
bKey: . livingroom c. bedroom d. bathroom e. kitchen.
*Check themeaningofwordsifnecessary CallonSsfromdifferentpairstogotothe boardandwritethenamesofthefurniture undertheserooms. RemindSsthat onepieceof furniturecan belongto morethanoneroom. AskotherSstocomment.AskSsiftheycan addmorethingstoeachroom.
62 Give comments.
ACTIVITY2: Aims:To revise/ teach thenamesoffurniturepieces.
Teacher’s
Aims:To help Ssidentifyhowtopronouncethefinalsounds/s/and/z/. Tohelp practicepronouncingthesesoundsinwords.
- Modelthisactivitywithastudent. AskSstoworkinpairs. - Onestudentthinksofa roominhis /her house;theotherasksquestionstoguessthe -room.Callonsomepairstopracticeinfrontofthe class.Commentontheirperformance.
* Outcome: Identifyhowtopronouncethefinalsounds/s/and/z/. Practice pronouncing.
3. Thinkofaroom in yourhouse. In pairs, ask andanswer questionsto guessit. Listentotheinstructionsclearly -Learnhowtodoit Sstowork in pairs Ssdo themselves. Copythem II. PRONUNCIATION: /s/ and /z /
63 Thisactivitycanalsobeorganisedasa game. Thefirstpairtofinishtheactivitywins andgoes totheboardtowritetheiranswer.
Ssto practiceaskingand answeringaboutthefurnitureina room.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3. Thinkofaroom in yourhouse.In pairs, ask andanswerquestionsto guessit.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Understandingsomemorethingsintheroom.
Hall: picture Kitchen: cupboard,dishwasher, sink, fridge. Bathroom: toilet, shower, sink. - Ssdo thetasks.
ACTIVITY3: Aims:Tohelp
* Content:To pronouncethefinalsounds/s/ and/z/ correctly;
* Content:Askingandansweringaboutthefurnitureina room
ACTIVITY4:
* Outcome: Topronouncethefinalsounds/s/and/z/ correctlyincontexts.Practice *pronouncing.Organization:
* Content:To pronouncethefinalsounds/s/ and/z/ correctly;
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities
*Audioscript: Lamps sinks flats toilets cupboards sofas kitchens romms.
5. Listen the conversation.Underlinethe finalin the wordsandputthem into the correct column. HaveSsquicklyreadtheconversationand underlinethefinalsin thewords. -
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Sspronouncethesounds/s / and/z/ correctly in context.
Teacher’sinstructions…
T playstherecordingforSstolistentothe conversationandwrite/s/or/z/ undereach‘s’ thattheyhaveunderlined. Tell themtoputthewordswiththefinal‘s’ in thecorrectcolumnaccordingtothesound 5. Listen the conversation. Underlinethefinalin the words andputthem intothe correct column. Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks. Dothetasks - T_Ss
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. 4. Listen andrepeatthese words HavesomeSsreadoutthewordsfirst. - Thenplaytherecordingforthemtolisten andrepeatthewords. Playtherecordingasmanytimesas necessary.HaveSscommentonthewaytopronounces attheendofthewords. Quicklyexplaintherules. Checkthemeaningif necessary, 4. Listen andrepeatthese words Listencarefully.T_Ss ListenChecktheanswersandrepeat
64
Mi: Theyarebeautiful.Wheredid theybuythem?
65 of‘s ‘. Havethemworkinpairstocomparetheir answers.CheckSs'answers.
Askthemtoexplaintheir answers.PlaytherecordingagainforSsto repeateach line oftheconversation. - AskSstoworkinpairsto practicethe conversation.Callonsomepairstopracticethe conversation.Commentontheirpronunciationofthe finals.
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
/s/:Key:chopsticks,lamps. /z/: bowls,things,homes
Listenagainandrepeat Workinpairs
Practicetheconversation
Audioscript: Mi: Mum.Areyouhome?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Mum:Yes, honey.I’min the kitchen.I’veboughtthesebowls andchopsticks.
Mum:In thedepartmentstorenear ourhouse.Theyhavealot ofthings forhomes. Mi: Don’tforgetweneed two lampsformybedrooms,Mum. Mum:Let’sgo therethisweekend.
- AskSstosummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practicespeakingthenamesofroomsandthenamesofthefurniturein thehouse.
Skills: Readingaboutroomsandfurniture houses,rooms,andfurniture Listeningaboutsomeone’shouse
I. OBJECTIVES:
1. Knowledge: - Tointroducetopicofthe lesson My house.Tointroduce/teach possessivecase. Toidentifythe correct formofpossessivecase. Also identifydifferent prepositionsofplace andusethem correctly.
Describing
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 66 Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. ================ Dateofplanning:25/9/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:.../.../2022 WEEK:4 Period 11:UNIT 1:MY HOUSE Lesson 2: A CL0SERLOOK 2 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Typeofhouse Roomsandfurniture
Prepositionscaseofplace
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My house. Topronouncethefinalsounds/s/ and/z/ correctly; +useGrammar:possessivecasetodescribepossession; useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare; - give suggestions; 2. Competence:By theend ofthelesson studentswillbe ableto knowhowtouse andformthepossessivecase.Useprepositionsofplacecorrectly.
Pronunciation: Finalsounds:/s/ and/z / Grammar Possessive
Writinganemailtoa friend. Describinga house EverydayEnglish Givingsuggestions
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothesubjectandnewclass
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Aims:Tointroduce/ teach possessivecase.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting + Greeting + Chatting
HaveSslookatthe Rememberboxaboutpossessivecase Explaintothemthat therearea few differentwaystoshowpossession,andthisunitjustfocusonone. AskSstoreadRememberbox.Tellthemthatweonlyneed toput ’s(an apostropheandans)aftera propernameorsingularnountoshowpossession. - Takea penfromastudentintheclass,say eg “This is Nam’s pen.” Andwritethe sentenceontheboardsothatSscaneasilyunderstand.CallononeortwoStudents takeoneor twothingsfromotherSsandmakesimilarsentences.Thengivea student yourbookandaskhim/her howtosayasentencetoshowpossession.If he/she makesamistake,sayoutloud “This is my teacher’s book.”
Grammar.PROCEDURE:
Possessive case
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
Giveanotherstudentyourrulerforhim/her tomakeanother sentence. Writethesentenceontheboard:name’s+ noun=Nam’spen/singularnoun’s+ noun=teacher’s book.
3. Quality/behavior:ToteachSs theloveofEnglish,thelove oftheirownroom andhouse;Theknowledgeofworkingingroup,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearningandcommunicativecompetence.
67
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
68 Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. - AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study….
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Outcome: Learninghowtoformandusepossessivecasebychoosingthecorrect answer.
Remember!1. We use’s aftera propername.
Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write.
* Content:To introduce/teachpossessivecase. Use’s afterpropernameorsingular noun.
* Organization:T_Ss,…….
ACTIVITY1: Aims:To help Ssidentifythe correct formof possessivecase
Example:ThisisElena’sroom 2. We use’s aftera singularnoun. Example:Thisismy mum’sbook.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Choosethecorrect answer AskSstodoexerciseindividuallyand thencomparetheir answerswitha classmate.Checktheanswersasaclass. Confirmthecorrect answers 1. Choosethecorrect answer + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. WorkIndividually - Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements.Listencarefullyandreadaloud. * Key: 1. grandmother’s 2.sister’s 3.cousin’s 4. Nam’s 5. An’s 3. PRACTICE(15’)
* Content:Formingthecorrectformofpossessivecase.
Aims:Tohelp Ss identify differentprepositionsofplaceandusethemcorrectlyto describewherepeopleorthingsare.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3. Write the correct prepositionin the boxundereach picture. Saya 3. Write the correct prepositionin the boxundereach picture. Saya sentence
2. Completethe sentences with the correct possessivecase. Ssworkindividually - Dothetasks Sharetheanswers Learnhowtodo. * Key: 1. Mi’s 2. teacher’s 3.Nick’s 4. 5.father’sbrother’s
* Outcome: Writethecorrectprepositioninthebox. Usetheprepositionsofplace correctly
ACTIVITY2: ToAims:help
ACTIVITY3: Prepositions ofplace
* Content:Writedifferentprepositionsofplaceandusethemtodothetasks.
2. Completethe sentences with the correct possessivecase. HaveSsdo thisexercise. - CallontwoSstowritetheir answers ontheboard DrawallSs’attentiontotheboardand check theanswerstogether. T confirmsthecorrect answers - Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciation andintonation.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: Thewaytoformpossessivecase.
Ss practice formingthecorrect formofpossessive case.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 69
* Vocabulary: - in frontof(prep.) nextto(prep.) - behind underbetween(prep.)(prep.)(prep.)inon nextto behindinfrontof under between - Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstowork independently Sharetheanswers Copythem Key: 2. nextto 3. behind 4.in 5. in frontof 6. between 7. under 2. Thedogis nexttothearmchair. 3. Thecat is behindtheTV. 4. Thecat is in thewardrobe. 5. Thedogis in frontofthedoghouse.
70
sentence to describe the picture. *)Pre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually - Checkvocab Copyallthewords - AskSswhatprepositionsofplacethey know.EncourageSstosayasmanyas possible.HavethemlookattheRemember!box tosee if theprepositionstheyhave mentionedarethesame. AskSstolookat3 andexplainwhat theyhavetodo. HaveSsdo thisexercisein pairs.Ask forSs' Confirmanswers.thecorrect answers. HaveSsworkin pairstosaysentences describingthepictures. Movearoundtoofferhelp if needed. CallonsomeSsto saytheirsentences.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
to describe the picture.
Listen ListenCheckcarefullytheanswersandrepeat
3. F (Theclock is betweenthetwo pictures.) 4. T 5. F (Thecap ison thepillow.)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. 4. Lookatthe pictureandwrite T (True) OrF (False) foreach sentence. Correct thefalsesentence.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. Lookatthe pictureandwrite T (True) OrF (False) foreach sentence. Correct thefalsesentence
ACTIVITY4: Aims:To giveSsfurtherpractice in usingprepositionsof place.
* Outcome: Decideif each sentenceis trueorfalse. Tocorrectthefalsesentence.
* Content:To writeTrueorFalseforeach sentence.
6. Thecat is betweenthelamp andthe 7.armchair.Thecat is underthetable.
HaveSslookatthepictureoftheroom andaskthemtodescribetheroom briefly.Askthemtoreadeach sentence,look atthepictureanddecideif each sentence is trueorfalse. If it is false, askthemto correctit. - HaveSsdo thisexerciseindividually beforetheysharetheir answerswitha partner.AsksomeSstoreadouttheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
.
1Key: . T 2. F (Theschoolbagis underthetable.)
71 If thereis time, asksomeSstowrite theirsentencesontheboard.
* Outcome: Knowhowtoplaygame.Showingthewinningteam.
Thisclass.activity can be organised as a competative game. The class is devided into teams A and B. Have the teams look at the picture for 30Askseconds.toclose their books. Ask Ss from each team to answer some questions about the position of the things in the picture. Record their points on the board and announce the winning team. T goes round and corrects mistakes or gives help whenandwherenecessary. Showthewinner.
* Content:PlayingGAMEMemorychallenge.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 72 4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
5. GAME:Memorychallenge
5. GAME:Memorychallenge - Workintwo teams. + Listen totheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandplaygamesinteams Playgame
ACTIVITY5: Aims:To help Ss practice describing their house.
Have Ss work in pairs to play the game Memory challenge. Ss look at the picture in 4 for 30 seconds and then cover it. They ask and answer questions about position of the thing in the picture. Invite some pairs to perform in front of the
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
-
teaching: 6A: ../.../2022 6B:.../.../2022 WEEK:4 Period 12:UNIT 2:MY HOUSE Lesson 4: COMMUNICATION THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Typeofhouse - Roomsandfurniture Pronunciation: Finalsounds:/s/ and/z / Grammar - Possessive Prepositionscaseofplace Skills: Readingaboutroomsandfurniture - Describinghouses,rooms,andfurniture Listeningaboutsomeone’shouse - Writinganemailtoa friend. Describinga house EverydayEnglish Givingsuggestions I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: - This section aims at helping students use every day English phrases and expressions and develop their language skills, as well as learn about Vietnamese culture and other cultures.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 73
Summarizethemainpointsofthelesson.Takeabookfromastudentandask anotherstudenttomakesentencewiththepossessivecase. Putapencilona bookandaskastudenttomakesentenceoraskSstomake sentencestodescribethepositionofthingsinthe classroom. HOMEWORK Revisetheuseandformofpossessivecase. Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. of of
================== Date
-
planning:25/9/2022 Date
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beabletopracticereadingand listening the conversation between Mi and Nick about types of rooms and houses. using possessive case to describe possession; using prepositions of place to describe wherepeopleorthingsare;
3. Quality/behavior:ToteachSstheloveofEnglish,thelove oftheirownroom andhouse;Theknowledgeofworkingingroup,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearningandcommunicativecompetence.
* EverydayEnglish Givingsuggestions.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting + Greeting + Chatting
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… - Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
* Content:Havingsomewarm-upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmosphereto inspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnewclass
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My house. + Grammar: usepossessivecasetodescribepossession; useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare; give suggestions;
Aims:Studentsuse every dayEnglishphrasesandexpressionsanddevelopthelanguage skills, aswell aslearn aboutVietnamesecultureandothercultures.
III. PROCEDURE: 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
74 Studentslearnhowtogivesuggestions.
* Content:Twowaysofgiving suggestionsHowabout+V ing; Let’s+ V * Outcome: Knowinghowtogivesuggestions.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
75 Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. - AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson. TellSs thattheyaregoingtolearnhowto give suggetions.AskSstoexpalinor demostratehowtogivesuggestions.
Ss workingroupsandReadaloudthe dialogue.Sspracticethedialoguein groups. - SsmayuseeverydayEnglishtotalkto each other.
ACTIVITY1+ 2: Aim:To teach Sshowtwo waysofgivingsuggestionsin English. - To help Sspractice givingsuggestions.
Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Opentheirbookandwritethetittleofthe Alesson . Let’s go to the zoo this weekend. How about goingto the zoo this weekend? B. Great idea. …
1. ElenaandherMum arediscussing how to decorateher bedroom.Listenandread the dialogue.Payattentionto the highlightedsentences.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
1. PlaytherecordingforSstolistenand readthedialoguebetweenElenaandher mumatthesametime. AskSstopayattentiontothehighlighted Elicitsentences.thestructures
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ofgiving suggestions fromSs{Howabout+V ing?,Let's+ V).
1. ElenaandherMum arediscussing how to decorateher bedroom.Listenandread the dialogue.Payattentionto the highlightedsentences. T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks.
* Outcome: Learnhowtodescribethehouse.Completethesentencescorrectly.
Ssworkinpairs.
- Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp. Callonsomegroupsto practicein frontof theCommentclass.ontheir performance.
Audioscript: Elena:My bedroomisn'tnice. Mum:Howaboutputtingapictureonthe Elena:wall?Greatidea,Mum.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. Workin pairs. Makesimilar dialogue - AskSstoworkinpairstomakesimilar dialogues,usingthestructuresofgiving suggestions. Workin groupsandpracticein pairs + Ss dothetasks
76 HaveSspracticethedialoguein pairs. Callonsomepairsto practicethedialoguein frontoftheclass.
2. Workin pairs. Makesimilar dialogue. Rememberto use thestructure.
ACTIVITY3: Livingplaces. Aim:-To giveSsa sampleof a housedescription.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Howabout+ V ing? + Let’s + V-Infinitive - AskSstoworkinpairstomakesimilar dialogues,usingthestructuresofgiving suggestions.Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Commentontheirperformance.
3. PRACTICE(15’)
Mum:Let's go tothedepartmentstoretobuy one.
* Content:Listen ;lookatthepicturesandcompletethesentences
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,translation....)
KeySuggestedindividuallyanswers: :1. country 2. are 3. is 4. Chairs 5.On ACTIVITY4: Aims:To help Ss practice askingandansweringquestionsaboutthedifferentbetween two houses.
77 3. Mitells Nick abouthergrandparents’ countryhouse.Lookatthe pictures ofher grandparents’houseandcompletethe *)sentencesTeachvocabulary:
3. Mitells Nick abouthergrandparents’ countryhouse.Lookatthe pictures ofher grandparents’houseandcompletethe -*sentencesVocabulary:hall (n)sảnh put(v)đặtđể - store (n)cửa hàng wardrobe(n)tủquầnáo - Sswork
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually - Takenote Tohelp Sspracticeusingsomegrammar pointsandvocabularyrelatedtothetopic. HaveSslookatthepictureandtry describingthehouse. - EncourageSstosayfullsentences. ThenaskSstoworkinpairstocomplete thegiven sentences. Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp. InviteSstosharetheir answers. - Confirmthecorrect answers. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs' pronunciationand intonation.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Lookatpicture;askthedifferencesbetweentwohouses * Outcome: Describingthehouses.
* Content:Drawing asimplepictureofyourhouse.Tellthepartneraboutit.
4. StudentA lookatthepicture ofNick’s houseon thispage.StudentB looksat the pictures ofMi’s houseonpage25.Ask questionsto findthedifferencesbetween the twohouses. Listen Answercarefullyquestionsindividually. - Workin pairs Dothetasks
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Sspractice describingtheir house.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 78
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
* Outcome: Drawapictureandtellaboutit.
4. StudentA lookatthepicture of Nick’s houseon thispage.StudentB looksat the pictures ofMi’s houseonpage25.Ask questionsto findthedifferencesbetween the twohouses. Thisis a communicativeactivitycalledan informationgap activity. HaveSsworkin pairstofindthe differences betweenthetwohouses. BeforeSs dothisactivity,modeltheway todo thiswithastudent. AskSsin each pairnottolookateach other'spictureandmakesimilar conversations.Ssshouldnotedownthedifferences betweenthetwohouses. - Aftera few minutes,thepairwhichhasthe mostdifferenceswins. Asksomepairstoactouttheconversation. Otherpairslistenandaddmoredifferences if thereareany. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
T: How many rooms are there in Mi's house? Student: There are six rooms. What about in Nick's house? How many rooms are there? etc. 4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
Theconversationcouldbe: T (lookatNick'shouse): Nick lives in a country house. Where does Mi live? Student(lookatMi'shouse): She lives in a town house.
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) Summarizethemainpoints. HaveSstell whattheyhavelearntinthelesson. HOMEWORK - Practicedescribingtheirhouse. Domoreexercises in workbook. - PrepareSkill1
5. Workin groups.Takesturnsto interview the others. Use thequestions -above. Thisis a personalsharingtask.Inthis activitySsareencouragedtosharetheirown minutesto draw a simple picture of their house. Ssthenworkinpairstotelleach otherabout theirhouse.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
If timeallows,Tcan askthemto note down the differences between their houses. CallonsomeSs todescribe their friend's houseto theclass. - Ssmayalsopresentthedifferences betweentheirhouseandtheirfriend's. OtherSsandTlistenandgive comments. ChoosesomeSstogivea presentationto theclass.
Giveexperiences.Ss57
5. Workin groups.Takesturnsto interview the others. Use thequestions above.Workin pairs todescribetheirhouses.
79 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 80 Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày…. tháng 9 năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng9 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:30/9/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:..../10/2022 Period 13:UNIT 2:MY HOUSE Lesson 6: SKILLS_1/ReadingandSpeaking
1. Knowledge: Toteachreadingforgeneralandspecificinformationabouthouses.Studentsget acquaintedwithareadingskills.Tolearnhowtopredictforreading.Alsotopractice speaking.Topracticedescribingtherooms.
EverydayEnglish Givingsuggestions
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My house.Topronouncethefinal sounds/s/ and/z/ correctly; + Grammar: usepossessivecasetodescribepossession; - useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare; give suggestions; 2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicereadingand listeningtheconversationbetweenMiandNick abouttypesofroomsandhouses. usingpossessivecasetodescribepossession;usingprepositionsofplacetodescribe wherepeopleorthingsare;Describingtheroomstheyhavedesigned.
3. Quality/behavior:TheloveoflearningEnglish.Thelove oftheirownroomand house.Havingthegoodattitudetoworkingin groups,individualwork,pairwork, cooperativelearningandworking.
Pronunciation: Finalsounds:/s/ and/z / Grammar Prepositionscaseofplace
Describinga house
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 81 6B:…/10/2022 WEEK:5 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Typeofhouse Roomsandfurniture
Skills: Readingaboutroomsandfurniture Describinghouses,rooms,andfurniture - Listeningaboutsomeone’shouse Writinganemailtoa friend
I. OBJECTIVES:
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Possessive
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
1.WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
PROCEDURE:
ACTIVITY1: While-reading
Aim:To getSsacqaintedwith a readingskills. - Tohelp Ss understandandactivatetheirknowledgeofthetopicofthe lesson.
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Opentheirbookandwritethetittleof thelesson
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
* Outcome: Developingreadingskillsbypredicting.
Aims: Pre - reading - Todevelopstudent’s readingskills forspecific information(scanning),Italso providesinputforthespeakingskills. Toprovidefurtherpractice to support studentsin their spokenEnglish.
A ROOMAT THECRAZYHOUSEHOTEL,DALAT
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 82
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
* Content:Havingsomewarm-upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothesubjectandnewclass
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Content:Readingtoget someinformationabouthousehotel.Studentsget acquaintedwithareadingskills.Tolearnhowtopredictforreading.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Reading skill: Predicting - Predicting makes reading easy. - Before reading look at the pictures, designed and title. Describe what the text about. - Think about what you know about the topic. + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. Sslearnhowtoreadthepassages. Givetheanswer Key: 1. It’s an email.
2. The text is about Nick’s room at the Crazy House Hotel
3. While-reading(15’) ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssdevelopthereadingskills of readingforspecific information (scanning).
*-questions.T_SsVocabulary: - crazy(n)lười biếng shelf(n)giá sách cupboard(n)tủ đựngchén, bát strangeshape(c/n)hìnhkìlạ
1. Lookatthe text. Answerthe
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
83 1. Lookatthe text. Answerthequestions. *) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Copyallthewords + Asksstoreadthe readingskillbox. ExplainanywordsthatSsdonotknow. Tell Ssthatpredictingisanimportant readingskillthatcanhelp themgaina generalunderstandingofthetext. Nowquicklylookatthetext,thepictures answerthequestions. AskforSs’ answers - Confirmthecorrect answertoQuestion1 andAskSstodo thetask1onpage12. Teachergives instructions. Tellss toreadthethreepassagesquickly andcheck theirideas. Seta stricktimelimit to read T maycallSs toreadaloudeachparagraph Observeandhelp whenandwhere -necessary.Checktheanswer.
He’sin Da Latwithhisparents. 12.Therearetenrooms. 13.Becausethere’sabigtiger onthe wall. 14.It’sunderthebed.
2. Readthetext againand answerthe questions + Ss dothetasks Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. - T_Ss Checkthemeaningofthewords Ssworkindividuallyfirst. Comparetheanswerswithpartners Givetheanswers
* Content:Develop readingskillsofreadingforspecificinformation(scanning).
84
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
*(scanning).Content:Furtherdeveloptheskillsofreading * Outcome: Readandcirclethingsin Tiger Room.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
*Key:11.
ACTIVITY3: Aims:To help Ssfurtherdeveloptheskills of readingforspecific information
3. Circle thethingsin the TigerRoom. AskSstodo thetask.
* Outcome: Answerthequestionscorrectly
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
3. Circle thethingsin the Tiger Room.
2. Readthetext againand answerthe questions + Have Ssreadthetextindetailto answer thequestions. - AskSshowtodothisexercis.Explainthe strategiesifnecessary Eg.Readingthe questions,underliningthekeywords, locatingthekey wordsinthetext,andthen readingthatpartand answeringthe questions.TelSs tounderlinepartofemail thathelp themwith answers.Limitthetime forSs toensurethemreadthetextquickly. AskSstocomparetheir answersinpairs beforetheygive theanswers. Asksstoshowtheevidencetosupport theirCheckanswers.andconfirmthecorrect answers.
Listen Answercarefullytotheinstructionsquestionsindividually. - T_Ss Followtheinstructionscarefully Findthe Compareanswer.theanswers
*Key: a window a wardrobe acooker a acupboardshelf a lamp a desk a tiger 4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’) Speaking
Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers. Discussanycommonerrorsandprovide furtherpracticeifnecessary.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
85 Askthemtoreadthroughthewordsgiven andlocatethemin thetext.Iftheyfind a similarwordinthetext,theyshouldcircleit in the Havelist.Sstimecomparetheanswers
ACTIVITY4+ 5: Aims: Tohelp Ssprepareideasforthenextactivity; - To provideanopportunityforSsto practice describing thehotelroom they havedesigned.
*Post-Reading + AskSswhattoincludewhentheywantto describea roominthehotel.Herearesome things: - Name of the room. Reason for the room. Position of thing in the room… + Writethesepointsonboardtopreparefor thenextactivities. - CallonsomeSsto describe. Checktheirpronunciationandintonation. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
* Content:Createa newroomforhotel; Practicedescribingthehotelroomtheyhave designed * Outcome: Drawingaplanfortheroom.Describingittoimprovespeakingskills.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
86 4. Createa new roomforthehotel. Draw a planforthe room. Tell each studentto createeanew roomfor thehotelanddrawaplanfortheroom. Set atimelimit for Sstodo it.
5. Showyourplantoyourpartnerand dscribe it AskSstodo activity. HaveSsworkin pairsandshowtheplanto theirAskpartner.Sstotake
5. Showyourplantoyourpartner anddscribe it Listencarefully in theinstructions.
turnstodescribetheir rooms.RemindSstofocusonthethreepointson theMoveboard.aroundtoobserveandofferhelp. CallonsomeSsto showtheirplantothe wholeclassanddescribeit. T andotherSslistenandvoteforthebest plan. Example: This is the Shark Room. There is a big shark at the door. Thereis a table and a sofa in the middle of the room ….
4. Createa new roomforthehotel. Drawa planfortheroom. - Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. - Workindividually Choosetheanswer. Talkin frontoftheclass’ Correctmistakesifhave.
AskSstogive theroomanameandbearin mindthethingsintheroomandtheir position.Havethemquicklynotedownthese ideas.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
- Workin pair - Showthepland 15.WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
- HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelessonwithtwoskills. If thereis time, T caninstructthemtodrawamindmapto summarizethemainpoints ofthelesson. HOMEWORK Practicedescribingtheroomtheyhavedesigned.
- Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE: 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’)
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My house.Topronouncethefinal sounds/s/ and/z/ correctly; + Grammar: usepossessivecasetodescribepossession; useprepositionsofplaceto describewherepeopleorthingsare; give suggestions;
87 Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson.Skills2================== Dateofplanning:30/9/2022
3. Quality/ behavior: The love of learning English. The love of their own room and house. Having the good attitude to working in groups, individual work, pair work, cooperativelearningandworking.
1. Knowledge: Listeningfor specificinformationabouttheroomandfurnitureintheroom.Write anemailto tellMira,a penfriendaboutthehouses.Studentslearnhowtowritean emailtoa friend
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to practice listening for specific information about the room and furniture in theroom. Practice writingan email to a penfriend about the houses. Students also learn how to write an email to a friendorpenfriends.
I. OBJECTIVES:
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Dateofteaching: 6A:.../10/2022 6B:…./10/2022 WEEK:5 14:UNIT2:MY HOUSE Lesson 6: SKILLS2/ListeningandWriting
Period
-Aim: Todevelopstudent’s listening skills forspecific information.Italso provides inputforthewriting skills. Tolearn howto write anemailto a friendorpenpalls.
* Outcome: Lookandspeak.
88
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSsaboutthecontentoftheprevious lesson.DescribeNick’sroominthehotel again.AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
* Content:As Ssaboutthecontentofthepreviouslesson.DescribeNick’sroominthe hotelagain
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Greeting + Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Talkaboutoneschooltheywouldlike togo Opento.theirbookandwritethetittleof thelesson.
ACTIVITY1: Pre-listening
Aims:To getSs acqaintedwithlistening skills. - To help Ssprepareforlistening text.
* Content:Lookingatthepictures.Nameeachofthem;Guessthecontent.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
* Outcome: Telling.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(10’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
* Content:Listeningskills forspecificinformation.Italsoprovidesinputforthe writingskills * Outcome:Sscanlisten forspecificinformation
CallonsomeSsto readthewordsout loud.AsksomeSstowritethewordsonthe board.HaveSsguessof thesethingsare mentionedinthelisteningtext.If theysay yes fora thing.Puta tick nexttotheword. Playtherecordingoncefor Sstocheck theirguess. - EncourageSstogive their answers,butdo notconfirmwhethertheir answersrightor -wrong.LetSs listenonceandcheck theirguesses.
1. Lookatthe pictures. Nameeach of them. Guessif they are mentionedin the listening text. + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks.
Givetheanswer
ACTIVITY2: While-listening
1. Lookatthe pictures. Nameeach of them. Guessif they are mentionedin the listening text. - T_Ss AskSstolookatthepiecesoffurniture andnamethem.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
Aim:Tohelp developSs'skill oflistening forspecific information.
Key: 1. bookself 2. sofa 3. desk 4. clock 5.window + Things mentioned in the listening text: bookself, desk, clock, window 3. While-listening (12’)
89 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....) If havenew words
2. Listen to Maitalkingaboutherhouse. Tick (✓) T (True) orF (False). - HaveSslookatthesentences.Tellthem howtodoit. Givethemsomestrategiestodothe (exercise, eg. reading the sentences, underlining the key words, listening to the text paying attention to the key words, and deciding if each sentence is true or false).
3. T 4. T 5. F (Shereadsbooks.)
- PlaytherecordingtwicefortheSstodo exercise2 forstronger classes,askSsto takenotesoftheinformationtoexplainwhy a sentenceis false. Sscan sharetheir answersinpairs Invitesomepairstogivetheir answersand confirmthecorrectones.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Listen to Maitalkingabouther house.Tick (✓) T (True) orF (False). - Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodoit. - T_Ss Checkthemeaningif necessary Givetheanswers • Audio script: My name's Mai. I live in a town house in Ha Noi. I live with my parents. There are six rooms in our house: a living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms, and two bathrooms. I love our living room the best because it's bright. It's next to the kitchen. I have my own bedroom. It's small but beautiful. There's a bed, a desk, a chair, and a bookshelf. It also has a big window and a clock on the wall.I often read books in my bedroom. Playtherecordingagainif needed, stoppingattheplacewhereSsfind it difficult tounderstand. Forstrongerclasses,askSstocorrectthe falsesentences. - Get Checkfeedback.andconfirmthecorrect answers.
• Key: 1. F (Therearethreepeople.)
2. F (Therearesixrooms.)
90 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
*Post listening Studentstell aboutMai’shouse. T gives instructionsandencourageSsto Listentotheteacher’sinstructions
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Askandanswer questions
* Outcome: Answerthequestionscorrectly
Writing (8’)
Content:
91
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… - SsareaskedtowriteanemailtotellMira,a penfriend,abouttheirhouse. Showthissampleemailon theslide/on theboardorgiveeachstudentahandoutwith thisAsksample.themseveralquestions(eg. How many parts are there in an email to your friend? What are they? What should you include when writing each part?).
+ Picture 1:(3) *T can usetheinformationinthisboxwhenexpaininghowtowriteanemailto Ss. + Picture 2:(3) Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3. Answerthequestions - Let Ss writetheemail. Guidethemtowritetheemail - Tell Ssthatnowtheyaregoingtofocuson thebodyoftheemailonly. Tell themthat answeringtheguiding 3. Answerthequestions - Listencarefullytotheinstructions + Picture (1). T_Ss
tell aboutJanet’sschool,usinginformation in AudioScript. * Invite one or two Ss to briefly describe Mai's house, focusing on the type of house, the number of rooms and her favourite room. T maygive someclues CallonsomeSsto talkfreely. Correctpronunciations,grammar,vocab, intonation.P carefullyandtellaboutMai’shouse. Freetalk
ACTIVITY3: Aims:To help Ssbrainstormideasfortheir email
ACTIVITY4:
* Sslearnhowtowritean emailtoa friend. + Picture (2) 4. APPLLICATION(8’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 92
4. Usethe answersin 3 to write a paragraphof40-50wordsaboutyour school. Ssworkindividually. - Writeanemail Write themselves.
* Outcome: Sscanwritean emailtotheirfriendtelling abouttheirhouse.
*T can usetheinformationinthisboxwhen expaininghowtowriteanemailtoSs. Invitesomess to sharetheir answerstothe class.TCommentsontheir answers
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. Usethe answersin 3 to write a paragraphof40-50wordsaboutyour school. AskSstowritethebodyoftheiremail individually.AskoneortwoSstowritetheiremailon
questionsisonewaytohelp them brainstormaswellasorganiseideas for theirHavewriting.Ssanswer thequestionsindividually, encouragingthemtowritetheanswersin fullMovesentences.aroundtoofferhelp
Aims:To help Ss practice writing anemailto their friendtelling abouttheir *house.Content:Writean email
HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. - T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthelesson. HOMEWORK Finishwritinganemail.Copyinthenotebooks. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. ===================
To: mira@webmail.com Subject:My house DearMira, Thanks for your email. Now I’ll tell you aboutmyhouse My name's Mai. I live in a town house in Ha Noi. I live with my parents. There are six rooms in our house: a living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms, and two bathrooms. I love our living room the best because it's bright. It's next to the kitchen. I have my own bedroom. It's small but beautiful. There's a bed, a desk, a chair, and a bookshelf. It also has a big window and a clock on the wall. I often read books in my bedroom. Whataboutyou?Wheredoyoulive?
T goes roundhelpingifnecessary. - OtherSsandTcommentonthewriting.
Tell mein yournextemail
All thebest NguyenQuynhAnh
WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
Dateofplanning:30/9/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:..../10/2022 6B:…/10/2022 Period 15:UNIT 2:MY HOUSE Lesson 7: LOOKINGBACK
5.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 93
theOtherboard.SsandTcommentontheemails on theboard. T collects someemailsto correctathome. Otherwise,askSstorevisetheiremailsat homebasedonthecommentsgivenand submitthemtoTatthenextlesson Askthemtopayattentiontopunctuation, structures,wordchoice,linkingwords,etc.
WEEK:5 I. OBJECTIVES:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Vocabulary: use the words related to the topic My New School.To pronounce the sounds/a:/and // correctly;
+ Grammar: usethepresentsimple; - usetheadverbsoffrequency; usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun;
III. PROCEDURE:
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’)
94
1. Knowledge: To recycle the language from the previous sections. To help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in theunit. Ss can evaluatetheir performanceand provide furtherpractice.Dosomepracticeexercises.
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… - Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to recycle the language from the previous sections. Ss can consolidate and apply what they have learntintheunit.
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
Project helps Ss improve their abilities to work individually and in a team. It extends their imagination in field related to the unit topic. Teacher can use this as an extracurricularactivity(forgroupwork)orashomeworkforsrudentstodoindividually.
3. Quality/ behavior: The love of learning English. The love of their own room and house. Having the good attitude to working in groups, individual work, pair work, cooperativelearningandworking.
Aims: This is the review and drill section of the unit. Encourage Ss not to refer back to the unit Insteadpages.they can use what they have learnt during the unit to help them answer the questions.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
95 That will help you and your Ss see how far they have progressed, and which areas need further practice. EncourageSsnottoreferbackto theunit. Askthemtokeep a recordoftheir answerstoeachexercisesothattheycanusethat informationtocompletetheself assessmenttableattheend oftheunit.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write.
PRACTICEEXERCISES
ACTIVITY1: Aims:- To help Ssrevise the vocabularyitemsthey havelearntin theunit.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(30’)
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmosphere toinspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnewclass
* Content:Consolidateandapplythevocabularybyputtingthewordsintocorrect groups * Outcome: Revisionvocabulary.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
96 1. Putthe wordsinto the correct group.Addanew wordto each group - HaveSsdo thisactivityindividually thencomparetheir answerswiththeir partners.AskforSs’ answersoraskone studenttowritehis/her answeronthe board.Checkandcorrectthemistakes. Checktheirpronunciation Confirmthecorrect answer
AskSstoworkingroupstoaddmore wordstoeachgroup.Thegroupthat addsthemostwordstothelistwins Thisactivitycanbedoneas a competition.Drawthetableonthe board.AskSstoworkingroups.The group whichfinishestheactivityfirst will go totheboardandwritetheir answers.Ifalltheanswersarecorrect, thatgroupwins
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssrevise thepossessivecase.
2. Completethe secondsentence with the correct possessiveform. Ssworkindividually.Dothetasks Sharetheanswers. * Key: 1. teacher’s 2. brother’s 3. Elena’s
* Outcome: Reviewthepossessiveform.Doingexercises correctly
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Completethe secondsentence with the correct possessive form. Have Sssayhow toform thepossessive form with propernames andsingular nouns.AskSstodo theexerciseindividually
1. Putthe wordsinto the correct group. Adda new wordto each group + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. - T_Ss Givetheanswers Key:
* Content:Completethesentencesusingpossessiveform.
3. Thecat is betweenthebookshelfandthe 4.sofa.Thecat is behindthecomputer. 5. Thegirl is onthesofa. 6. Theboyis nextto thesofa.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:- Tohelp ss revise describing their favouriteroomusingprepositionsofplace.
* Outcome: Remembertheprepositionsofplacetheyhavelearnt.
Aim:- Tohelp Ss revise the prepositionofplace.
* Content:Revisetheprepositionofplaceby makingsentences
97 thenexchangetheir answerswitha classmate.CallonsomeSsto writetheir answersonboard.
ACTIVITY3
AsksomeSstowritethesentenceson theboard. - CheckSs’ answer.
* Content:Lookingatthepictureanddescribetheroom * Outcome: Sswill beabletodescribetheroomusingprepositionsofplace.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. makesentences. Use theprepositionof palce. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstowork independently - Sharetheanswers Copythem Key: 1. Thecat is onthetable. 2. Thedogis in frontofthedoghouse.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
4. grandfather’s 5.Vy’s
3. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(12’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
3. makesentences. Use thepreposition ofpalce AskSstosaytheprepositionsofplace theyhavelearnt. HaveSslookatthepicturesanddothis exerciseindividually.
OtherSsgivecomment Confirmthe correct answers.
PROJECT. Ssworkin groups.Onestudentineach group asksothergroupmembers Question1andfill theinformationinthe followingtable. Thisstudentthen summarizestheir group members’answersandreportsthe resultstothewholeclass.
Askonestudentwhatroominthe houseishis / herfavourite.Encourage him / hertosayoneor twosentences aboutHaveit.Sswritethreesentencesto describetheirfavouriteroom.Remind Ssto useprepositionsofplace. Sssharetheirsentenceswiththeir partners.SomeSsareaskedtowrite theirsentencesontheboard. Correcttheirpronunciation - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
4. Write three sentences to describe your favouriteroomin yourhouse.Write the sentences in yournotebook Listencarefully Ssdoitindividually
If T thinkstherewillnotbeenough timein thislessonfortheproject,assign theprojectinearlier lessonssuchasin GETTINGSTARTEDlesson.
2. HaveSsworkingroupstodrawtheir ownstrangehouse.Askthemto practice describingtheirhouseingroupsbefore tellingtheclassabouttheirhouse.The classvotesforthebeststrangehouse.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 98
4. Write three sentences to describe yourfavouriteroomin yourhouse. Write the sentences in your notebook.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 99 Makesureyouguidethemcarefullyand check theirprogressaftereachlesson.In thelastlesson(LookingBack),askSs topresenttheirstrangehousestothe class 4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) * Summarizethemainpoints. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtothehouses + Sounds/s/and/z/. + Thepresentsimple;… * HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversationonpage9. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. Theend ofWeek 5 Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày…. tháng …. năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng… năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 100 Dateofplanning:….../…../2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:…./…../2022 6B:…./...../2022 WEEK:6 Period 16: UNIT 3:MY FRIENDS Lesson 1:GETTINGSTARTED A surprise guest THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Bodypartsandappearance Personalityadjectives Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds:/b/and/p/ Grammar - Presentcontinuous Skills: Readingaboutfriendsandsummer campsTalkingaboutfriendsandsummer campsListeningaboutbestfriends. Writinga diaryentryaboutbestfriends. EverydayEnglish Askingaboutappearanceandpersonality I. OBJECTIVES:
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
III. PROCEDURE:
101
1. WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicereadingand listeningtheconversationbetweenPhongandNamaboutexperiencesofgoingona picnic.
Aims: To create an activeatmospherein the class beforethe lesson; - Tolead into thenew unit
To pronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctly;
+ Grammar:-usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; Askaboutappearanceandpersonality;
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Knowledge: Tointroducetopicofthelesson My friends. To teachlisteningandreading.
* Bythe end ofthis unit,studentswill beableto: (Over all) use the words for body parts, appearance and personality; pronounce the sounds /b/ and /p/ correctly; use the present continuous to talk about things happeningnow; ask about appearance and personality; read for specific information about friends and summer camps; - talk about friends and summer camps; listen for specific information about best friends; - write a diary entry about best friends.
+ Vocabulary: usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends
3.Quality/behavior:Thegoodbehaviortowardhisfriends.Thefriendshipindaily Havinglifethegoodattitudetoworkingingroups,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearning.
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto doit. - Answertheteacher’squestionsand +enquirements.Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo thetasks. Opentheirbookand write.
ACTIVITY1: Aims: To set the contextforthe introductorytext; - To introducethe topicofthe unit.
* Content:Listen andreadconversationtoget usedtothevocabulary;newgrammar points.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmosphere toinspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnewclass
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsaboutthe previouslessons, - T mayintroducesomewarm-upactivitiesto createa friendlyandrelaxed atmosphereto inspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnew class…
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
T encouragesSstotalkinEnglishasmuchas +possibleLeadtothe thirdunitofthenew schoolyear. Writetheunittitle My friends ontheboard.
1. Listen andread. Setthecontextforthelisteningandreading. 1. Listen andread. - T_Ss
* Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.Understandingtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,grammarpoints…
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
102
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenote. * Vocabulary: pass (v)đưa,chuyển - biscuit(n)bánhbíchqui magazine(n) tạpchí shoulder(n)vai blond(adj)màuhoevàng InvitesomepairsofSstoreadthedialogue aloud.HaveSssaythewordsinthetextthatthey thinkarerelatedtothetopicMyfriends. Quicklywritethewordsononepartofthe -board.CommentonSs'answers. Confirmthecorrect answer - Listencarefullyandreadaloud. Takenote 3. PRACTICE(15’)
103 AskSsquestionsaboutthepicture, eg. What is Phongdoing?Whataretheyeatingand drinking?Tcanalso
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
askSstoshareanyrecent experiencesofgoingon a picnic. PlaytherecordingtwiceforSsto listenand readalong. - HaveSsunderlinethewordsthatarerelatedto thetopicoftheunitwhiletheyarelisteningand reading. *) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
ACTIVITY2: Aims:To help Ssdeelply understandthetext.
* Outcome: Knowingmorenewwordsandusingitcorrectly.
* Content:Filling theblankstounderstandmoreaboutthetext.
104
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….…
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3. Labelthe bodypartswith thewordsin the box. 3. Labelthe bodypartswith the wordsin thebox.
* Content:Label wordsrelatedtobodyparts.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Key ; 1.picnic 2.favourite programme 3. Mai;Chau 4. glasses;longbalackhair 5.are goingto
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Fill the blankswiththe wordsfrom the conversation - AskSstoreadtheconversationagainanddo thisactivityindependently. Askthemhowtodotheactivity. Remindthemofthewaystodotheactivityif needed (eg. (1)readthesentenceandidentify thekindof informationtofilltheblank; (2)readtheconversationandlocatetheplaceto find theword(s)tofill theblank). Allowthemtoshareanswersbefore discussingasa class. - Confirmandwritethecorrect answersonthe board.Tgives thecorrect answers. 2. Fill the blankswiththe words fromthe conversation - Listencarefullytotheinstructions Ss_ Ss - Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswersandcheck.
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To revise andprovideSswith somevocabularyrelated to partsofthe body.
* Outcome: Understandingmoreaboutthetext.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….…
Copythem
* Outcome: Knowingmorenewwordsandusingitcorrectly.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To revise andprovideSswith somevocabularytodescribe partsof thebody.
T can askthemtowritethewordsdownon smallboardsorpiecesofpaper. Thenseta timelimit for groupstowritethe -words.Finally,invitethegroupwiththemostwords tosharetheirwords. Otherteamsaddanydifferentwords AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussing asa class.Writethecorrect answersonthe board.Tgives correct answer
* Content:Completethewordsrelatedtobodyparts.
4. Workin groups.Completethe wordwebs Explainthatsomewordsgotogether, eg. long + hair,butsomedon't,eg. long+ eye.
105 Ssmayalreadyknowsomeappearance vocabulary,sofirstaskthemtolabelthebody partstheyknow,usingthewordsgiven. HaveSscomparetheir answerswitha Ifclassmate.possible,showthepictureontheslide/on theboardandhaveSspointat eachbodypart andsayitsname. CheckSs'answersandconfirmthecorrect Ifones.thereareanybodypartsSsdonotknow, quicklypointtothemandteachthese. HaveSsworkin groupsandbrainstormall otherwordsforbodyparts.
4. Workin groups.Completethe wordwebs T_Ss
Listentotheinstructionsclearly - T_Ss Learnhowtodoit Sstowork independently Sharetheanswers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
5. GAME Guessing Explaintherulesofthegame:Ssworkin -groups.Theytaketurnstodescribeaclassmatefor othergroupmemberstoguess. Movearoundtoobserveandofferhelp. InviteoneortwoSstodescribea classmatein frontoftheclass.OtherSsguess.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ss practice usingwordsforbodypartsandappearancethrougha guessinggame.
Askoneor twoSstotelltheclasswhattheyhavelearnt. AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson.
* Homework Readagaintheconversationonpage6.
5. GAME Guessing - T_Ss - Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks. Askandanswer 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
106 HaveSsworkin groupsandcompletethe wordwebsina few minutes. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers. - Otherpairslook,commentandaddanywords theyIntroduceknow.someothertypesofhouseifneeded.
Listencarefullyandlearnhowtodo. Ssdothemselves.Givetheanswers Suggestedanswers: long/ short:legs,arms,hair,etc. big/ small:head,hands,ears,feet, eyes, nose,etc.
hair:black,straight,fair,curly, wavy,long/ short,etc.
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
* Content:Playinggametodescribea classmate.
* Outcome: Learninghowtodescribeaclassmateusingthenewwords
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 107 Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlessons. ===================== Dateofplanning:09/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/…/2022 WEEK:6 Period 17:UNIT3: MY FRIENDS Lesson 2: A CL0SERLOOK 1 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Bodypartsandappearance Personalityadjectives
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto knowsome personaladjectives.Ssalsolearnhowtopronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/ correctlyincontexts.
+ Vocabulary:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends( hard working,confident, funny, caring,active, careful, clever, shy, kind, friendly,ect. Topronouncethefinalsounds/b/ and/p/correctly;
I. OBJECTIVES:
+ Grammar:-usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; Askaboutappearanceandpersonality;
Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds:/b/and/p/ Grammar - Presentcontinuous Skills: Readingaboutfriendsandsummer campsTalkingaboutfriendsandsummer campsListeningaboutbestfriends. Writinga diaryentryaboutbestfriends. EverydayEnglish Askingaboutappearanceandpersonality
1. Knowledge: - Tointroducetopicofthelesson My house.Toteachpersonaladjective.Ssalsolearn howtopronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctlyincontexts.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 108
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Outcome: Knowingmorepersonalityadjectives;
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Aims:Vocabulary:Roomsandfurniture - Torevise/ teach the namesofthe roomsin thehouse.
3. Quality/behavior:Thegoodbehaviortowardhisfriends.Thefriendshipindaily thegoodattitudetoworkingingroups,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearning.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmosphere toinspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnewclass
Havinglife.
ACTIVITY1: Aims: Toteach Ss somepersonalityadjectives; - TogiveSspractice with these adjectives.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
III. PROCEDURE:
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
Students:Textbooks,workbook…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
* Content:Do thematching
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting - Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting - Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto do.Opentheirbookand write.
1. Matchthe adjectivesto the pictures*)T_SsPre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation ....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check Vocabulary Copyallthewords - AskSstolookatthepicturesandbriefly describethem. T can ask: What can you see in the picture? HaveSslookatthepersonalityadjectives -given.Checkif theyunderstandthemeaningof eachInstructword.themtopronouncethewordsand defineeach wordifnecessary. Askthemtodothematchingindividually andthencomparetheir answersinpairs. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers Checktheanswers Correcttheirpronunciation. Givethecomments.
3. PRACTICE(15’) ACTIVITY2: Aims:Toteach Sssomeotherpersonalityadjectives;
109 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Matchthe adjectivesto the *picturesVocabulary: confident(adj)tựtin caring(adj)chu đáo. active(adj)năngđộng shy(adj)xấuhổ createive(adj)sángtạo clever (adj)thôngminh,khéoléo… Listencarefullytotheinstructions - Answertheteacher’squestions. + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothe Answertasks.theteacher’squestions.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
Listencarefullyandlearnhowtodo. Ssworkinpairs. Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswers Ssdo thetasks.
Aim:To provideSswith freer practice with personalityadjectives.
* Content:Practiceusingpersonalityadjectivestocompletethesentences
* Outcome:Usingpersonalityadjectivescorrectly.
Key: 1.createive 2. kind 3. friendly 4. careful 5. clever
GAME:Friendship flower GAME:Friendship flower
2. Usethe adjectivesin theboxto complete the sentences.Pay attentionto the highlightedwords/phrases. HaveSslookatthepicturesandbriefly describewhattheysee. AskSstoreadtheadjectivesin thebox. Help explainthemeaningofeach adjectiveif necessary.AskSstoreadeach sentence. - Tell themtopayattentiontothehighlighted parts.BasedonthesepartsSscanfindthe correctadjectivestofilltheblankineach sentence.TellSstheywillonlyneed five ofthesix adjectivestocompletethisactivity. - Askthemtodotheexerciseindividuallyand thencomparetheir answersinpairs. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers AskotherSstocomment.AskSsiftheycan addmorethingstoeachroom.
110 - TogiveSspractice with these adjectives.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Learningnewwordsaboutpersonalityadjectives.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
2. Usethe adjectivesin theboxto completethe sentences.Pay attention to the highlightedwords/phrases. - Workin pairs todothisactivity
* Content:Playinggamesto furtherpracticeusingpersonalityadjectives.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY3:
Ss toreporttheadjectivestheir group membershaveusedandwhich adjective(s)is / areusedthemost. Callonsomepairstopracticeinfrontofthe class.Commentontheirperformance.
* Outcome: Learnhowtopronouncethesounds/b/and/p/correctly.
- T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Sstoworkin pairs Ssdo themselves. Copythem II. PRONUNCIATION: /b/and/p/ ACTIVITY4:
- AskSstodrawaflower withthenumberof petalsequaltothenumberoftheirgroup -members.Tmaymodelhowtodo thegamefirst.
Ss identifyhowto pronouncethesounds/b/and/p/; Tohelp Ss practice pronouncingthesesoundscorrectly in words.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Pronouncethesounds/b/and/p/;
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
ToAims:help
111 AskSstoshoutoutallofthepersonality adjectivestheyknow. Quicklywritethemontheboard. HaveSsworkin groupsandplaythegame.
Askthemtodiscussandwritetwoadjectives todescribeeach group memberinonepetal andthensharetheirideaswithothergroups. Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp if Inviteneeded.some
4. Listen andcircle the wordsyou HaveSspracticereadingthewordpairsfirst. Thenaskthemtolistentotherecordingand circle thewordtheyhearineachpair. Playtherecordingagainforthemtorepeatthe 4. Listen andcircle the wordsyou T_Ss -ListenCheckcarefullytheanswers
* We’re playingtogether Noticetherhyme We’rehavinga picnic We’rehavinga picnic Fun!Fun!Fun! We’rebringingsomebiscuits We’rebringingsomebiscuits Yum!Yum!Yum! We’replayingtogether Hurrah!Hurrah!Hurrah!
* Content:Practicethechance.
* Outcome: Practicepronouncingthesounds/b/and/p/correctly
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ss pronouncethesounds/b/and/p/in context
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Comment ontheirpronunciationofthefinal. 5. Listen. Thenpractice the chant. - T_Ss - Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks. - Listenagainandreppeat
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 112
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
5. Listen. Thenpractice the chant. HaveSslookatthechant.Makesure theynunderstandthemeaningofthechant. AskSstolistenwile T playstherecording. Clap oruseaninstrumentlikea tambourineto help SsnoticetheRhym.Playtherecording againandask Ss tochantalong.Tellthemto payattentiontothewordsthathavethesounds /b/and/ P/andrhym.Providefurtherpractice bydivingtheclassintotwogroups.Havethe groupssingalternatelines. Callonsomepairsto practicethechant
wordsPlaytherecordingasmanytimesas necessary.HaveSscommentonthewaytopronounces attheendofthewords. Checkthemeaningif necessary, Listenandrepeat *Audioscript:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 113 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) AskSstosummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practiceaskingandansweraboutfriends. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. ================ Dateofplanning:09/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/…/2022 WEEK:6 Period 18:UNIT3: MY FRIEND Lesson 4: A CLOSERLOOK 2 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Bodypartsandappearance Personalityadjectives
+ Grammar: Usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; - Askaboutappearanceandpersonality;
I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: - Tointroducetopicofthelesson My friends. Askingaboutappearanceand personality.Practiceaskingaboutappearanceandpersonality.
Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds:/b/and/p/ Grammar - Presentcontinuous Skills: Readingaboutfriendsandsummer campsTalkingaboutfriendsandsummer campsListeningaboutbestfriends. Writinga diaryentryaboutbestfriends. EverydayEnglish Askingaboutappearanceandpersonality
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends Topronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctly;
Thepresent continuoustense Elicit andwritethefollowinglines fromtheGETTINGSTARTEDonslide/ onthe board.ShowthemtoSs.
3. Quality/behavior:Thegoodbehaviortowardhisfriends.Thefriendshipindaily Havinglifethegoodattitudetoworkingingroups,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearning.
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto knowhowtoask aboutappearanceandpersonality.Practiceaskingaboutappearanceandpersonality.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. Grammar.PROCEDURE:
Highlight/Underlinethepresentcontinuousstructurein theselines.AskSsto look attheusageandexamplesofthepresentcontinuoustenseinthe Remember! box. ExplaintoSs thatthistenseisusedtodescribeactionsthatarehappeningnow. AskSstosaytheformofthetenseaftertheyhavereadtheexamples.Nowwritethe formofthe auxiliaryverb“be”(i.e. He is / He’s).
ThendrawSs’attentiontotheRemember!boxagainthatshowsthetimesignals. Havethemgive someexampleswiththetense. Thistableshowstheformofthepresentcontinuous.Tcan prepareahandoutforSs oraskthemtoquicklywritetheformin theirnotebooks.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 114
* Content:Revise/teachtheformanduseofthepresentcontinuous.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmosphere toinspireSstowarmuptothesubjectandnewclass
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(15’)
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 115
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
-Aim:Tointroduce/ teach present continuoustense.
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To help Ss practice with thecorrect formofthe present continuous.
1. Putthe verbsinbracketsin the present continuoustense. Page29 - T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. Remember!/P. 29 We usethe present continuousforactions happeningnow. CallonsomeSsto read aloudtheir -answers.Checkandconfirmthecorrectones. AskSstodo exerciseindividually andthencomparetheir answerswitha -lassmate.Checktheanswersasaclass. Confirmthecorrect answers Examples: She’s They’retalking.nottalking. We canusethepresentcontinuous with now, at present, or at the moment. Examples: I’m doingmyhomeworkatpresent. A:Areyoureadingnow? B:Yes,I am. 1Key: . is reading 2.areplaying 3. isn’tmaking 4. amgoing 5. Aretheytalking 3. PRACTICE(15’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
ACTIVITY2: Aims:Tohelp Sspractice using thecorrect formofthe present continuousbasedon
* Outcome: Learninghowtoformanduseofthepresentcontinuousandputtheverbs in theP.C.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
116
1. Putthe verbsinbracketsin the present continuoustense.Pageg - AskSstoreadthesentencesand writethecorrectanswersindividually. Remindthemtopayattentiontothe subjectofeach sentence.
2. Lookatthe pictures. Write sentences like the example.Usepositiveornegativepresent continuousverbs. T_Ss - Ssworkindividually Dothetasks Sharetheanswers Learnhowtodo.
1Key: . NamandBaarenot/ aren’teatingice cream. 2. LanandTrangaretakingphotos. 3. Hais / Ha’swritingaletter. 4. DuongandHungarenot/aren’tplaying badminton 5. Phongisnot/isn’tdrawingapicture
2. Lookatthe pictures. Write sentences like the example.Use positiveornegativepresent continuousverbs. - AskSstolookatthepicturesand brieflydescribewhatthepersonis/ peoplearedoing. - Askthemtowritesentences,using positiveornegativepresent continuousverbs. - HaveSscomparetheir answers. InvitesomeSs towritetheir answers ontheboard. If timeallows,haveSsaddanother sentencetotell whatthepersonis/ peopleareactuallydoingifthe sentenceis a negativepresent (continuous.Eg.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
Aims:To help Sspractice askingandansweringquestionsusingthepresent continuous.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 117
ACTIVITY3
7. Nam and Ba are not eating ice cream. They are talking.) Checkandconfirmthecorrect answersObserveandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.
* Outcome: Undertandingmoretheuseof thepresentcontinuous.
*context.Content:Practiceusingthecorrectformofthepresentcontinuousbycompletingthe sentences
* Content:Askandanswerquestionsusingthepresentcontinuous.
ACTIVITY4: Aims:To help Ssidentifythe differencesbetween the present simpleandthe present continuous
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. Workin pairs. Lookatthe pictures. Askandanswer. Have Ssreadtheexamplecarefully. Checkif theyunderstandhowtodo theAskexercis.themtodothisexercisein pairs.Oneasksandtheother answers. - Remindthemtowritetheir questionsandanswersintheir notebooks.Forastrongerclasses,ask themtoaddonemoresentenceto explainwhattheperson/peoplein each pictureis /aredoingif the answerisNo. Movearoundtoobserveandoffer help if Invitenecessary.somepairstopracticetheir -conversations.Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.*
* Outcome: Practicingusingthepresentcontinuous.
3. Is Miplayingthepiano? No,sheisn’t. (She’s/Sheis doingkarate.)
3. Workin pairs. Lookatthepictures. Ask andWorkanswer.inpairs Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstoworkindependently Sharetheanswers
Copythem 1.Key: Is yourfriendswimming? Yes,heis. 2. Aretheylisteningtomusic? No,they aren’t.(They’re/Theyarehavinga picnic.)
Remember! - When something often happens or is fixed, we use the present simple. - When something is happeningnow, we use the present continuous.
118
4. AretheylearningEnglish? Yes,theyare.
5. Areyourfriendscyclingto school? No, theyaren’t.(They’re/Theyarewalkingto school
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ss practice usingthe presentcontinuous.
4. Putthe verbsin brackets in thepresent simple orpresent continuous -Listencarefully T_Ss -Checktheanswers Listenandrepeat 1.Key:doesnot/doesn’twalk;cycles 2. is heplaying 3. Doyourfriendsstudy 4. am/ ’mwriting 5. is not/isn’tdoing;is /’s reading 4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
119 * Content:Comparisonsthedifferencesbetweenthepresentsimpleandthepresent continuous * Outcome:Knowingthedifferencebetweenthetwotenses.
* Outcome: UnderstadingmoreaboutusingtheP.C.
* Content:Practiceusingthepresentcontinuousbyplayinggame Charades.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
4. Putthe verbsin brackets in the present simpleor present continuous HaveSsreadthe Remember!box in thebook.AskSstogivetheform andusageofthepresentsimple. Askthemaboutthesignalsused withthepresentsimple(every day, every afternoon, always, usually, etc.) andthepresentcontinuous (now,at the moment, at present, etc.)
AskSstodo thisexercise individuallyandthencomparetheir answerswithaclassmate.Invitesome Ssto writetheir answersonthe board.Confirmthecorrect answers - AsksomeSstoreadouttheir answers.Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 5. GAME:Charades 5. GAME:Charades
Summarizethemainpointsofthelesson. AskSstogive sentencesaboutthemselves,usingthepresentcontinuous.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Taketurnsto mimedifferentactions.Others guesswhatyouare doing - Workin groups + Listen totheteacher’sinstructionscarefully andplaygamesingroups/teams Playgame
120 Taketurnsto mimedifferent actions.Others guesswhatyouare doing Have Ss play the game in groups Move around to observe and provide help if Makeneeded.sureSs use English when they play the game. This can be organised as a class competitive game. The class is divided into two big groups. One student mimes and other groups take turnstoguess. The group with a correct answer gets onepoint. The group with the most points -wins.Continue the game until the time is upT goes round and corrects mistakes or gives help when and where necessary.Showthewinner.
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* HOMEWORK - Revisetheuseandformofpresentcontinuoustense. Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingpresentcontinuoustense.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 121 Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày…. tháng …. năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng 10 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:15/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:…./10/2022 6B:…./10/2022 WEEK:7 Period 19:UNIT 3:MY FRIENDS Lesson 4: COMMUNICATION THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Bodypartsandappearance Personalityadjectives Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds:/b/and/p/ Grammar Presentcontinuous Skills: Readingaboutfriendsandsummer campsTalkingaboutfriendsandsummercamps - Listeningaboutbestfriends. Writinga diaryentryaboutbestfriends. EverydayEnglish Askingaboutappearanceandpersonality I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge:
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
+ Vocabulary: usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends
To pronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctly; + Grammar:-usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; Askaboutappearanceandpersonality; 2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto learnhowtoaskabout appearanceandpersonality;practiceaskingaboutappearanceandpersonality
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
learn how to ask about appearance and personality; practice asking about appearanceandpersonality
Toask andansweraboutappearanceandpersonality.
3. Quality/behavior:Thegoodbehaviortowardhisfriends.Thefriendshipindaily Havinglife.thegoodattitudetoworkingingroups,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearning.
This section aims at helping students use every day English phrases and expressions and develop their language skills, as well as learn about Vietnamese culture and other Studentscultures.
III. PROCEDURE:
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
122
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Greeting
-Aims:Studentsuse every dayEnglishphrasesandexpressionsanddevelopthe languageskills.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…....
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Listen andread thedialogue bwtweenLindaNadMi. Payattention to the highlightedquestions -T_Ss *) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, +trandlation.....)Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check Vocabulary - Copyallthewords 1. PlaytherecordingforSstolistenand readthedialguebetweenLindaNadMi atthesametime.AskSstopayattention
Audioscript: Linda: Whatdoesyourbestfriendlook like?
* Outcome: Learningandusingthewordsrelatedtoappearanceandpersonality correctly.
1. Listen andread thedialoguebwtween LindaNadMi.Pay attentionto the highlightedquestions + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks.
* Content:Listen andreadthedialoguepayingattentiontowordsrelatedto appearanceandpersonality;
123 + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions....
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
ACTIVITY1+ 2: Aims:To introducehowto to askaboutappearanceandpersonality; - Tohelp Ss practice askingaboutappearanceandpersonality.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Vocabulary: - appearance/personality longhair(c/n)tócdài - bright(adj)sángsủa draw(v)vẽ confident(adj)tựtin…. - Ssworkingroups.
+ Chatting Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions Opentheirbookandwritethetittleofthe lesson.
124 tothehighlightedquestions.Elicitthe structure to ask about appearance (What does your best friend look like?) andthestructuretoaskaboutpersonality (What’s she like?) aswell asthe languageusedto answerthesetwo questions.HaveSs practicethedialogue in pairs.Callonsomepairstopracticethe dialguein frontoftheclass + AskSstoworkin pairstomake similardialoguesabouttheirbestfriend, usingthequestionslearnt 2. Workwith a classmate. Ask him / her abouthis/ her best friend. Rememberto use thetwo questions highlightedin1. HaveSspracticespeaking - Callonsomepairstodoit. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciation andMoveintonation.aroundtoobserveandprovide help.Callonsomegroupsto practicein front oftheclass. - Commentontheir performance.
3. PRACTICE(15’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY3: Dateofbirth andpersonality
Aim:ToprovideSswith some inputandset the scene forother activities.
3. Read about these students in 4Teen 3. Read about these students in 4Teen
Mi: She’sshortwithlongblackhair.She hasbrightbrowneyes. Linda:What’sshelike? Mi: She’sverykindandcreateive 2. Workwith a classmate. Ask him / her abouthis/ herbest friend.Rememberto use thetwo questionshighlightedin 1. AskSstoworkinpairstopractice speaking,usingthestructures. Workin pairs + Ss dothetasks
* Content:Readaboutthesestudentstoknowmorewordsrelatingtopersonality
* Outcome: Learnhowtopronounceandusethewordsrelatingtopersonality
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Ssworkindividually Suggested answer:
- AskSstoworkinpairstoaskandtick theDoquestions.thetasksifpossible
If thereis notmuchtime,askSs to workingroups.Eachgroupreadsabout onefriendonly. - HaveSsgive their answersandgivethe reasonsfortheir answers. - Writetheir answersontheboardto prepareforactivity4.
EncourageSstosayfullsentences. Movearoundtoobserveandprovide help.Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciation andintonation.
IntroducethetwofriendsVinhand JohntoSs. Askthemtoreadaboutthestudentsand discusswiththeirclassmatestochoose oneortwoadjectivestodescribethem. - Tell themtounderlinethewordsthat help themdecidewhich adjectivestouse foreach friend. -
125
Vinh:clever, hard working. John:createive,kind.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Vocabulary:
magazine. Use one or two adjectives to describe them. - T_Ss
toteach vocabularyif have.
magazine. Use one or two adjectives to describe them. *) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, +trandlation.....)Followthesteps
* Outcome: Usingthewordsaboutdifferentpersonalitiescorrectly. * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions..… 4. Wemayhavedi¤erentpersonalities becausewehavedi¤erentbirthdays. Readthe descriptionsbelow.Doyou thinkthey match thefriendsin 3? Tell Ssthateachpersonhasastarsign, dependingonhis/ her birthday,andthe starsignmaydecidea person’s Askpersonality.Sstoreadthedescriptionsandcheck if theymatchthefriendsin 3 Sscan refer totheanswerstoactivity3 thathavebeenwrittenontheboard.All oftheadjectiveshavebeenintroducedto Ssin Vocabulary,Acloser look1.It can beseen thatthedescriptionsmatch thefriendsin 3 - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers 4. Wemayhavedi¤erent personalities becausewehavedi¤erentbirthdays. Readthe descriptionsbelow.Doyou thinkthey match thefriendsin 3? -T_Ss Dothetasks 4. FURTHERPRACTICE(8’)
ACTIVITY5:
* Content:Readthedescriptionstounderstandmorewordsaboutdifferent personalities
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
126 Confirmthecorrect answers
ACTIVITY4: Aims:To introducethe conceptofstar sign to Ss.
* Outcome: Improvingspeakingskills.
Aim:To help Sscomparethemselves with the descriptionsin theprevious *activity.Content:Readandcomparethedescriptions.
havelearntin
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 127 5. Readthedescriptions in 4.Share youropinionwiththeclass - Ssworkindividuallyandreadthe descriptionsin4. Workingroupstosharetheir answers. InvitesomeSs tosharetheiropinion withtheclass. - ChoosesomeSstogivea presentation totheclass.
* HOMEWORK - Practiceaskingaboutappearanceandpersonality Domoreexercises in workbook======================= Dateofplanning:15/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:…../10/2022 6B:…../10/2022 WEEK:7 Period 20:UNIT 3:MY FRIENDS Lesson 6: SKILLS_1/ReadingandSpeaking THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Bodypartsandappearance - Personalityadjectives Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds:/b/and/p/ Grammar Presentcontinuous Skills: Readingaboutfriendsandsummer campsTalkingaboutfriendsandsummer -campsListeningaboutbestfriends. Writinga diaryentryaboutbestfriends. EverydayEnglish
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK
points. HaveSstell
5. Readthedescriptions in 4.Shareyour opinionwiththeclass Workin pairs Mybirthdayis……………. It’struethat………………. It isn’ttruethat……………. (2’) main whatthey thelesson.
Summarizethe
+ Grammar: usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; Askaboutappearanceandpersonality;
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicereadingand listeningtheconversationbetweenPhongandNamaboutexperiencesofgoingona picnic.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothesubjectandnewclass
- Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
I. OBJECTIVES:
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 128Askingaboutappearanceandpersonality
+ Vocabulary: usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends To pronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctly;
1. Knowledge: Toteachreadingforgeneralandspecificinformationaboutschool.Studentsget acquaintedwithareadingskills.Tolearnhowtopredictforreading.Alsotopractice speaking.ToexplainehowTheSuperbSummerCampissuitableforstudents.
thegoodattitudetoworkingingroups,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearning.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
III. PROCEDURE:
THESUPERBSUMMERCAMP Aims: ( Pre – reading)
Todevelopstudent’s readingskills forspecific information(scanning),Italso providesinputforthespeakingskills. Toprovidefurtherpractice to support studentsin their spokenEnglish.
3. Quality/behavior:Thegoodbehaviortowardhisfriends.Thefriendshipindaily
Havinglife
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
* Outcome: Learnsomenew words.KnowingabouttheadofThesuperbsummer camp * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. - T leadsin thelesson. + Greeting + Chatting -T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson
+ Check vocabulary Copyallthewords HaveSsreadtheadvertisementabout SuperbSummerCampanddiscussthetwo questionsinpairs.
ACTIVITY1: (While- reading)
1. Lookatthe advertisementabove andanswerthequestions. T_ *Vocabulary:Ss camp (n)cắm trại - sporty(adj)hamthểthao curly(adj)tócxoăn ….. + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
129
1. Lookatthe advertisementaboveand answerthequestions. *) Pre teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually
Aims: To activateSs’knowledgeofthetopicin the readingtext.
* Content:Lookatadvertisementand answerthequestions
* Content:Readthetext.WriteT/F
It’sforkidsbetween10and15years Theyold.playsportsandgames,draw pictures,playmusic,learnlife skills, go on field trips,etc.
Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. - Ssworkindividuallyfirst.
*Key:1.F (TheyspeakEnglishonly.)
130 T mayhavetoexplainsomewords/ phrasesbeforehavingSsdothisactivity(eg. hands on: obtainedbydoingsomething,not byreadingorby watchingotherpeople doingit; leadership:thepositionofbeinga leader; field trip: a visitmadebystudentsto studysomethingawayfromtheirschool, etc.). InvitesomeSs togive their answers. - AskforSs’ answers. Confirmthecorrect answertoQuestion1 andSet2a stricktimelimit to read. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To developSs’skill ofreadingfor specificinformation.
* Outcome: get someinformationaboutthetext.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Readthetext andwrite T (True) orF (False). Correct the falestatements. - AskSshowtodotheexercise. Instructthemtodoexerciseagainif needed (eg. reading the sentences, underlining the key words, locating the key words in the text, deciding whether the sentences are true or false). Seta timelimit for themtoreadthe textandanswertrueorfalse.Ssneed to correctthefalsestatements. AskSstonotewheretheyfoundthe informationthathelpedthemcompletethe activity.HaveSsworkinpairsandcompare 2. Readthetext andwrite T (True) orF (False). Correct thefale -statementsT_Ss
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Suggestedanswers:
131 theiranswersbeforehavingthemdiscussas a class.AskSstosupporttheir answerswith informationfromthetext.
CallonsomeSsto describe. Checktheirpronunciationandintonation.
2. F (He hasthree.)
*studentsContent:
4. T 5. T ACTIVITY3:(Post - reading) Speaking
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
3. Workin groups.Readaboutthethree studentsbelow.Is the SuperbSummer Campsuitableforallofthem? Whyor whynot?
2. Thecamp doesnotseemtosuit Nam.Hemaybetoooldfor thecamp andhecan’tspeakEnglish.
Asksstoshowtheevidencetosupport theiranswers. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
3. Workin groups.Readaboutthe three studentsbelow.Is the Superb SummerCampsuitableforallof them?Why orwhynot?
3. Thecamp suitsVy.Itsuitsherage andit canhelp her improveher
HaveSslookattheadvertisementfor SuperbSummerCampagainandunderline therequiementsfortheStudentsiftheywant tojoin thecamp (eg. betwenn10and15 yaersold;allin English,etc.)andthetypes ofactivitystudentscandoatthecamp.
Listencarefullytotheinstructions
Suggested*Key:answers:
AskSstoreadtheinformationaboutthe threestudentsMi,NamandVy.InstructSs tounderlinethefeaturesofeach studentand comparethesewiththeinformationstatedin theAskadvertisement.themtoworkingroupsanddecideif theSuperbSummerCampissuitablefor thesestudentsandexplainwhy.InviteSs fromdifferentgroupstosharetheir answers.
* Outcome: UnderstandingmoreabouttheSuperbSummerCamp.
ReadanddiscusstheSuperbSummerCampissuitableforcertain students
3. F (Jimmylikes takingphotos.)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
-T_Ss - Answerquestionsindividually.
1. Thecamp is suitableforherbecause it suitsherageandshecan use English.Shecan alsodevelop her createivityatthecamp.
Aim:Tohelp SsexplainhowtheSuperbSummerCampis suitableforcertain
* Content:Think.ExplainhowtheSuperbSummerCampsuitsthem.
Ssto sharetheiranswers. Seta timelimit for Sstodo it. Havethemquicklynotedowntheseideas. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers 4. Thinkaboutyourself.Doyou wantto go to this kindofcamp? Whyorwhynot? Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. Workindividually
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Discussing.Why?Whynot?
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* HOMEWORK - Practicedescribingtheroomtheyhavedesigned. Domoreexercises in workbook.
HaveSsthinkaboutthemselvesanddecide if thecamp suitsthem. Encouragethemtogivereasonsfortheir answers.AskSstoworkingroupsandsharetheir -opinions.Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp ifCallneeded.onsome
ACTIVITY4:
Aim:Tohelp SsexplainhowtheSuperbSummerCampsuits them.
HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelessonwithtwoskills. If thereis time, T caninstructthemtodrawamindmapto summarizethemain pointsofthelesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. Thinkaboutyourself.Doyouwantto goto thiskindof camp?Whyorwhynot?
132 Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers English. 4. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
Period
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
INTRODUCTION
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends
3. Quality/behavior:Havingagoodbehaviortowardhisfriends.Thefriendshipin daily Havinglife.thegoodattitudetoworkingingroups,individualwork, pairwork, cooperativelearning.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicelistening forspecificinformationabout bestfriends.Practicingwritingadiaryentryabouttheir bestfriends.
MY FRIENDS Lesson
+ Grammar: Usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; Askaboutappearanceandpersonality;
PROCEDURE: 1. WARM
III. UP& (5’)
6B6A:...../10/2022:...../10/2022 WEEK:
133 Preparenewlesson.Skills2. Dateofplanning:15/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 7 21:UNIT 3: 6: SKILLS2/ListeningandWriting
1. Knowledge: Listeningfor specificinformationaboutbestfriends.Practicingwritingadiary entryabouttheirbestfriends.
To pronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctly;
I. OBJECTIVES:
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSsaboutthecontentoftheprevious -lesson.AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson. + Greeting + Chatting -T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions Opentheirbookandwritethetittleof thelesson. 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(10’)
Aim:To activateSs’ knowledgeofthetopicofthe listening text.
* Vocabulary: active(adj.)năngđộng confident(adj.)tựtin - hard-working(adj.)chămchỉ slim (adj.)mảnhmai
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 134
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
* Content:Askandanswerquestions.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY1: Pre listening
* Outcome: Practiceaskingand answeringquestions.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1.Whatarethestudents doingineach *)picture.Pre-teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation ....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary 1.Whatarethestudents doingin each picture
-Aims:Todevelopstudent’s listening skills forspecific information.Italso provides inputforthewriting skills. Write a diaryentry abouttheirbest friends.
aKey:
* Outcome: Knowingmoreaboutbestfriends.
135 Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenote allthenew words HaveSslookatthepicturesand answerthe question.ElicittheanswersfromSs. Lead tothelisteningpartwhichisabout bestfriends. - Playtherecordingoncefor Sstocheck theirEncourageguess.
. Theyaretalking b. Theyareplayingfootball. c. Theyarewalking.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To developSs’skill oflistening forspecific information.
Sstogive their answers, Confirmtheanswers. Let Ss listenonceandcheck.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Listen andsaywhichisLan andwhichis Chi.
3. While-listening/(10’-12’)
2. Listen to Mi andMinhtalkingabout their friensbest friends. Looatthepicture belowandsay whichoneis Lanandwhich oneis Chi AskSstolookatthepictureinthebook andbriflydescribethetwogirl. Tell Ssthat
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Listen to Mi andMinhtalking abouttheirfriens best friends.Looat the picturebelow andsaywhichone is Lanandwhichoneis Chi Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodoit.
T_Ss * Sslearnhowtodothetasks
* Organization:workwithwholeclass;… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
1Key: . 6A 2. black;mouth 3. friendly 4. big 5. kind Audioscript: Mi: My best friend is Lan. She studies with me in class 6A. She’s tall and slim. She has short black hair and a small mouth. She’s very active and friendly. She likes playing sports and has many friends. Look, she’s playing football over there!
* Outcome: Completethesentencescorrectly.
theyaregoingto listento MiandMinh talkingabouttheirbestfriendswhosenames areLan andChi.PlaytherecordingforSsto decidewhois Lan andwhois Chi. - HaveSsgive the answersexplaintheir reasons.Playtherecordingthesecondtime, stoppingatdifferentplacesfor Sstoexplain theirCheckreasons.andconfirmthecorrect answers - Givetheanswers
136
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To developSs’skill oflistening forspecific information.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Listen againtoa talk.Dothefilling
AskSswhattheyfocusonwhentalking abouttheirbestfriends (eg. name, appearance, personality and the reason why they like him / her).
3. Listen to the talk again.Filleach blank with a word/numberyouhear HaveSsreadthesentencesandfilleach blankwithaword/numberfromthe recording.Letthemdo theexercisewithoutlistening totherecording. - Askthemtocomparetheir answerswith theirMovearoundtoofferhelp Invitesomessto sharetheiranswerstothe class.TCommentsontheir answers
3. Listen to the talk again.Filleach blankwitha word/numberyouhear - Listencarefullytotheinstructions
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. Whatdoeshe/shelook like?
* Outcome: get someideasfor thewriting.
4. Workin pairs. Ask andanswer aboutyourbestfriend.Use these notesto help you. -T_Ss Ssworkin pairs askandanswer aboutyourbestfriends, 1. What’shis/hername?
3. Howold is he/she?
Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandtellaboutMi Freetalk
* Content:Askandanswer aboutthebestfriends
-intonation.Leadtothe
4. Whatishe/ shelike?
* InviteoneortwoSs totalkaboutMi T maygive someclues
5. Whatdoeshe/shelike / dislike?..
abest friend,Mi T gives instructionsandencourageSstotell aboutMi,usinginformationinAudioScript.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
CallonsomeSsto talkfreely. Correctpronunciations,grammar,vocab, writingpart.
Students*Post-listeningtellabout
137
4. Workin pairs. Ask andanswerabout yourbest friend.Use these notesto help you. Tell Ssthattheyaregoingtowritea diary entryabouttheirbestfriends.Explainto themthattheguidingquestionscanhelp thembrainstormandorganiseideasfortheir writing.AllowSs toreviewtheunitforuseful language.Elicit interestingexpressionsand languagefromSsandnotethemonthe board.HaveSsanswerthequestionsindividually in full sentences,usingtheusefullanguage
ACTIVITY4: Writing
Minh: Chi is my best friend. We’re in Class 6B. She has short black hair and a big nose. I like her because she’s kind to me. She helps me with my English. She’s also hard working. She always does her homework before class. Look, she’s going to the library. -
Aims:To help Ssbrainstormideasfortheir writing.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
4. PRODUCTION/APPLLICATION(10’)
* Outcome: Sscanwritea diaryentry.
* Post writing - Askoneor twoSstowritetheirentryon theboard.OtherSs andTcommentonthe entriesontheboard. T collects sometocorrectathome. AskSstorevisetheirentriesathomebased onthecommentsgivenandsubmitthemat thenextlesson
5. Write a diaryentry about50 wordsaboutyourbest friend.Use the answersto thequestionsin 4 T_Ss - Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnowtowrite. Ssworkindividually. Writethemselves
Aim:Tohelp Sspractice writing a diaryentry abouttheir best friends.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 138 writtenontheboard. T goes roundhelpingifnecessary. - OtherSsandTcommentonthewriting.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Content:Writea diaryentryabouttheirbestfriends.
5. Write a diaryentry about50words aboutyourbestfriend.Use the answersto the questionsin 4 AskSstowritethediaryentryindividually, usinginformationin 4
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* Suggested writing: My best friend is Lan. We are in class 6A. She is short with long back hair. she has big clear eyes. Sheis kind and friendly. She is always help her Mum do the house work at home. I like her because she is kind to me and usually helps me study English. Look! She is talking to her classmates now !
ACTIVITY5:
* HOMEWORK.
6. Whydoyoulike him/her? Ask and answer about the best friends.
HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. - T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthelesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 139 Finishwritingadiaryentry.Copyinthenotebooks. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. Ký duyệt của BGH Ngày…. tháng …. năm 2022 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng10 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:22/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/…/2022 WEEK:8 Period 22:UNIT 3:MY FRIENDS Lesson 7: LOOKINGBACK I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: To recycle the language from the previous sections. To help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in theunit. Ss can evaluatetheir performanceand provide furtherpractice.Dosomepracticeexercises.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’)
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
-Aims:
140 Project helps Ss improve their abilities to work individually and in a team. It extends their imagination in field related to the unit topic. Teacher can use this as an extra-curricular activity (for group work) or as homework for srudents to do +individually.Vocabulary: usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My friends
Topronouncethefinalsounds/b/and/p/correctly;
3. Quality/ behavior: Having a good behavior toward his friends. The friendship is in dailylife. Having the good attitude to working in groups, individual work, pair work, cooperativelearning.
III. PROCEDURE:
This is the review and drill section of the unit. Encourage Ss not to refer back to the Insteadunitpages.they
can use what they have learnt during the unit to help them answer the questions.Thatwill help you and your Ss see how far they have progressed, and which areas need further practice. EncourageSstoreviewanddrillsectionoftheunit. Askthemtokeep a recordoftheir answerstoeachexercisesothattheycanusethat informationtocompletetheself assessmenttableattheend oftheunit.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beableto review the language from the previous sections. Consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the unit. Dosomepracticeexercises.Presenttheirprojectsifpossible.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… - Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Grammar: usethepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; - Askaboutappearanceandpersonality;
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write.
1. Choosethecorrect answerA, B or C. HaveSsdo exerciseindividuallyand thencomparetheir answers. Checkandcorrectthemistakes. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers Checktheirpronunciation
ACTIVITY1: Aim: Tohelp SsRevise the vocabularyitemsthey havelearntin the unit.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Choosethecorrect answerA, B orC. -T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements.
141
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(25’)
PRACTICEEXERCISES
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Content:Revisethevocabularyitemstheyhavelearntbychoosingthebest answer.
* Outcome: Rememberthevocabularyitemstheyhavelearnt
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Outcome: Remembermorethevocabulary.
* Key:1. B 2.A 3.C 4.A 5. C
ACTIVITY2: Aim:Tohelp Ssrevise the vocabularyitemsthey havelearntin theunitin a meaningfulway.
* Content:Revisethevocabularyitemstheyhavelearnt.Askandanswer
2. Answerquestionsaboutyour classmates. HaveSsdo thisactivitybythemselves andwritetheir answersintheir notebooks.HaveSswork
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To help Ssrevise the present continuoustense.
* Key: Ss’answers.Realsituationsinclass.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
* Content: Revision.Puttheverbsinthepresentcontinuoustense
in pairstoaskand answerthequestions. Invitesomepairstoaskand answerin frontoftheclass - Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciation andintonation.
3. Putthe verbsin brackets in the present continuoustense. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Copy
2. Answerquestionsaboutyour classmates. Ssworkindividually.Dothetasks - Sharetheanswers.
1*Key: . arerunning 2. aretalking
142
3. arenottalking/aren’ttalking
4. aredrawing 5. is notteaching/ isn’tteaching
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
3. Putthe verbsin brackets in the present continuoustense. Elicit theformandusageof thepresent continuous.LetSsdotheexerciseindividuallyand thencomparetheir answers. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
* Outcome: RemembertheuseofPC.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
4. Putthe verbsin brackets in the present simpleor presentcontinuous. Review thepresentsimpleandpresent -continuous.TcanaskSstotellthedifferences betweenthetwotensesbefore -explaining.LetSsdotheexerciseindividually Comparetheir answers. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
*-ListenCheckcarefullytheanswersandrepeatGivetheanswers
* Content:Howtomakeaclassyear book * Outcome: Ssimprovetheirabilitiesto workindividuallyandina team.Improve theirspeakingskills.
143 ACTIVITY4: Aims:Aim: Tohelp Ssrevise thedifferencesbetween thepresent simple andthe present continuous.
* Content:Comparisonthedifferencesbetweentwotenses.Puttheverbsinthe correcttense * Outcome: Thedifference betweentwotensesPSandPC
* Organization: Teacher’s instructions… * PROJECT: Prepare in the previous lessons Ss should finish the project in class, assign groups in the previous lessons. -T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions -carefully.Dothetasks.Preparetheathome beforehand.
4. Putthe verbsin brackets in the present simpleor presentcontinuous. -T_Ss Listen
Key: 1. areyoudoing;am writing/’m writing 2. cycles;don’tcycle;walk 3. Is hedoing;is reading/’sreading 3. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
HOMEWORK - Readagaintheconversation Domoreexercises in workbook.
144 beforehand Show the class some examples of year books (there are many examples online). Explain what a yearbook is and why Ss like to make them. Then discuss the appearance and the descriptions of your examples. Discuss how Ss can make their yearbook pages look interesting (use photos, coloured paper, illustrations).IfTwants
Summarizethemainpoints. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtoschool; + Sounds/a:/and/a/; + Thepresentsimple; +Adverbsoffrequency.
Sscan completetheprojectas homeworkiftimeis limited.Makea displayoftheyearbookpagesinthe classroom,orona noticeboard,orcopy andcompileallthepagesintoareal yearbookforSstotakehome.
Ssshouldfinishtheprojectinclass, assigngroupsinthepreviouslessons.
Ss to finish the project in class, assign groups in the previous lesson and ask Ss to prepare photos of their groups’ members. During this lesson, ask the groups to write about their groups’ members (appearance, personality,hobbies,etc.).
Aim: Introduction Bytheendof thisreview,studentswillhaverevisedthelanguagetheyhavelearnt
Dateofteaching:6B6A:.../.../2022:.../.../2022
Period
Vocabulary-Grammar
Lesson 1: LANGUAGE/Pronunciation
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
c) Writing:- Writinga paragraphaboutone’sschool;Writinganemailtoa friend describingahome;Writingadiaryentryaboutbestfriends.
WEEK:8 23:UNIT:REVIEW1(UNIT1-2-3)
145 Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. =============== Dateofplanning:22/10/2022
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto revisedthe languagetheyhavelearntandtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits1 3. Theyhave learntsofarin termsoflanguageandskills.Practisingdoingexercises.
b)GRAMMAR:-Present simple;adverbsoffrequency;possessivecase; prepositionsofplace;Presentcontinuoustense.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment
I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: TorevisethelanguageandskillstheyhavelearntinUnit 1-2-3.
III. PROCEDURE:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
d)Speaking:talkingaboutthetypeofschool;Describinghouses,roomsfurnoture; Talkingaboutfriends,summercamps.
3. Quality/behavior:Havingtheseriousattitudetostudyingandthegood relationshipwithfriends.Theloveof learningEnglish.Hard working;cooperative; sociable;goodcommunication.
a)Vocabulary:Ssrevisewordsandphrasesaboutschoolthingsandactivities;Types ofhouse, roomsandfurniture;Bodyparts,appearances, personalityadjective
- Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
ACTIVITY1: Aim:Aim:To help Ssreview the pronunciationofthesoundslearntin Units1 3:/a:/ and ///; /s/ and/z/ correctly.
* Content:Review thepronunciationofthesounds.Choosethewords…
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
* Outcome: Pronouncingthesoundscorrectly.
A. LANGUAGE: • Pronunciation
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssome questionsaboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write. 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(25’) PRACTICEEXERCISES
146 andtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits1 3. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofarintermsoflanguageandskills. Summarize theiranswersandaddsomemoreinformationifnecessary.
T mayusetheLanguagereview asa self test.Ssdotheexercises in 30minutes, thenT checkstheir answers.Otherwise,Tcan conducteachactivityseparately.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Choosethewordwhoseunderlinedpartis pronounceddifferently -T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructionscarefully andlearnhowtodothetasks. Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements. * Key:1. C 2. A 3. B 4.A 5.B
* Content:Review thepronunciation,thevocab.Writethenamesofschoolthings andfurniture. * Outcome: Rememberthewords,writeit
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… 2. Write the namesofschool thingsandfurniturein the housewhich beginwith /b/ and/ p/. T can organizethisasagame. Ssdo thisin pairs.Thepairthat findsthemostwordswillgo to theboardandwritetheir answers.Otherpairsmayadd moreWritewords.otherwordsonthe board.Invitesomepairstoaskand 2. Write the namesofschoolthingsand furniturein thehousewhich beginwith /b/ and / p/. Ssworkindividually. Dothetasks - Sharetheanswers. * Key:
-answersChecktheir
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssrevise the vocabularyitemsthey havelearntin the unitin a meaningfulway.
147 1. Choosethewordwhose underlinedpartis pronounced differently Elicit therulersofpronoucing finalsound sifneeded. Ssdo thisexerciseindividuallythen sharetheir answerswiththeir partnersbeforetellingT the Writeanswers.thecorrect answersonthe board.Checkandconfirmthecorrect pronunciation
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. Solvethecrossword puzzle. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Fufilthetasks, Givetheanswers
* Content:Review thewordgroupsusedwithplay,have,doandstudy.Vocabulary havelearntintheunits.
ACTIVITY3+ 4: Vocabulary
* Outcome: Calloutthevocabulary.Revision.Doexercisescorrectly.
148 answerinfrontoftheclass Observeandhelp whenand wherenecessary,andcorrect Ss'pronunciationandintonation.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Aim:To help Ssreview the wordgroupsused with play,have,doandstudy. To help Ssreview thepersonalityadjectives, the wordsrelated to body parts, roomsandtypesofhouse.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content
3. Completethe words. - HaveSsdo thisindividually andthensharetheir answers withtheirpartners. - CallonortwoSstowritetheir answersontheboard. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
4. Solvethecrossword puzzle. Thiscanbe doneasa competition.Otherwise,askSs todo thisinpairs. - CheckSs'answers. 3. Completethe words. -T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly - Fulfilthetasks Copy Key: 1. English 2. Homework 3. lunch 4. sports 5. badminton
* Content:Review grammarelementstaughtinUnits1 3.
* Outcome: Rememberhowtoformandusethem.Doexercisescorrectly.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’s activities Content 5. Lookatthe pictureof a classroom.Choosethe best answersA, B, C. HaveSslookatthepictureofa classroomandcompletethe sentences.HaveSscomparetheir answers witha Checkclassmate.andconfirmthecorrect answers. 5. Lookatthe pictureof a classroom.Choose the best answersA, B, C. -T_ Key:Ss1. B 2.A 3. A 4.B 5. C
study:do:lunchhomeworkEnglish
ACTIVITY5: Grammar
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 149 • Write the wordsin the correct groups. play:sports,badminton have:
3. APPLICATION(10’)
Aim:To help Ssreview grammarelements taughtin Units1-3:prepositionsof place, possessivecase andpresent continuous.
ACTIVITY6: Aims:- To help Ssreview theuse ofthe presentsimple andthepresent
HOMEWORK - Readagaintheconversation Domoreexercises in workbook. - Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. ========================== Dateofplanning:22/10/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../.../6A:.../.../20222022
*continuous.Content:Review theuseofthepresentsimpleandthepresentcontinuous.
* Outcome: Remembertheformanduseofthetwotenses.
Period 24:REVIEW1(UNIT1-2-3) Lesson 2: SKILLS/reading-SpeakingListening Writing
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… 6. Completethe sentences with the presentsimple orpresent continuousformoftheverbs in brackets. Elicit formandusageofthe presentsimpleandthepresent continuous.AskSstodo theexercise individuallybeforecallingone ortwoSstowritetheir answers onthe Checkboard.Ss'answers.Askthem forexplanationifnecessary. 6. Completethe sentences with the present simple orpresent continuousformoftheverbs in brackets. -T_Ss - Listentotheteacher’sinstructionscarefully. Dothetasks Preparetheathomebeforehand. Givetheanswers Key: 1. is /'s raining 2. doyouhave 3.Is shestudying 4. likes 5. is not/ isn'tcooking;is /'sreading 4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) Summarizethemainpoints. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrases.Vocab;Thegrammarpoints.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 150
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
a)Vocabulary:Ssrevisewordsandphrasesaboutschoolthingsandactivities;Types ofhouse, roomsandfurniture;Bodyparts,appearances, personalityadjective
c) Writing: Writinga paragraphaboutone’sschool;Writinganemailtoa friend describingahome;Writingadiaryentryaboutbestfriends.
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto revisedthe languagetheyhavelearntandtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits1 3. Theyhave learntsofarin termsoflanguageandskills.Practisingdoingexercises.
Bytheendof thisreview,studentswillhaverevisedthelanguagetheyhavelearnt andtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits1 3. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofarintermsoflanguageandskills. Summarize theiranswersandaddsomemoreinformationifnecessary.
3. Quality/behavior:Havingtheseriousattitudetostudyingandthegood relationshipwithfriends.Theloveof learningEnglish.Hard working;cooperative; sociable;goodcommunication.
Aims: Introduction
d)Speaking:talkingaboutthetypeofschool;Describinghouses,roomsfurnoture; Talkingaboutfriends,summercamps.
III. PROCEDURE:
- T mayusetheLanguagereview asa self-test.Ssdotheexercises in 30minutes, thenT checkstheir answers.Otherwise,Tcan conducteachactivityseparately.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
b)GRAMMAR:-Present simple;adverbsoffrequency;possessivecase; prepositionsofplace;Presentcontinuoustense.
151 WEEK:8 I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: TorevisethelanguageandskillstheyhavelearntinUnit1 2 3.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed
1. ChooseA,B, orC foreach blankin the emailbelow.
152
atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
1. ChooseA,B, orC foreach blankin theemailbelow. -T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo the Answertasks. theteacher’squestionsand
PRACTICEEXERCISES-SKILLS
* Outcome: get moreinformation,contentoftheemailandthetext.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting. -T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo. - Opentheirbookand write.
ACTIVITY1+2: Reading Aim:To help Sspractice readingforgeneralandspecific information.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabularyifhave ….. HaveSsdo exercise1 Page37
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(25’)
* Content:Practicereading.ChooseA,B, C foreach blank.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
153 Ssdo theseexercisesindividually,check theiranswerswiththeirpartnersbeforegiving theCheckanswers.theirpronunciation Confirmthecorrect answers enquirements. * 1.Key:1.A 2. C 3. C 4.B 5. B
HaveSsdo thisactivitybythemselves - HaveSsworkin pairstoaskandanswerthe pairstoaskand answerinfront ofthe Observeclassandhelp whenandwherenecessary, andcorrectSs'pronunciationandintonation.
3. Interview two ofyourclassmates about whatthey like anddislikeaboutyour school.Reporttheir answer.
2. Readthetext and answerthe quetions - Ssworkindividually firstthen workinpairsaskand answerthe -questionsDothetasksSharetheanswers
2.Theyarehard-workingandkind.
* Key: 1. It'sin a quietplacenotfarfrom thecity centre.
* Content:Interviewclassmatesaboutwhattheylikeanddislikeabouttheir school.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Likes anddislikesabouttheirschools.
HaveSsworkin groupsofthree.One interviewstheothertwoaboutwhattheylike
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. Readthetext and answerthequetions
questions.Invitesome
3.Theyarehelpfulandfriendly. 4.Therearefive clubs. 5 Becauseit'sa goodschool
ACTIVITY3: Speaking Aim:To help Ss practice askingandansweringaboutwhattheylike anddislike abouttheirschoolandtheir reasons.
3. Interview two ofyour classmates aboutwhattheylike anddislikeaboutyourschool. Reporttheir answer -T_Ss
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions..…..
* Outcome:Listenandfill thecorrectwordforeachbank.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY4: Listening Aim:To help Ssreview listening forspecific information.
* Content:Listen andfill.
154 anddislikeabouttheirschoolandtheirreasons -why. Tell Sstowritetheirgroup members’ answersintheirnotebooksandreportthemto theclass. - SummarizeSs’ideas. Let Ss dotheexerciseindividuallyandthen comparetheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
Listentotheinstructionsclearly Workingroupsofthree. Ss’sanswers.
* 1.Key:home 2.plants 3.living 4. sleeping 5.TV
Audioscript: An: Why is it so quiet, Mi? Are you home 4. AnandMiare talkingonthe phone.Listen andfilleach blank with ONEword Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefully. -T_Ss -Checktheanswers Givetheanswers
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. AnandMiare talkingonthe phone. Listen andfill each blankwithONEword - HaveSsreadthesentences.Playthe recordingthefirsttime. AskSstolistenandcompletethesentences. Askfortheir answersandwritethemonthe -board.Playtherecordingthesecondtimefor Ssto check their answers. CheckSs'answers. - Playtherecordingthelasttimeif necessary, stoppingatdifferentplaceswhereSsgotthe wronganswers - Comparetheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
5.Writean emailofabout50wordsto your friend.Tell him herabouta family member. Usethese questions: Elicit thepartsofanemail. AskSstodiscussand answerthequestions in pairs.Thenhavethemwritetheiremails individually.Askonestudenttowritetheemailonthe board.OtherSsandTcommentontheemail ontheboard. T collects someemailstogive feedbackat -home.Getfeedback.
5.Writean emailofabout50 wordsto yourfriend.Tell himher aboutafamilymember. Usethese -questions:T_Ss 1. Whois theperson? 2. Howold is he/ she? 3. Whatdoeshe/shelooklike? 4. Whatis/shelike? …
* Outcome: Sscanwritean email, usinggiven questions. * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
An: What’s she doing? Mi: She’s watching TV
An: What’s he doing? Mi: He’s listening to the radio.
4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) Summarizethemainpoints.
Mi: He’s in the living room…
5: Writing Aim:Tohelp Sscompletean emailof40-45wordsaboutastudent’s family *member.Content:Writean emailtofriend, tellinghim/heraboutafamilymember.
An: What about your younger brother? Is he with your mum? Mi: No. He’s sleeping in my bedroom. My cousin, Vi, is here too.
ACTIVITY
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
155
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Mi:alone?No. Everybody is here, but they are in different rooms. An: Where's your mum? Is she cooking in the Mi:kitchen?No.She's watering the plants in the An:garden.And where's your dad?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 156 AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtofriends… HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversation Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. ===========================Theendoftheweek8 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng10 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Vocabulary Placesin a neighbourhood Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds: /I/and /i:/ Skills: Readingaboutaneighbourhood Talkingaboutaneighbourhood Listeningaboutaneighbourhood
Dateofteaching: 6A:.../11/2022 6B:…/11/2022 WEEK:9
I. OBJECTIVES:
Dateofplanning:29/10/2022
Period 26: UNIT4:MY NEIGHBOURHOOD Lesson 1:GETTINGSTARTED LOSTIN THEOLDTOWN!
* Bythe end ofthis unit,studentswill beableto: (Over all) use the words for places in a neighbourhood; pronounce the sounds /I/and /i:/ correctly; compare two people or things using comparative adjectives; - ask for and give directions to some places; read for specific information about a neighbourhood; talk about a neighbourhood; listen for specific information about a neighbourhood; write a paragraphto describe a neighbourhood.
1. Knowledge: To introduce topic of the lesson My neighbourhood. To teach listening and reading. Practicegivingdirections.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 157
+ Grammar: comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; Askingfordirections
Writinga paragraghtodescribea neighbourhood EverydayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections
THISUNIT INCLUDE Grammar Comparativeadjectives:smaller;more expensive
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly;
2. Competece: By the end of the lesson students will be able to practice reading and listeningthe conversation between Nick, Phongand Khang They have arrived in Hoi Anandthey’vegotlostontheirwaytotanKyHouse.
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
PROCEDURE:1.
158
Aims:To createe anactiveatmospherein theclass beforethelesson; To lead intothe new unit.
3. Quality/ behavior: The love of the neighbourhood, the hometown and the country. The likes and dislikes their neighbourhoods. Having the serious attitude to askingandgivingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto doit. - Answertheteacher’squestionsand +enquirements.Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo thetasks.
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,….
AfterSsgive the answers,askthemtoopen theirbookstopage38.Drawtheirattentionto theboxandintroducewhattheyaregoingto learnin thisunit.
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout thepreviouslessons, Review thepreviousunitbeforeSsopen theirbooks.Organiseashortvocabularygame torevisethewordsSslearntin Unit 3. For example,Tcanorganise Alphabet Race (read page41for thestepstoplaythegame)or Slap the Board. Lead tothenewunit.Writetheunittitle My neighbourhood ontheboard.AskSstoguess whattheyaregoingto learnaboutinthisunit.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
1. Listen andread. T_Ss Listencarefullytothecontext * Vocabulary - excited (adj)phấnkhích - cross (v)đi qua - famous(adj)nồitiếng turn left >< turn right rẽ phải - to belost (v) bịlạc
1. Listen andread. Setthecontextforthelisteningandreading. IntroduceNick,PhongandKhang.HaveSs lookatthepictureand answersomequestions, eg. What are Nick, Phong and Khangdoing? What might be happeningto them ? T can also askSstoshareanyrecentexperiencesofbeing lost,eg Have you ever got lost? Where and when? How did you feel then? What did you do? Elicit answers,butdonotconfirmwhether theiranswersarerightorwrong. AskSstotalka bitabouttheplacewhere Nick, PhongandKhangarestanding. PlaytherecordingtwiceforSsto listenand readalong.HaveSsunderlinethewordsthat arerelatedtothetopicoftheunitwhilethey arelisteningandreading. InvitesomeSs toreadtheconversationaloud.
* Content:Listen andreadconversationtoget usedtothevocabulary;newgrammar points. * Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.Understandingtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,grammarpoints…
159 Writetheunittitle My neighbourhood onthe board. Opentheirbookand write. 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’) ACTIVITY
1: Aims:To set the contextforthe introductorytext; To introducethe topicofthe unit.
AskSswhatexactlyishappeningtoNick, PhongandKhang.Nowconfirmthecorrect answer. (They have arrived in Hoi An and they've got lost on their way to Tan Ky House.)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Check cocabulary - Takenoteallthenewwords Quicklywritethewordsononepartofthe board. CommentonSs'answers. - gostraight (v) đithẳng….
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssknowhowtouse let's andshallwe to makesuggestions.
* Outcome: Knowhowtomakesuggestions.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Find in the conversationthesentences used to makesuggestions. Tell Sstorefer backtotheconversationto find thesentencesusedtomakesuggestions. AskSstocomparetheir answersbefore checkingasa class. Tell themtopracticesayingthesentencesin pairs(playtherecordingagainasamodelif necessary).Confirmthecorrect answers. CallonSsto givethe answers
3. PRACTICE(15’)
2. Shallwego therefirst?
*) Pre teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
160 HaveSssaythewordsinthetextthatthey thinkarerelatedtothetopicMy neighbourhood.
3. First,crosstheroad,andthenturn left.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary - Repeatinchorusandindividually
-T_Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswersandcheck.
* Content:Makesuggestions.Wecan use:Shallwe…./Let’s…. tomakesuggestions
2. Find in the conversationthe sentences used to makesuggestions.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1.Key:Let'sgo toChuaCau.
* Content:Readconversationagain.Puttheactionsinorder
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... 4. Find andunderlinethe following 4. Find andunderlinethe following
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1Key: .b 2.c 3.d 4.e 5.a
Aim:To help Ssdeeplyunderstandthetext.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
themhowtodotheexercise: (1)readeach sentenceandrefer backto theconversationtofindtheactionitrefers to; (2)order theactions.Tmaymodelusingthe firstAllowsentence.Sstoshareanswersbeforediscussing asa Writeclass.thecorrect answersontheboard. AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussing asa class.Writethecorrect answersonthe board.Tgives correct answer
* Outcome: Ordertheactionscorrectly.
3. Readtheconversationagain.Putthe actionsin order. AskSstoworkindependentlytoorderthe actionsinsentences(a e) astheyoccurin the conversation.Tmayinstruct
ACTIVITY3:
3. Readtheconversationagain.Put the actionsin order. Ss_Ss - Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sharetheanswers Copythem
* Content:Findandunderlinethedirections.Askingforandgivingdirections
* Outcome: Knowhowtogivedirections. Can you tell me the way to the post office near here?..
161 T gives thecorrect answers 4. Fine,let'sgo. 5. Let'saskher.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ssknowhowtogive directions throughtheconversation
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
directions in theconversation. T_Ss -Listencarefullyandlearnhowtodo. -Ssdothemselves.Givetheanswers
5. GAME-Find places Demonstratethegamewitha strongstudent. AskSstoplaythegamein pairs.Inweaker classes,worktogetherwithSsfirst:asking aboutoneortwodifferentplacesonthemap andeliciting theanswers.Thenwhenthey knowexactlywhattodo,askthemtoworkin pairs.Tmaygo aroundto observeandoffer help if Invitenecessary.somepairstoperforminfrontofthe class.Thisactivitycanbeorganisedasa competitiongame.Theclassis dividedinto teamsAandB. TeamA give directionsand 5. GAME-Find Places T_Ss - Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks. Askandanswer
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Practicegivingdirections.PlayingGame.Findplaces
Key: 1. B 2. A 3. E 4.C 5. D
162 directions in theconversation. AskSstoworkindividuallytofindand underlinethephrasesusedtogivedirectionsin theconversation.Tmaymovearoundtheclass tocheck if Ss doexactlywhatis requiredand offer help whenneeded. HaveSsquicklymatcheachdirectionwith thediagram.Checktheir answersasaclass.If ssdo notunderstandthephrases,usethe diagramstoworkthemeaningoutfromthe context.Forweakclasses,askfortrandlation tomakesuretheyunderstand.Withstronger classes,Tmaywishtoasksomeadditional questions,eg. Can you tell me the way to the post office near here?, etc.
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ss practice givingdirections.
* Outcome: Givedirectionscorrectly.
TeamB guesstheplace.If theirguessis correct,theygetonepoint.Thenchangeroles. Thegroupwiththemostpointsisthewinner.
Askoneor twoSsto telltheclasswhattheyhavelearnt.
Readingaboutaneighbourhood
AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
aboutaneighbourhood
Skills:
* HOMEWORK - Readagaintheconversationonpage6. Domoreexercises in workbook. - Preparenewlessons. moreTalking Listening Writing paragragh
todescribea neighbourhood
a
AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson.Ifthereis an overheadprojectorintheclassroom,showthedialogue,highlightthekeywordsrelated tothetopic.Itwouldbehelpfulif T alsohighlightsinthedialoguethecomparative adjectivesandphrasesofgivingdirectionsandtellsSsthattheywilllearnthese languagepointsinthefollowinglessons
163
aboutaneighbourhood
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
===================== Dateofplanning:29/10/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../11/2022 6B:…/11/2022 WEEK:10 Period 27:UNIT4: MY NEIBOURHOOD Lesson 2: A CLOSERLOOK-1 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary - Placesin a neighbourhood Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds: /I/and /i:/ Grammar Comparativeadjectives:smaller;
Aims: Vocabulary - Torevise oldlesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
164 expensive EverydayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
To introducetopic ofthe lesson My neighbourhood. To teach thenames ofplaces in a neighburhood. Practicing asking and answering about their neighbourhood. Ss also learnhowtopronouncethesounds/b/and/p/correctlyincontexts.
+ Grammar: comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; - Askingfordirections
3. Quality/ behavior: The love of the neighbourhood, the hometown and the country. The likes and dislikes their neighbourhoods. Having the serious attitude to askingandgivingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:1.
1. Knowledge:
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly;
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to know the names of places in a neighburhood. Practicing asking and answering about their neighbourhood. Ss also learn how to pronounce the final sounds /b/ and /p/ correctly in contexts.
I. OBJECTIVES:
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
T_Ss * Vocabulary -square(n)quảngtrường -cathedral(n)nhàthờ -artgallery(n)triểnlãm,cáctácphẩm… -railway(n)xelửa -station (n)nhàga busy (adj)bậnrôn,sầmuất -crowded…(adj)đôngđúc.
* Outcome: Knowmorethenameofplacesina neighbourhood.
* Content:Matchtheplaceswiththepictures.Thenamesofplacesina neighbourhood.
165 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
+ Followthestepstoteach vocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenoteallthewords HaveSsquicklymatcheachplace(in each picture)withitsname. T playstherecordingforthemtolistenand check their answerswiththeirpartners. - T playstherecordingagainwithapauseafter each item andasksSstorepeatthewords/
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To revise / teach the namesofplaces in a neighbourhood.
AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study….
1. Matchthe placesbelow with thepictures. Thenlisten, check andreapeatthe words.
1. Matchthe placesbelow with the pictures. Thenlisten, check andreapeatthewords.
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow toOpendo.theirbookand write.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 166 phraseschorallyandindividually CorrectSs’pronunciation.AskSstoname someplacesin theirneighborhood
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ss practice askingandansweringquestionsaboutwherethey live.
2. Workin pairs. Ask and answer questionsaboutwhereyoulive Workin pairs todothisactivity Listencarefullyandlearnhowto do.
* Outcome: Askingandansweringquestionscorrectly.Improvespeakingskills.
* Content:Askandanswerquestionsaboutwheretheylive.
2. Workin pairs. Ask and answerquestions aboutwhereyoulive Modelthisactivitywithamoreablestudent. AskSstoworkinpairstoaskand answer questionsaboutwheretheylive.
Witha weakerclass,askfortrandlationto makesuretheyunderstand.Withastronger class,T maywishtoasksomeadditional questions,eg. What can you do there? Is there one in your town? Where is it? - Checktheanswers Correcttheirpronunciation. - Checkandconfirmtheanswers. - Listencarefullytotheinstructions Answer theteacher’squestions. + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo thetasks. - Answertheteacher’squestions andenquirements. * Key:1. c 2.e 3.d 4. a 5. b Audioscript 1. square 2.artgallery 3. cathedral 4. temple 5.railwaystation 3. PRACTICE(18’)
RemindSsthattheycanusetheplacesin 1
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY3: Aims:Torevise theadjectives Sslearnt in primaryschool; Tohelp Ss practice askingandansweringabouttheirneighbourhood.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities
* Content:Pronouncethesound/ɪ/and/i:/ * Outcome: Pronouncethesound/ɪ/and/i:/ correctly.
* Content:Askandanswer questionsusingadjectivestheyhavelearnt.
* Outcome: Askingandansweringquestionsaboutneighborhoodcorrectly.
necessary.Callonsomepairstopracticeinfrontofthe class. Ssworkinpairs Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswers Ssdo thetasks.
3. Workin groups.Askand answerabout yourneighbourhood.Youcanusethe adjectivesbelow. - Modelthisactivitywithstrongstudent.
RemindSsthattheycanuseadjectivesinthe boxorotheradjectivetheyknowtotalkabout theirvillage, townorcity. - AskSstoworkin pairs.Goaroundto observeandofferhelp ifnecessary. Callonsomepairsto practiceinfrontof theclass. T mayaskotherSstogivecomments
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ssidentifyhowto pronouncethesounds/ɪ/and/i:/ in words.
3. Workin groups.Askand answerabout neighbourhood.yourYoucanusethe adjectivesbelow. Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Sstoworkin pairs Ssdo themselves. -Copythem II. PRONUNCIATION: /I/ and/i:/
167 oranyplacestheywanttoask. T maygo aroundtoobserveandoerhelp if
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ssidentifyhowto pronouncethesounds/I/ and/i:/ and practice singingthechant.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... 4. Listen andreapeatthewords.Pay attentionto the sounds/ɪ/and/i:/ T modelsthesounds/ɪ/and/i:/ first,and thenasksSstoidentifywhichsoundislonger andwhichoneis shorter. AskSstopracticethesounds /ɪ/and/i:/ together.PlaytherecordingandaskSsto listenandrepeat. Playtherecordingasmanytimesas necessaryAskSstoworkinpairsandputthewordsin thecorrectcolumnwhiletheylisten. Callonsomepairstowritetheir answerson theboardbeforecheckingtheir answerswith thewholeclass.
* Content:Listen andpracticethechancenoticethesound/I/and/i:/
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
168
4. Listen andreapeatthewords. Pay attentionto the sounds/ɪ/ and/i:/ Listentotheteacher’sinstructions
* Outcome: Pronouncethesounds/I/and/i:/ and practicesingingthechant.
-carefullyChecktheanswersListenandrepeat
Key: 4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
WEEK:10 Period 28:UNIT4: MY NEIGHBOURHOOD Lesson 3: A CLOSERLOOK 2 UNIT INCLUDES:
169 5. Listen andpractice thechant.Notice the sounds /I/ and/i:/ - AskSstolistenwhileT playstherecording. PlaytherecordingagainandaskSstochanta long.Providefurtherpracticebydividingtheclass intotwogroups.Havegroupssingalternate lines.CallonsomeSsto practicethechantif possibleCommentontheirpronunciation.
THIS
5. Listen andpractice thechant. Noticethe sounds /I/ and/i:/ - Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks. -T_Ss Dothetasks Listenagainandreppeat Practicethechant. MY NEIGHBOURHOOD My city is very noisy. There are lots of trees growing. The people here are busy. It’s a lively place to live in. My village is very pretty. There are lots of places to see. The people here are friendly. It’s a fantastic place to be. 5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’) - AskSstosummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practicespeakingthenamesofroomsandthenamesofthefurniturein thehouse. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. ========================= Dateofplanning:29/10/2022 Dateofteaching:6B6A:.../.../2022:.../.../2022
I. OBJECTIVES:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Vocabulary - Placesin a neighbourhood Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds: /I/and /i:/ Grammar
170
Comparativeadjectives:smaller;more expensive Skills: - Readingaboutaneighbourhood Talkingaboutaneighbourhood Listeningaboutaneighbourhood Writinga paragraghtodescribea neighbourhood EverydayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections
+ Vocabulary:-Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly;
+ Grammar: Comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; Askingfordirections
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to know the form and usage of comparative adjectives. Practicing forming and using the comparative adjectives.Ssalsolearnhowtopronouncethethesounds/I/and/i:/ correctly;
3. Quality/ behavior: The love of the neighbourhood, the hometown and the country. The likes and dislikes their neighbourhoods. Having the serious attitude to askingandgivingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
Students:Textbooks,….
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE: Grammar *Comparativeadjectives
1. Knowledge: To introduce topic of the lesson My neighbourhood. To teach the comparative adjectives.Practicingformingandusingthecomparativeadjectives.
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto doit.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Reviseoldlesson.
171 Choose two Ss of very different heights and ask them to stand up. T asks the class: Who is taller? Indicate tall and taller with your hands and arms. T may give another example, eg. two rulers or desks: long longer. Ask Ss to say what taller and longer are in Vietnamese. T introduces the subject ofthe lesson: comparative adjectives, and asksfortheequivalentinVietnamese(Cấp sosánhhơncủatínhtừ).
Aim:To introducethe comparativeformofadjectives.(*)
Focus Ss’ attention on comparative forms by pointing to the rulers and desks and saying: This ruler / desk is long, but that ruler / desk is longer. Explain that comparative adjectives are constructed in several di erent ways in English, and that some of those ways are presented in the Grammar box below. Explain the simplest ways to identify the number of syllables in an English word and give further examplesorpracticeifnecessary than is usedtomakecomparisons: Example: - Thisgreen ruleris longer thantheblueruler. My TVis moreexpensivethanherTV 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
Aim:To help Ssidentifythecorrect comparativeformof adjectives.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
ACTIVITY1: GRAMMAR:Comparativeadjectives
172 AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. - Lead in thenewlesson/ Opentheirbookand write.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Content:Learnhowtoformandusecomparativeformofadjectives.
* Outcome: Knowhowtoformandusecomparativeformofadjectivescorrectly.
1. Completethe followingsentenceswith the comparativeformofadjectivesin brackets. - Tomis taller thanMary A houseina city is moreexpensivethana houseinthecountryside AskSstoreadtheinstruction. Tell Sswhattheyshoulddo. (Witha weakerclass,dothefirstsentenceasan exampleRemind).Sstopayattentiontothenumber ofthesyllablesineach adjective.
1. Completethe followingsentences with the comparativeformod adjective.T_Ss Tomis taller thanMary + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements.Listencarefullyandreadaloud.
3. PRACTICE(18’)
173 AskSstodo theexerciseindividuallyand thencomparetheir answerswithaclassmate. - Checktheanswersasaclass. Confirmthecorrect answers.
* Content:AskandAnswerquestionstofurtherpracticeonusingcomparative adjectives
* Outcome: Usingcomparativeadjectivestocomparethetwoneighbourhoods
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Usethe correct formofthewordsin bracketsto complete theletter. AskSstoreadtheinstruction.TellSswhat theyshoulddo.(Withaweakerclass,dothe firstsentenceasan example). - AskSstoreadandcompletetheletter
individually.Remindthemtopayattentiontothe numberofthesyllablesin each adjective. HaveSscomparetheir answersinpairs beforecheckingwiththewholeclass.
* Outcome: Understandingmoretheformandusethecomparative.
Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Confirmthecorrect answers
2. Usethe correct formofthewords in bracketsto completetheletter. - T_Ss Ssworkindividually - Dothetasks Sharetheanswers Learnhowtodo. * Key: 2. smaller. 3.older 4. wider 5. moredelicious 6. cheaper ACTIVITY3 Aim:To help Ss practice usingcomparativeadjectives.
* Content:Formingthecorrectcomparativeformofadjectivesbycompletingthe sentences.
* Key: 2. noisier 3.bigger 4. morepeaceful 5.moreexciting
ACTIVITY2: Aim:Tohelp Sspractice formingthecorrect comparativeformofadjectives.
4. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To giveSs furtherpractice on usingcomparativeadjectives.
3. Look at the pictures of the two neighbourhoods: Binh Minh and Long CompareSon. two neighbourhoods using the adjectives. - AskSstolookatthepicturesofthetwo neighbourhoods.Elicitthecontrast
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 174
properly. * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
3. Look at the pictures of the two neighbourhoods: Binh Minh and Long CompareSon.two neighbourhoods using the adjectives. - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstowork independently - Sharetheanswers Copythem
betweenthethingsinthe twoneighbourhoodsand askthemtousethe adjectivesin theboxtodescribethem. HaveSscomparetheirsentencesinpairs beforeshowingsomeoftheirsentencesto thewholeclass. - AskotherSstogivecommentsandcorrect anymistakesifpossible. Movearoundtoofferhelp if needed. If thereis time, asksomeSstowritetheir sentencesontheboard.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
175 * Content:AskandAnswerquestionstofurtherpracticeonusingcomparative adjectives
* Outcome: Usingcomparativeadjectivestocomparethetwoneighbourhoods properly.
4. Workin pairs. Ask and answer questionsaboutBinhMinhandLongSon neighbourhoodsusing picturesin 3 Modelthisactivitywithastrongerstudent. - Tell Ssthattheycanusetheinformation fromthesentencestheyhavewrittenin 3 to askandanswerquestionsaboutthetwo neighbourhoods.AskSstoworkinpairs. - Goaroundtoobserveandofferhelp if necessary.Callsomepairstopracticein frontofthe class.AskotherSstogivecommentsandcorrect anymistakesifpossible. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’) - Summarizethemainpointsofthelesson. AskSstomakesentencestocomparepeopleandthingsintheirclassroom,using comparativeadjectives.
AExample:
4. Workin pairs. Ask and answer questionsaboutBinhMinhandLong Sonneighbourhoodsusing pictures in 3 - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionscarefully - Workinpairs. Do Givethemselvestheanswers
. Is BinhMinhnoisierthanLongSon? B. Yes,it is. A. Is LongSonmoremodernthanBinh Minh? B. No,it isn’t
* HOMEWORK Revisetheformanduseofcomparativeadj. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Prepatrenewlessons.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 176 Theend oftheweek 9 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng 10 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Date of preparing: … /11/2022 Date of teaching: 6A:10/11/2022 Period 25:THEFIRST MID-TERMTEST 6B:10/11/2022 WEEK:10
* Vocabulary: Words and phrases about school things and activities; Types of house , furniture;Bodyparts,appearances, personalityadjective
* UNITGRAMMAR:1: My new school - usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency;
UNIT2: My house usepossessivecasetodescribepossession; useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare; UNIT3: My friends usethepresentcontinuoustotalkaboutthingshappeningnow;
I.
speaking
+ Skills: Reading
II. TEACHINGAIDS: T:Textbook,laptop,photocopiedpapers III. PROCEDURES: A. Matrix Cấp độ Tên chủ đề Nhận biết Thông hiểu Vận dụng Cộng Cấp độ thấp Cấp độ cao TNKQ TL TNKQ TL TNKQ TL TNKQ TL Listening toListenthe Listenfill
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Students need to know how much progress they’ve learnt. They know how well they’ve alsowanttoknowwhichlanguageareatheymustpractice more.
listening
English
* Writing: writea paragraphaboutone’sschool. writean emailtoa frienddescribinga house. - writea diaryentryaboutbestfriends. , , skills. ane mailtoyourfriend
177 OBJECTIVES: - To test students’ understanding in grammar, vocabulary listening, reading and writing after 6
Write
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 178 boxtickandsationsconver5shortthe intablethe Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 1.05pts10% 1.05pts10% 20%2.010pts LanguagefocusCA,answers..theChoosebestB,or Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 315pts30% 3315pts0% Reading matchandRead Read circleandthebestoption Read Circlepassage.thethebestanswer Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 11,50pts0% 1.05pts10% 1.05pts10% 315pts30% Writing sentencesRewritethe paragraphWrite Số câu Số điểm 5 1 pts 15pt 210,0
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 179 Tỉ lệ % 10% 10% 2pts0% Tổng số câu Tổng số điểm Tỉ lệ % 2.05pts10% 1pt4520pts 50% 10 10 2 pts 2.0 pts 20% 20 % 100%10pts50 I. TaskLISTENING.1:Listenandtick ()the box.Thereis oneexample(1pts) 0. Whereis the cat? 1. Whereis my ball? 2. Whatis in the room? 3. Howmanylampsarethere in the bedroom?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 180 4. Howdoyougoto school? 5. Whatdoyouwearevery day? Task2:Listen andwrite. There is anexample.(1 pt) B. GRAMMAR,VOCABULARYANDLANGUAGEFUNCTIONS: Minh'sroutineday In themorning:get up at (0)6 o'clock go to school(1)………………………………………………….. play(2)…………………………………………….atbreaktime have(3)………………………….…………..lunchat11o'clock In theafternoon:do (4)………………………………………………………….. In theevening:listento (5)………………………………………..……………..
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
A. Bathroom B. kitchen C. bedroom 14.Thereis a bed, a wardrobe,adeskanda_____inmybedroom.
1. Myparents_____to workat8everyday. A. go B.aregoing C. goes 2. What_____atthemoment?
A. youaredoing B. doyoudo C. areyoudoing 3. John_____adogandacat. A. dohave B. has C. is having 4. John_____forschool. A. oftenis late B. is oftenlate C. is lateoften 5. Duynormally_____toschool,buttodayhe_____bybus. A. walks...isgoing B. walks...goes C. is walking...goes 6. Howmanyroomsarethere_____yournewhouse?
A. Of B. on C. in 7. There_____awatchandtwopicturesonthewall. A. Be B. are C. is 8. Let's_____ashoppinglistforyourbirthday. A. Making B. tomake C. make 9. Wheredoyouwanttoputthesofa? _____thewindow. A. Behind B. Between C. Nextto 10.In Mi'shousetheteatableis in themiddleofthelivingroom.Inmyhouse,itis _____ thesofaandthearmchair. A. nextto B. between C. in 11.My bestfriendis very_____.Shecaresaboutotherpeople. A. Shy B. kind C. funny 12.Miwritespoetryandpaintswell. Sheis very_____. A. Funny B. clever C. creative 13.We arehavingdinnerinthe_____.
181 I. Choosethebest answerto completethe sentences bycircling A, B, C orD. (3pts)
I. Readandchoosea sentence in columnA which is suitableto the sign/noticein columnB. (1 pt) other
182 A. Chair B. cooker C. table 15.Johngoestoa/an_____ school.Hisclassmatesarefrommanycountries.
BA HA 8:00SUPERMARKETLONGOpendailya.m.10:00p.m.
ColumnA ColumnB 1. Youcannotdrivefasthere. 2. Youshouldn’tleaveyourcarhere. 3. Don’tuseyourmobilehere. 4. Youcanbuyclothesandmany
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
A. Boarding B. international C. overseas C
EDC
things 5.here.Youcannotdriveheretoday.
II. Readandcircle the bestoptionA, B, C orD to complete thepassage:(1 pt)
Answers:1 ………….;2 ……………;3 ……………;4 ………….;5 …………
ThesearemyfriendsatFriendlyCamp.Sonyisin thefirstpicture.Doesn'thelookcool?He Lovessports.Ilike (1)______basketballwithhimatthecamp.Heis a reallygoodplayer. SonyisAmerican.He(2)______inMinnesotawithhismother.InthesecondpictureisBetty. She(3)______longwavyhair.Bettyismybestfriendandwego to thesameschool.We
READING:
MY DREAMHOUSE
A treehouseismy mostfavouritehouse.Itis ona tree, ofcourse.Butitis underthebig branchesofleaves.It’smadeofwood.Thereisa big glasswindowontheroof.Icanwatch thebirdsinsidethetreesthroughthat.Thereisa ladderfrom thegroundtothefloorofthe house.Icanrunup and downit. Thehouseissmall,soI putno tableandchairthere.Ilike tostoremyfavouritetoysin thehouse.It’salsoawonderfulhideawayplace.Ican playhideandseekwithmyfriends afterschool. 1. Whatisthepassageabout?
A. A houseintheboy’sdream B. Theboy’sfavouritehouse C. Buildinga treehouse 2. Whatisthematerialofthehouse?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
A. Leaves B. Wood C. Glass 3. Whatdoestheword 'it'in line 4 mean?
183 wenttoFriendlyCamptogether.Ilikeher a lotbecauseshe(4)_____reallyfunnyandshe helpsmewithmyhomework.Shehasmanyfriends.Herbestfriendis Jenny,butIamher (5)______friend,too.
1. A. play B. playing C. plays 2. A. live B. lives C. living 3. has B. is C. have 4. be B. is C. has 5. A. best B. good C. classmate III. Readthe passage.Circle thebest answerA, B orC to each ofthequestions(1 pt).
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 184 A. theladder B. theground C. thefloor 4.Whataretherein thetreehouse? A. Nothing B. Tableandchair C. Toys 5. Whatdoestheboylikedoingmostwiththetreehouse? A. Watchingbirdsfromthehouse B. Playingwithhisfavouritetoys C. Hidingfromhis friends D. WRITING: I. Rewrite thesentences as thesamemeaningsusingthe followingsuggestions(1pt) 1. Oppositeourschoolthereisanartgallery. → Theart gallery…………………………………………………........................... 2. Thereis a livingroom,abathroomandabedroominmy house. → My house………………………………………………………………………... 3. Phonglikesscience most. → Phong'sfavourite 4. Phuongalwaysgetstoschoolontime. → Phuongnever 5. What'syouraddress,Ngoc? → Where………………………………………………………………………...…? II. Write a diaryentry ofabout50wordsaboutyourbestfriends. Followthe guidelines. OUTLINE(1pt) DearDiary, 1. Introduceyourbestfriend’sname 2. Describeyourbestfriend’sappearance 3. Describeyourbestfriend’spersonality 4. Explainwhyyoulikehim/ her
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 185 USEFULLANGUAGE tall/short/black/curly/straight/… creative/ clever / friendly/kind/ confident/hard working/active/… I like him/ her because… ĐÁPÁN VÀBIỂU ĐIỂM A. LISTENING I. (Mỗimộtcâu đúng0,2đ:5 x 0,2=1đ) 1. a 2.b 3.a 4. a 5. a II. (Mỗimộtcâuđúng0,2đ:5 x 0,2=1đ) 1. onfoot 2. badminton 3. school 4. homework 5. music B. GRAMMAR,VOCABULARYANDLANGUAGEFUNCTIONS: I. Choosethebest answerto completethe sentences bycircling A, B, C orD. (3 pts) (Mỗimộtcâu đúng0,2đ:15x 0,2=3đ) 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. C 9. C 10.B 11.B 12.C 13.B 14.A 15.B C-READING: I. Readandchoosea sentence in columnA which is suitableto the sign/noticein column (1 pt) (Mỗimộtcâu đúng0,2đ:5 x 0,2=1đ) 1. E 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. A II. Readandcircle the bestoptionA, B, C orD to complete thepassage:(1 pt) (Mỗimộtcâu đúng0,2đ:5 x 0,2=1đ) 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A III. Readthe passage.Circle thebest answerA, B orC to each ofthequestions(1 pt). (Mỗimộtcâu đúng0,2đ:5 x 0,2=1đ)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 186 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C D. WRITING: I. Rewrite thesentences as thesamemeaningsusingthe followingsuggestions(1pt) (Mỗimộtcâu đúng0,2đ:5 x 0,2=1đ) 1. Theartgalleryis oppositeourschool. 2. Myhousehasalivingroom,abathroomandabedroom. 3. Phong'sfavouritesubjectisScience. 4. Phuongnever getsto schoollate. 5. Wheredoyoulive, Ngoc? II. Write a diaryentry ofabout50wordsaboutyourbestfriends. Follow theguidelines.(1pt) Content:0,25đ Grammar:0,25đ Spelling:0,25đ 50words:0,25đ Dateofplanning:.../.../2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/11/2022 Period 29:UNIT4: MY NEIGHBOURHOOD Lesson 4: COMMUNICATION WEEK:10 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary - Placesin a neighbourhood Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds: /I/and /i:/ Grammar Comparativeadjectives:smaller;more expensive Skills: - Readingaboutaneighbourhood Talkingaboutaneighbourhood - Listeningaboutaneighbourhood Writinga paragraghtodescribea neighbourhood EverydayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly;
III. PROCEDURE:
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto askforandgive directions.Topracticeaskingfordirectionand createingaudioguidetoplaces.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
+ Grammar: Comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; Askingfordirections
3. Quality/behavior:Theloveoftheneighbourhood,thehometownandthecountry. Thelikes anddislikestheirneighbourhoods.Havingtheseriousattitudetoaskingfor andgivingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
Aims: Every dayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities + Greeting + Chatting + Greeting + Chatting
187
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
I. OBJECTIVES:
* Content:Havingsomewarm-upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Knowledge: Helping students use every day English phrases and expressions and develop their language skills, as well as learn about Vietnamese culture and other cultures. Students learn how to ask for and giving directions. To practice asking for and giving direction;createinganaudioguideto places.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
1. Listen andread theconversations
* Content:Readconversationfind thewaytoaskforandgivedirection.
1. Listen andread theconversations *) Pre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, +trandlation.....)Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually
* Vocabulary - goalong (v)đidọctheo - nearest (adj)gầnnhất - guide(v) hướngdẫn - turning(v)rẽ, lốirẽ finally(adv)cuốicùng.
*PlaytherecordingforSstolistenand readtheconversationsatthesametime. AskSstopayattentiontothesentences
-STARTEDAskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. - T leadsin thelesson.
* Outcome: Askingforandgivingdirectioncorrectly.Makesimilarconversationsto askforandgivedirectionstoplaces.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities
188 Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. - Tell Ssthattheyaregoingtolearnhow toaskforandgive directions. AskSstorememberthephrasesused togive directionsin4 ofGETTING
ACTIVITY1+ 2: Aims:To introducewaysto askforandgivedirections in English; Tohelp Ss practice askingforandgivingdirections.
+ Check vocabulary Takenotethewords
Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Opentheirbookandwritethetittleofthe lesson
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
B:Go outofthestation.Takethefirst turningontheright. 2. Workin pairs. Makesimilar conversationsto askforandgive directions to placesnear yourschool. - Workin pairs. Ask Ss to work in pairs to practice speaking,usingthestructures. Pairworks + Fulfilthetasks
B:Go alongthisstreet.It'sonyourleft. A:Excuseme. Where'sthenearestpost office, please?
practiceaskingfor andgivingdirectionstoplacesneartheir school.Movearoundtoobserveand providehelp. Callonsomepairsto practiceinfrontof theclass.Commentontheir - T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. Ss workin groups. SsmayuseeverydayEnglishtotalkto each other. Ssworkin pairs.
189 andphrasesusedtoaskforandgive -directions.Elicitthestructurestoaskfor directions ( Could you tell me the way to...?, Where's the nearest...?) and phrasestogivedirectionsfromSs( go along, on your left, go out of..., take the first turning...). - HaveSspracticetheconversationsin pairs.Callonsomepairstopracticethe conversationsinfrontoftheclass 2. Workin pairs. Makesimilar conversationsto askforandgive directions to placesnear yourschool. AskSstoworkinpairstomake similarconversations,usingthe structuresandphrasesforaskingforand giving Encouragedirections.themto
Audioscript: A:Excuseme. Couldyoutellmethewayto thecinema, please?
performanceHaveSspracticespeaking 3. PRACTICE(15’)
AskSstosharetheir answersinpairs, beforeplayingtherecordingafinaltime forpairstochecktheir answers. AskSstoreadtheaudioguideagain, payingattentiontotheuseofthe connectivewords: first, next and finally. Movearoundtoobserveandprovide help.Observeandhelp whenandwhere 3. Nick is listening to an audioguideto Hoian.Listen andfillthe blanks.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
T_Ss Ssworkindividually - Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. Givetheanswers Key:1. straight 2. second 3.right 4. nextto Audio script: Let’s start our tour in Hoi An. We are at Tran Phu Street now. First, go to Ong pagoda. To get there, go straight a long the street for five minutes. It’s on your left.
ACTIVITY3 Anaudioguideto a place
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 190
Next, go to the Museum of Sa Huynh Culture.Take the second turning on your left. Turn right and it’s on your right. Finally, go to Hoa Nhap Workshop to buy some presents. Turn left and right. It’s next to Tan Ky House.
* Content:Listen toanaudioguideandfill the blanks.
* Outcome: Listenandfill theblankswithonewordcprrectly.
Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities
3. Nick is listening to an audioguideto Hoian.Listen andfillthe blanks. AskSsif theyknowaboutHoiAn.T can say: Today, we are going to listen to an audio guide to Hoi An. Please think: What do you know about Hoi An? What can you remember about it? Allow 20 30secondsforSstothink,then repeat thequestionandhaveSsbrainstorm aboutHoiAn. Playtherecording.First,askSsto listenonly.Thenplaytherecording againandasksstofill astheylisten.
Aims:Togive
Ssa sampleofan audioguidetoa place; Tohelp Ss practice usingsomestructures andvocabularyrelatedto the topic.
Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers 4. Lookatthe mapbelowand createe an audioguideforDistrict 1 ofHo ChiMinh -City.T_Ss Listencarefully Answerquestionsindividually. - Completethetasks.
ACTIVITY4:
Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
191
* Outcome: Sscancreateeanaudioguide. *
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ss practice presentingtheir audioguidetoHo ChiMinhCity to the *class.Content:PresentingtheaudioguidetoHoChiMinhCity
* Content:Createe anaudioguidefor Distric1ofHO ChiMinhCity
Aim:To help Ss practice createing anaudioguideforHoChiMinhCity.
* Outcome: PresentingtheaudioguidetoHo ChiMinhCityfreely andcorrectly.
T mayaskthemsomequestionstocheck if theyknowwhattheyaresupportedto do.RemindSsoftheexpressionstheycan usetogive directions;Ssmayreferto theexpressionsintheActivities1and4 ofGETTINGSTARTED. HaveSspreparetheiraudioguide individuallyandthenshareit witha partner.HaveSspracticepresentingtheiraudio guidewithotherpairsoringroups.
necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciation andintonation. Dothetasksifpossible.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
4. Lookatthe mapbelowand createe anaudioguideforDistrict 1 of HoChi MinhCity. AskSstolookatcarefullyatthe simplifiedmap ofHoChiMinhCity. AskSstoreadtheinstructionscarfully.
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Date
aneighbourhood Talking
neighbourhood Pronunciation: Skills: - Reading
Summarizethemainpoints. - HaveSstell whattheyhavelearntinthelesson.
5. Nowpresentyouraudioguideto your class.T_Ss
5. Nowpresentyouraudioguideto yourclass. CallonsomeSsto presenttheiraudio guidesto thewholeclass.Aftereach studenthasfinishedhis/her audio -guide.AskforsomecommentsfromotherSs. Makecommentsandcorrectany mistakesifthereareany. InvitesomeSs tosharetheiropinion withthe Chooseclass.someSstogivea presentation totheclass.
aneighbourhood
.../.../2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/11/2022 WEEK:11 Period 30:UNIT 4:MY NEIGHBOURHOOD Lesson 5: SKILLS_1/ReadingandSpeaking THIS
INCLUDES: Vocabulary
192 Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities
* HOMEWORK Practiceaskingaboutaudioguidestoplaces. Domoreexercises in workbook ofplanning: UNIT - Placesin a about about
Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefully. Workindividually
I. OBJECTIVES:
193
1.WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(5’)
Aim: (Pre - reading)
To teach reading for general and specific information about school. Students get acquainted with a reading skills. To learn how to predict the meaning of new vocabulary using the context. Also to practice speaking. To practice asking and answeringaboutwhattheylikeanddislikeabouttheirneighbourhood.
3. Quality/ behavior: The loveoftheneighbourhood, the hometown and the country. The likes and dislikes their neighbourhoods. Having theserious attitudeto askingand givingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
- Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
Pronunciation:Sounds: /I/and /i:/ Grammar Comparativeadjectives:smaller;more expensive Listeningaboutaneighbourhood - Writinga paragraghto describea neighbourhood EverydayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood
Todevelopstudent’s readingskills forspecific information(scanning),Italso providesinputforthespeakingskills. Toprovidefurtherpractice to support
1. Knowledge:
To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly; + Grammar: Comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; Askingfordirections
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students willbeabletopracticereadingand speaking skills. To practice asking and answering about what they like and dislike abouttheirneighbourhood.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 194
EncourageSstogive theiranswers,butdo notconfirmwhethertheiranswersrightor wrong.AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson. + Greeting + Chatting/ T_Ss - Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Answerthequestions. Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson.
* Outcome: Reading;find thewordscorrectly.Improvereadingskills.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstolookatthepicturesofKhang's -neighbourhood.AskSsthequestions:
Aim:To getSsacquaintedwiththe readingskill: Predicting the meaningof new vocabularyusingthecontext.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
studentsin their spokenEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Outcome: AnswerthequestionsaboutKhang’sneighbourhood.Havingachance tospeakEnglish
* Content:ReadKhang’sbloganffindthewordsinthetext.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Where do you think Khang's neighbourhoodis? What do you think about it? Is it a good place to live? Why?/Why not?
ACTIVITY1: While- reading
* Content:HaveSs lookatpictureandanswerthequestions.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
+ Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks. - Sslearnhowtoreadandusenew words.Givetheanswer
* Outcome: Understandingmorethecontentofthetext.Completethetask.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssfurtherdeveloptheir readingskillforspecific information *(scanning).Content :ReadKhang’sblogagainandfillthetable.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary - Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check cocabulary - Takenotethewords AskSstoscanthepassagetofindwhere thewords suburbs, dislike, and outdoor are in thepassage. T mayhelp Ssworkoutthemeaningof thesewordsinthecontext. Forweak classes,Tmayaskfora trandlationtocheck understanding.Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary.Checktheanswer.
195 1. ReadKhang’sblog.Lookatthe words in the box,thenfindthem in the text and underlinethem. Whatdothey mean?
*) Pre teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
1. ReadKhang’sblog.Lookatthe wordsin thebox,then findthem in the textandunderlinethem.What dothey mean? - T_Ss * Vocabulary + suburbs(n) vùngngoạiô - outdoor(a)ngoauftrời dislike(v) khôngthích ….
3. ReadKhang’sblogagain.Then answerthequestions.
- Checkthemeaningofthewords Ssworkindividuallyfirst. Comparetheanswerswithpartners Givetheanswers
ACTIVITY3:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
196 2. ReadKhang’sblogagainandfillthe tablewith the information. - AskSstoscanthepassageagainandfind theinformationtocompletethetable. AskSstonotewheretheyfoundthe information.Whenfinishing,Sscan comparetheiranswersbeforediscussing themasa class. Asksstoshowtheevidencetosupport theirCheckanswers.andconfirmthecorrectanswers. Wrapup theReadingsectionbyaskingSs whattoincludewhentheywanttodescribe their
WhatWhatLocationHereneighbourhood.aresomethings:theylikeaboutittheydislikeabout
2. ReadKhang’sblogagainandfill the tablewith theinformation.
* Content:ReadKhang’sblogagainand answerthequestions.
Aim:To help Ssdeveloptheir readingskill forspecific information(scanning).
* Outcome: Understandingmorethecontentofthetext.Completethetask.
3. ReadKhang’sblogagain.Thenanswer the questions.
T_Ss -Listen totheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo.
it ...Writethesepointsontheboardforthe nextactivity
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. Makenotesaboutyour neighbourhood.Thinkaboutwhatyou like / dislikeaboutit. Tell each studenttomakenotes.Setatime limit forSs tocompleteit. AskSstothinkaboutwhattheylikeand dislikeabouttheirneighbourhood. 4. Makenotesaboutyour neighbourhood.Thinkaboutwhat youlike/ dislike aboutit. Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. - T_Ss
ACTIVITY4: (Post reading) Speaking Aim:To help Ssprepareideasforthe nextspeakingactivity.
* Content:Makenoteaboutyourneighbourhoodtoprepareideasforthenext speakingactivity.
- T_Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions Answerquestionsindividually. Followtheinstructionscarefully Findthe Compareanswer.theanswers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
197 HaveSsreadthetextindetailtoanswer thequestions. - Askthemhowtodothiskindofexercise. Explainthestrategiesifnecessary (eg. reading the questions, underlining the key words, locating the key words in the text, and then reading that part and answering the questions).
Tell themtounderlinepartsoftheblog relatedtotheanswers. - Seta stricttimelimit toensureSs readthe textquicklyforinformation. Tell themtocomparetheiranswersin pairsbeforegivingtheanswerstoT. Askthemtogive evidencetosupporttheir answersCallonsomeSsto describe. Checktheirpronunciationandintonation. Checkandconfirmthecorrectanswers
* Outcome: Makingnote.Thinkaboutwhatyoulike/dislikeit.
*Key:
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To provideanopportunityforSsto practice askingandansweringabout whatthey like anddislikeabouttheirneighbourhood.
5. Workin pairs. Ask andanswerabout whatyoulike anddislikeaboutyour neighbourhood.
5. Workin pairs. Ask andanswer aboutwhatyoulikeanddislike aboutyourneighbourhood. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. Workin pairs. - Practicespeaking infrontofthe class.Correctmistakesifhave.
198 Havethemquicklynotedowntheseideas. Checkandconfirmthecorrectanswers Workindividually Givetheanswer.
* Content:Askandansweraboutwhatyoulikeanddislikeaboutyour neighbourhood.
Likes:scenery beautiful;modern shops,people kind/friendly…. Dislikes: high buildings,offices. streets busy,crowded…….
4.FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
* Outcome: Likes anddislikesaboutyourneighbourhood.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
WhileSs arepractisingtheirdialogues,T circulatesandmonitors. - T notessomecommonerrorsand discussesthemwiththewholeclass. Select somestrongpairstoactouttheir dialoguesinfrontoftheclass. Thengive feedback:commentontheir strengthsandcorrectafew errorsinthe targetlanguage. T helpsifnecessary
AExample: . Wheredo youlive? B. I livein thesuburbsofDaNang City. A. Whatdoyoulikeaboutit? B. Theweatheris f‡ne. Thepeople arefriendlyandthefoodis good.
HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelessonwithtwoskills. If thereis time, T caninstructthemtodrawamindmaptosummarizethemain pointsofthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practicedescribingtheroomtheyhavedesigned. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson.Skills2 Theend oftheweek 10 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng 11 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 199 A. Whatdoyoudislikeaboutit? B. Thestreetsarebusyandcrowded. 5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
-
WEEK:11 31:THEMID-TERMTESTCORRECTION
Dateofplanning:12/11/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../11/6A:.../11/20222022
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 200
* Vocabulary: Ss revise words and phrases about school things and activities; Types ofhouse, roomsandfurniture;Bodyparts,appearances, personalityadjective
* UNITGRAMMAR:1: My new school usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency; UNIT2:My house
1. Knowledge: To test students’ understanding in grammar, vocabulary listening, reading and writing after unit 1,2,3 English 6. Also help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the Unit 1,2,3. To recycle the language from the previous sections. Ss can evaluatetheirperformanceandprovidefurtherpractice.Dosomepracticeexercises. - By the end ofthe lesson, Ss will beable to revise, do exercises. Check how progress theyhaveachieved, whattheyhavelearntinthepreviouslessons. Students need to know how much progress they’ve learnt. They know how well they’vemade.Theyalsowanttoknowwhichlanguageareatheymustpractice more.
Period
I. OBJECTIVES:
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofarin termsoflanguageandskills. Summarizetheir answersandaddsomemoreinformationifnecessary.
Teacher’sactivities Student’sactivities + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto -do.Opentheirbookand write.
Aims: Introduction
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON Aim:To help Ssrevise whatthey havelearnt so far.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to revised the language they have learnt and they have practiced so far. They have learnt so far in termsoflanguageandskills.Practisingdoingexercises.
* Writing: writea paragraphaboutone’sschool. writeanemailto a frienddescribingahouse. - writea diaryentryaboutbestfriends.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION
UNIT3:My friends usethepresentcontinuoustotalkaboutthingshappeningnow;
201 usepossessivecasetodescribepossession; useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare;
3. Quality/ behavior: Having the serious attitude to studying The love of learning English.Hard working;cooperative;sociable;goodcommunication.
202 Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content II. NEWLESSON: Teachergives outSs’papers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Choosethebest optionto completethe followingsentences.(2,5ps)0,25pointfor each correct answer. 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. C 9. C 10.B 11.B 12.C 13.B 14.A 15.B PART C:READING(2,5 points)
Listenandlookcorrecttheir mistakes.CopyFollowtheteacher’stasks - Listenandlookcorrecttheir -mistakes. Followtheteacher’stasks
1. Readandchoosea sentence in column A which is suitableto thesign/notice in
Givetheanswers Followtheteacher’stasks
Part 1:Listen andtick (√) thebox. (1 point)0,2pointforeach correct answer. 1. a 2.b 3.a 4. a 5. a Part 2:Listen andwrite. There is one (1example.point)0,2pointforeach correct answer. 1. onfoot 2. badminton 3. school 4. homework 5. music B:LANGUAGEFOCUS(2,5ps)
1. T deliversststheirpapers.Comment 2. Askststoreadallexercisesin thetest. Noticeto themistakesthey’vemade 3. T gives answerkeyandmarks A. LISTENING(2points)
1. B 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. C PART D:WRITING(3,0points)
1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 3. Readthepassage.Circle the best answerA, B orC to each of the questions(1p)0,2pointforeach correct answer
2. Myhousehasalivingroom,abathroom anda bedroom. 3. Phong'sfavouritesubjectisScience. 4. Phuongnever getsto schoollate. 5. Wheredoyoulive, Ngoc? II. Write a diaryentry ofabout50words aboutyourbestfriends. Followthe guidelines(1pt)
I. Rewrite thesentences as thesame meaningsusingthefollowingsuggestions (1 pt) 0,2pointforeach correct answer
1. Theartgalleryis oppositeourschool.
1. Form:(0,3pts) Correct form of a paragraph 2. Taskfulfillment:(0,6pts): Complete the tasks with all the relevant information.Wellorganized 3. Grammarandlanguage(0,6 pt): Domoreexercises Doat home
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 203 columnB (1 p)0,2pointforeach correct answer
1. E 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. A 2. Readandcircle thebest optionA, B,C orD to completethepassage(1p)0,2point foreachcorrect answer
III. Write a short paragraph of about 80 -100 words to talk about your new school. You can use some suggested cues below and add more suitableideas. + What is your new school’s name?+What does it look like? (big/ small ….)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
204 Accurate grammar: (0,3 pt) Appropriate vocabulary: (0,3pt)
* Teacherevaluates the numberstudents havingmarks:5 .6,6;6,5 =>8 ; 8=> 10 - Showthegoodstudents; badstudents; - T encouragesstudentshavingbadmarks - Ask ss to do moreexercises if have
FURTHERtime
PRACTICE
Aim:Tohelp Ssto do moreexercises.
What’shis/hername? Whatdoeshe/shelooklike? Whatishe/ shelike? Whatisshe/ hegoodatorbadat? Whatdoeshe/shelike dingin his/her free time? ….. - Ssdo thetasks.
I. Doexercises II. Whois yourbest friend?write a description ofhim/her (40-60words). Youcan usethe followingquestionsas -cues.
+ How many classrooms are there in the school? Are there any other rooms?+How many teachers are there? What are they like? + How many students are there?
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 205 T collects someSs’swrittingtogive feedbackathome. Get feedback. + What activities do you do at school?...+What is your feeling about your new school? 4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK Summarizethemainpoints. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtofriends… HOMEWORK - Finishalltheexercises Doexercisesin workbook - Preparenewlesson. ===================== Dateofplanning:12/11/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022 6B:…/11/2022 WEEK:11 Period 32:UNIT 4:MY NEIGHBOURHOOD Lesson 6: SKILLS2/ListeningandWriting THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Placesin a neighbourhood Pronunciation: Pronunciation:Sounds: /I/and /i:/ Grammar Comparativeadjectives:smaller;more expensive Skills: Readingaboutaneighbourhood - Talkingaboutaneighbourhood Listeningaboutaneighbourhood Writinga paragraghtodescribea neighbourhood EverydayEnglish Askingforandgivingdirections I. OBJECTIVES:
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSsaboutthecontentofthe + Greeting + Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions
Aims: Todevelopstudent’s listening skills forspecific information.Italso provides inputforthewriting skills. Write a diaryentry abouttheirbest friends.
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… - Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly;
3.Quality/behavior:Theloveof theneighbourhood,thehometownandthe country.Thelikesanddislikestheirneighbourhoods.Havingtheseriousattitudeto askingandgivingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 206
III. PROCEDURE:
+ Grammar: Comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; Askingfordirections
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
1. Knowledge: Todevelop listeningandwritingskills.Listeningforspecificinformationabout Vy’sneighbourhood.Practicingwritingaparagraphaboutone’sneighbourhood.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicelistening andwritingaboutone’sneighbourhood,sayingwhattheylikeanddislikeaboutit.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Aim:To help Ssdeveloptheir skill oflistening forspecificinformation.
* Outcome:ListenandtickT/F thestatementcorrectly.
1. Listen to the conversationbetween KhangandVyandtick(✓) T (True) orF (False). *) Pre- teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation ....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenotethewords * Vocabulary - faraway(adj)xaxôi narrow(adj)chậthẹp - workshop(n)sảnxuất,sửachữa ….. - HaveSslookatthesentencesinthis 1. Listen to the conversationbetween KhangandVyandtick(✓) T (True)or F (False). - T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks - Dothetasks.Comparetheanswers. Givetheanswer 1.FKey: 2. T 3. F 4. T 5.T
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 207
ACTIVITY1: (Pre-listening)
previouslesson. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson. Opentheirbookandwritethetittleofthe lesson
* Content:Listen conversationandtickT/F. Havingsomestrategiestodothe readingexercise.
2. Listen to the conversationagain andfillthe blanks AskSstostudythephraseswiththe blankscarefully.Ssmayworkinpairs todiscusstheanswersfromthe informationtheyhavelistenedin1.
2. Listen to the conversationagainand fillthe blanks - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodoit.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 208
activity.Askthemhowtodoit. Givethem somestrategiestodotheexercise(eg. reading the question, underlining the key words, listening to the text paying attention to the key words, deciding if each sentence is true or false).
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
Fulfilthetasks
ACTIVITY2: While listening
* Outcome: UnderstandingmoreaboutcontentoftheconversationbetweenKhang andVy.
Also,askSstocorrectthefalse sentences.Confirmtheanswers
PlaytherecordingtwiceforSsto do exercise. Forstrongerclasses,askSsto takenotesoftheinformationtoexplain whya sentenceis false. - HaveSssharetheiranswersinpairs. Invitesomepairs.Invitesomepairsto give their answersandconfirmthe correctones. Playtherecordingagainif needed, stoppingattheplacewhereSsfind it difficult tohear.
* Content:Listen againandfill theblanks
Aim:To help Ssdeveloptheskill oflistening forspecific information.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
1Key: . artgalleries 2.wide 3.friendly 4. faraway 5. crowded Audio Khangscript::Wheredoyoulive?
Vy:TherearemanythingsIlikeaboutit. There’sabigmarketnearmyhouse.There arealsomanyshops,restaurantsandart galleries here.Thestreetsarewide.The peopleherearehelpfulandfriendly.
209 PlaytherecordingagainandhaveSs writetheanswersastheylisten. - Sscan sharetheir answerswiththeir partners.Withaweakerclass, T mayplaytherecordingmanytimes untilSshavewrittendownalltheir -answersCallonsomeSsto writetheir answers ontheboard. PlaytherecordingagainforSsto check theanswers.. Tmaypauseatthesentencesthat includetheinformationSsneedfor their answers.Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
Khang:Whatdoyoudislikeaboutit?
ACTIVITY3: Writing
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
- Correctpronunciations,grammar, vocab,intonation. Givetheanswers
*Post-listening StudentstellaboutVy’s neighbourhoodTgivesinstructionsandencourageSs totell Vy’sneighbourhood,using informationinAudioScript.
Vy:Theshoolsaretoofaraway.Thereare alsosomefactoriesnearhere,sotheair isn’tverycleanandthestreets arenoisy andcrowded. * Listento theteacher’sinstructions carefullyandtellaboutVy’s neighbourhood.Freetalk
Vy: Ilive in thesurburbsofHoChiMinh city Khang:Whatdoyoulikeaboutit?
* InviteoneortwoSstotalkaboutVy’s -neighbourhood.Tmaygivesomeclues CallonsomeSsto speak freely.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. PRODUCTION/APPLLICATION(8’-10’)
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ss practice writing a paragraphabouttheirneighbourhood.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
* Outcome: Writea paragraphabouttheirneighbourhoodsayingtheylikeordislike aboutit.
3. Tick (✓)whatyoulikeor dislike aboutaneighbourhood. AskSstotick whattheylikeanddon't like abouttheirneighbourhood,andthen askthemtosharetheir answerswith theirpartners.Sscounthowmany thingstheyhaveincommonwiththeir partners.TCommentsontheir answers
4. Write a paragraphofabout50 wordsaboutyourneighbourhood sayingwhatyoulikeanddislikeabout it. UseKhang’sblogasa model
Setup thewritingactivity:Treminds Ssthatthefirstimportantthingis alwaystothinkaboutwhattheyare goingtowrite. Sscan usetheideastheyhaveticked in 3. - T asksSstobrainstormfortheideas
* Outcome: Thingsyoulikeor dislikeaboutaneighbourhood.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
3. Tick (✓)whatyoulikeor dislike aboutaneighbourhood. T_Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions
210 Aim:To provideSssomeideasforthenext writing activity
* Sslearnhowtodo thetasks
* Content:Writea paragraphabouttheirneighbourhood.
4. Write a paragraphofabout50words aboutyourneighbourhoodsayingwhat youlikeanddislike aboutit. Use Khang’sblogasa model. - T_Ss
Listencarefullyandlearnhowtowrite Writethemselves
* Content:Readthestatementsandtickwhatyoulikeordislikeabouta neighbourhood
Lesson 7: LOOKINGBACK
Period 33:UNIT4:MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
If timeis limited,TmayaskSsto writethefinalversionathome T goes roundhelpingifnecessary. - OtherSsandTcommentonthe writing.
* Suggestedwriting: I live in Long Son Town. There are many things I like about my Itneighbourhood.isconvenient because there s a big supermarket near my house. There are also many shops, restaurants, nad café here. The streets are wide and clean. The people are very friendly and helpful. The food is very fresh and delicious. However there are some things I dislike about it. I love my hometown very much.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
- HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthelesson.
* HOMEWORK. Finishwritingadiaryentry.Copyinthenotebooks. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. ==========================
AskSstowritethefirstdraft individually.NextaskSstoworkin pairsdoingpeercorrections. Thenhavethemwritetheirfinal version.TmaydisplayallorsomeoftheSs' writingsonthewall /noticeboard.T andotherSsgivecomments.Sseditand revisetheirwritingashomework.
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
211 and languagethenecessaryforwriting. - T mayaskSstorefer backtothe readingforusefullanguageandideas, andwritesomeusefulexpressionsand languageontheboard.
Dateofplanning:12/11/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../.../2022
212 6B:…/11/2022
WEEK:12 I. OBJECTIVES:
Project helps Ss improve their abilities to work individually and in a team. It extends their imagination in field related to the unit topic. Teacher can use this as an extra curricular activity (for group work) or as homework for srudents to do +individually.Vocabulary:
Aims:- This is the review and drill section of the unit. Encourage Ss not to refer back to the unit pages. Instead they can use what they have learnt during the unit to help them answer the questions. That will help you and your Ss see how far they have progressed, and which areas need further practice.
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beableto review the language from the previous sections. Consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the unit. Dosomepracticeexercises.Presenttheirprojectsifpossible.
+ Grammar: comparetwopeopleorthingsusingcomparativeadjectives; - Askingfordirections
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Knowledge: To recycle the language from the previous sections. To help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in theunit. Ss can evaluatetheir performanceand provide furtherpractice.Dosomepracticeexercises.
Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My neighbourhood To pronouncethesounds /I/and/i:/ correctly;
3. Quality/ behavior: The loveoftheneighbourhood, the hometown and the country. The likes and dislikes their neighbourhoods. Having theserious attitudeto askingand givingthedirections; cooperativelearning;sharing.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
1. WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(5’)
III. PROCEDURE:
Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write.
* Outcome: Writethewordscorrectly.
* Outcome: Havingachance tospeakEnglish.
AskforSs'answersoraskone studenttowritehis/her answer on theCheckboard.theanswersasaclass. - Checkandcorrectthemistakes.
*
1. Write the nameforeach picture + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. - T_Ss Answertheteacher’squestionsand enquirements. * 1.Key:Temple 2. railwaystation 3. square 4.artgallery 5.cathedral.
ACTIVITY1: Aim:Tohelp Ssrevise thevocabularyitemsthey havelearnt in the unit.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
+ Greeting // + Chatting - Teacher (T)asksSssome questionsaboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study….
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Revisethevocabularyitemsbywritingthenameforeach picture
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
213 EncourageSstoreviewanddrillsectionoftheunit. ThesematchSs’self assessment.Ssshouldchecktoseehow well theydidon each questionandusethatinformationwhenfillingin theself-assessmenttable.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Write the nameforeach picture HaveSsdo thisactivity individuallythencomparetheir answerswiththeirpartners.
3. Nowwrite their comparative formsin thetablebelow.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. activities Student’sactivities
* Content:Revisetheformanduseof comparativeadjectivesbydoingexercises23 4. * Outcome: Remembermoretheformanduseofcomparativeadjectives.
Teacher’s
2. Putthe followingadjectivein the correct column HaveSsdo thisactivityby themselvesandwritetheir answers in theirnotebooks. HaveSscheck their answerswitha partnerbeforediscussingthe answersasaclass. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and answers-Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.InvitesomeSstogiveanswer.Checkandconfirmthecorrect
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 214 Checkandconfirmthecorrect -answersChecktheirpronunciation 3. PRACTICE(18’) ACTIVITIES 2,3 and4: GRAMMAR
Aim:To help Ssrevise the formand useofcomparativeadjectives.
2. Putthe followingadjectivein thecorrect column Ssworkindividually. Dothetasks Givetheanswers. * Key:
3. Nowwrite their comparativeformsin the tablebelow.
* Content:Presenttheirprojecttheyhavepreparedathome
Dothesamethetasks - Copyinthenotebook 4. Completethe sentences comparingthe pictures. Usethe comparative formsof theadjectives below. T_Ss - Dothesamethetasks Copyinthenotebook 1.Key:noisier 2.moremodern 3. moreexpensive 4. morepeaceful
Aim:HelpsSsimprovetheirabilitiestoworkindividuallyandina team.It extends theirimaginationinfield relatedtotheunittopic.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Doingmoreexercises.Presenttheirproject.
215 HaveSsdo thisactivityby themselvesandwritetheir answers in theirnotebooks. HaveSscheck their answerswitha partnerbeforediscussingthe answersasaclass. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and answers-Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.InvitesomeSstogiveanswer.Checkandconfirmthecorrect
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
4. Completethe sentences comparingthepictures. Use the formscomparativeoftheadjectives below. HaveSsdo thisactivityby themselvesandwritetheir answers in theirnotebooks. HaveSscheck their answerswitha partnerbeforediscussingthe answersasaclass. Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and ans-Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.InvitesomeSstogiveanswer.Checkandconfirmthecorrectwers
HaveACTIVITYneighbourhood.1eachstudentdraw
* PROJECT: - Prepare in the previous lessons beforehand Thisis tointroduceSstoanother wayofpractisingaskingforand givingdirectionstotheplacesin their
amap of theirneighbourhoodwiththenames ofatleastfive placesontheirmap. T mayhaveSspreparetheirmapsat ACTIVITYhome.2 AskSstoworkin pairs,takingturns toaskforandgive directionstothe placesontheirmaps.Goaround and offer help if necessary.Ifthereis time, havesomepairspractice askingforandgivingdirectionsto theplacesontheirmapsinfrontof thewholeclass.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Exercises: - Review T gives moreexercisesabout comparativeadjectives Let Ss dotheexerciseindividually andthen - Comparetheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
1.T_Exercises:Ss - Listencarefully Dothe GiveComparetasks.theanswerstheanswers
Listentotheteacher’sinstructionscarefully. - Dothetasks.Preparetheathome beforehand.Ssshouldfinishtheprojectinclass,assign groupsinthepreviouslessons.
216
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) Summarizethemainpoints.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 217 AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandGrammarpoint. HOMEWORK Finishalltheexercises. Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingcomparativeadjectives. Theend oftheweek 11 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng 11 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:19/11/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../.../6A:.../.../20222022 WEEK:12 Period 34: UNIT5: NATURALWONDERSOFVIETNAM Lesson 1:GETTINGGEOGRAPHYSTARTEDCLUB THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary - thingsinnature travelitems Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Skills: - Readingaboutnaturalwonders. Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere. Listeningaboutanaturalwonder.
* Bythe end ofthis unit,studentswill beableto: (Over all) use the words related to things in nature and travel items; pronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly; use countable and uncountable nouns; use the modal verb must / mustn’t to give orders; make and accept appointments; read for specific information about natural wonders; talk about famous places, and what you must / mustn’t do there; listen for specific information about a natural wonder; write a paragraphabout a natural wonder.
- Students:Textbooks,….
3. Quality/ behavior: Educatethe love ofthenaturalwonders in Viet Nam , the love of the hometown and the country. Having a good attitude to protect and conserve the naturalwonders.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to practice listening and reading the conversation between Alice, Elena, Nick and Tommy , who are in the GeographyClub,talkingaboutnaturalwondersofViet Nam.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Grammar:-usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’ttogiveorder;.
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic natural wonders of Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly;
218 Grammar - Countableanduncountalenouns. Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t Writinga paragraghaboutanatural wonder. EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
1. Knowledge: To introduce topic of the lesson natural wonders of Viet Nam. To teach listening andreading.
I. OBJECTIVES:
PROCEDURE:
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Review thepreviuousunitbeforeSsopen theirbooks.Organiseashortvocabularygame torevisethewordsSslearntin Unit 4. Forexample, T can organiseaComparative quiz.Dividetheclassontohalves.Onestudentfrom firsthalfcalls outananadjectivefrom Unit 4. Onestudentfromthesecondhalfhastogivethe comparativeformoftheadjective(1 point), anotherhastomakeasentencewiththatword (2Studentpoints):1fromgroupone:quiet - Student2fromgrouptwo:quieter Student3fromgrouptwo:Myneighbourhood is quieterthanyourneighbourhood. …………… Thegamecontinuesuntilthetimeis up. Lead tothenewunit.Writetheunittitle Natural Wonders of Viet Nam ontheboard.Ask + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo it. T_Ss - Answertheteacher’squestions andenquirements. + Students (Ss)listenandlearn howtodothetasks.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
an activeatmospherein the class atthe start ofthelesson; Tolead into the new unit.
219 Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
* Content:Reviseoldlesson.Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreateafriendly atmospheretowarmup tothenewlesson.
Aims:Tocreatee
* Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.Understandingtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,grammarpoints…
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Content:Listen andreadtheconversationtolearnnewwords;grammarpoints.
ACTIVITY1: -Aims:Toset thecontextfortheintroductorytext; Tointroducethetopicof theunit.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Listen andread. AskSstolookatthepictureanddescribe whattheycansee. AskSsif theyknowthe places,eg. What can you see in this picture? Where are they? Do you know these places?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Ssto guesswhattheyaregoingtolearnabout in thisunit.Afterrespond,askthemtoopen theirbookstopage48.Drawtheirattentionto theyellow boxandintroducewhattheyare goingtolearnin thisunit. Opentheirbookand write.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Tell SsthatAlice, Elena,NickandTommyare in theGeographyClub,talkingaboutnatural wondersofViet NamsuchasGanhDaDiaand HaLong Bay,andthattheyaregoingtolisten totheirtalk. Playtherecordingtwoorthreetimes,ormoreif necessaryforSstolistenandreadalong. HaveSsunderlinethewordsrelatedtothe topicoftheunitwhiletheyarelisteningand reading.
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: 1. Listen andread. - T_Ss * Vocabulary - natural(adj)thiênnhiên - wonder(adj)kìquan - amazing(adj)tuyệtvời - islands(n)đảo,hònđảo
220
Tohelp Ss practice usingwordsto describe thingsin nature.
2. Completethe followingsentenceswith the wordsfrom thebox. AskSstodo thisactivityindependently.Ask themhowtodotheactivity.Remindthemof thewaystodotheactivityifneeded:readthe sentencescarefully,readthewordsgivenin the boxandidentifythekindofwordtofilleach blank.Ssmayrefer backtotheconversationforthe contextofthewordstheyneedtofill theblanks. Allowthemto sharetheir answersbefore discussingthemin pairsorasaclass.
Key: 1. natural 2. islands 3. scenery
3. PRACTICE(18’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
221 Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusand individually + Check vocabulary Takenotethewords CallonsomepairsofSs toreadthe conversationaloud.
Quicklyteach/ introducethenewwordsif haveCommentonSs'answers - scenery (n)phongcảnh - desert (n) samạc - mountain…(n)núi Listencarefullytothecontext Answertheteacher’squestions. Listencarefullyandread aloud.
ACTIVITY2: ToAims:help Ss understandtheconversationbetter;
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Readagaintheconversationandcompletethesentences.
* Outcome: Understandingmorecontentoftheconversation/GeographyClub.
2. Completethe following sentences with the wordsfrom theT_box.Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswersandcheck.
words.Allow
* Outcome: Understandingandlearningmorenewwords.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
CallonsomeSsto readthewordsaloud. Correctpronunciationifnecessary. AskSstolabelthepictureswiththewords workinpairs. Showpicturecardsofthevocabulary. - Elicit Ss'answers.Thenprovidethecorrect Ss toshareanswersbeforediscussing asa class. T gives correct answer
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
222 Writethecorrect answersontheboard. Explainthemeaningofsomewordsif necessary.Ss practicesayingthesentences together.Tgivesthecorrect answers. Confirmthecorrect answers.
* Content:Listen andrepeatthewordsandlabelthepictures.
3. Listen andrepeatthe words, then labelthe picture. - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Sstoworkindependently - Comparetheanswers Givetheanswers. - Copythem Key: a. desert b. island c. cave d. river e. waterfall f. mountain g. forest h.beach Audio script 1. mountain2. River 3.waterfall 4. forest 5.cave 6. desert 7. beach 8.island
4. amazing 5. wonders
Aim:To help Ssrevise andlearn morenounsforthingsin naturethrough pictures andlistening exercise.
3. Listen andrepeatthe words,then labelthe picture. PlaytherecordingandaskSstolisten. Playtherecordingagain,pausingaftereachitem andaskingthemtorepeatchorallyandindividually.
ACTIVITY3:
-given.Sscan
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ss revise andlearn aboutsomenaturalwondersthroughaquiz.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... 4. QUIZ:Work in groups.Choosethe correct answerto each ofquestions. T maybegin bybrainstormingnatural wondersofViet Namandotherplaces.
Ha Long Bay:a UNESCOWorldHeritageSiteandpopulartraveldestinationin QuangrNinhPronince.
* Content:Do theQUIZ. Choosethecorrect answertoeachofthequestions.
* Outcome: Furtherpracticeandlearnaboutsomenaturalwondersthroughaquiz.
EncourageSstoexploittheirknowledgeof Thengeography.dividetheclassintogroupsoffive orsix. Let themchoosetheanswerstothequestions. CallonsomeSs toreadtheanswersaloud. Confirmthecorrect answers. GiveSsinformationaboutthesewondersto interesttheminthetopicoftheunit 4. QUIZ:Work in groups. Choosethecorrect answerto each ofquestions. - T_Ss Listencarefullyandlearnhowto do.Ssdo themselves.Givethe answers
Key:1. A 2. A 3.B 4.B 5. B Notes: Ganh Da Dia:anaturalwonderinTuyAn,PhuYenProvince
223 4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
Con Dao: a largeislandbelongingtoBaRia VungTauProvince
Son Doong:theworld'slargestnaturalcave,inPhongNha KeBangNationalPark, QuangBinhProvince Mount Fandipan:3,147metres,thehighestmountaininmainlandSEAsia,inLao CaiProvince Thong Nhat Park:a largeandlovelyparkinHaNoi Cat Tien Park:a nationalparklocatedinthesouthofViet Nam,about150kmnorth ofHo ChiMinh City Cuc Phuong:anationalparkinNinhBinhProvince(Viet Nam'sfirstnationalpark,
thecountry'slargestnaturereserve) Phong Nha:acavein PhongNha KeBangNationalPark,aUNESCOWorld HeritageSitein QuangBinhProvince Giang Dien Waterfall: a verybeautifulwaterfallinDongNaiProvince,about50km fromthecentreofHoChiMinhCity Ban Gioc Waterfall:animpressivewaterfallinCaoBangProvince.Itis oneofthe10 mostspectacularwaterfallsintheworld,accordingtoTouropiatravelsite.
Askoneor twoSstotelltheclasswhattheyhavelearnt. AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson
Listeningaboutanaturalwonder. Writinga paragraghaboutanatural wonder.
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversationon page48. moreexercises in workbook. Skills: - Readingaboutnaturalwonders. Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere.
- Do
Preparenewlessons. ===================== Dateofplanning:19/11/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../11/2022 6B:…/11/2022 WEEK:12 Period 35: UNIT5: NATURALWONDERSOFVIETNAM Lesson 2:A CLOSERLOOK 1 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary - thingsinnature travelitems Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Grammar
224
AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Natural wonders of Viet Nam. To pronouncethesounds /t /and /d/correctly;
225 Countableanduncountalenouns. - Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto knowthenamesof sometravelitems.Ssalsolearnhowtopronouncethesounds /t /and /d/correctlyin contexts.
3. Quality/behavior:Educatetheloveof thenaturalwondersinVietNam, thelove ofthehometownandthecountry.Havingagoodattitudetoprotectandconservethe naturalwonders.
* Content:Reviseoldlesson.Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreateafriendly andrelaxedatmospheretowarmuptothenewlesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions.... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglish.
I. OBJECTIVES:
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
- Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Aims:Vocabulary Torevise/ teach the namesofsometravel items
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
1. Knowledge: Tointroducetopicofthelesson Natural wonders of Viet Nam.Tointroduce/teach thenamesofsometravelitems.Ssalsolearnhowtopronouncethesounds /t /and /d/correctlyincontexts.
+ Grammar: usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’ttogiveorder;.
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To revise / teach the namesoftravel items.
* Content:Learningsomenewwords.writethewordsunderpictures.
+ Check vocabulary 1. Write a wordundereach picture. Practice sayingthewords. - T_Ss * Vocabulary backpack(n)balô - compass(n)la- bàn plaster(n)băng,gạcy tế. - rock(n)tảngđá suncream(n)kemchốngnắng
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(35’ 37’)
Brainstormsomeotherthingsthatmightbe needed in each place. AskSstoopentheirbookand introduce whattheyaregoingto study….
* Outcome: Knowingmorenewwordsabouttravelitems.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow toOpendo.theirbookand write.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Write a wordundereach picture. Practice sayingthewords.
226 + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. - Bringsometravelitemstoclass,eg. sleeping bag,compass,suncream,backpack,etc.Write someoftheplacesinthepreviousactivity,eg. desert, mountain,beach ontheboard.Ask whethertheplacesarehot/cold, wet /dry, etc. Showtheobjects.AskSsiftheobjectfits theplace,eg. Do I need a backpack in the desert? Why do you think so?
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually
* Outcome: Usingthewordsincontext.Understandingmorevocabulary.
1Key: . plaster 2. suncream3. sleeping bag 4. scissors 5. backpack6. compass 3. PRACTICE
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
227 Takenoteallthenewwords scissors(n)cái kéo
* Content:Completethesentencesusingthewordsin1 to practiceusingthetravel items.
+ Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo the Answertasks. theteacher’squestions.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ss practice usingthe travelitems in 1 in context
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Completethe followingsentences. Use the wordsin 1. AskSstoreadthesentencesandfindthe rightwordsin1to fill theblanks. Havethemreadthesentencescarefullyand lookforclues so thattheycanchoosetheright wordstocompletethesentences. ForlessableSs,T mayreadandactoutthe sentences.Elicitideasfor sentence1. AllowSs tocompletetheremaining 2. Completethe following sentences. Use thewordsin 1. Workindividuallytodothis activityListencarefullyandlearnhowto do. Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswers
*Ss workindependently.AskSstolookatthe picturesandmatcheachword/phrasegivenin theboxwiththerightpicture.Allowthemto sharetheir answersbeforediscussingthemit asa class. HaveSspracticesayingthewords. Alternatively,createeamime foreach word withSs,eg. makea cuttinggesturewithtwo fingers forscissors,etc. - AskSstocalloutthenamefortheobject. Checktheanswers Correcttheirpronunciation. Checkandconfirmtheanswers.
* Content:Orderingtravelitemsaccordingtotheirimportantancefora holiday
Number1 is the mostuseful,number6 is the least usefulonholiday RemindSsthatintheintroductionthey thoughtaboutusefulthingsforplaces(beach, desert,mountain,etc). - Tell Sstheyaregoingto onholiday.Now theyneed toordertheitemsfromthemost useful(No.1)totheleastuseful(No.6). - Allowpairstoworktogethertoformtheir lists.Askpairstojoinothergroupsand comparetheirlists.Rememberthatthereisno “right”or“wrong”order.Thisorderis subjective.EncouragemoreableSs togive reasonsfor theirchoices.
Extension: Can you put them in order for a camping trip in the forest?
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3. Nowputthe items inorderofusefulness.
3. Nowputthe items inorderof usefulness.Number1 is the most useful,number6 is the least useful onholiday - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit Sstoworkin pairs Ssdo themselves. Copythem
* Outcome: Understandingmoreusingthewords.
AskSstoranktheitemsagainfora different environment:acampingtrip,abeach holiday,...TmayaskotherSstogivecomments
Key:1. compass2.suncream 3. sleepingbag 4. backpack 5. plaster
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 228
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To help Sspractice orderingtravelitems accordingto their importantance fora holiday
sentences.Tmaygo aroundtoobserveandoerhelp if necessary.Checktheir ideas.
229 II. PRONUNCIATION: /t / and/d/ ACTIVITY4: Aims:To help Ssidentifyhowto pronouncethesounds/t/ and/d/; Tohelp Ss practice pronouncingthesesoundsin words.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION
* Content:Liten andrepeattopronouncethesounds/t/and/d/.
4. Listen andrepeatthe words. Let Sspracticethesounds/t/and/d/together. AskSstoobserveT'smouthforthesetwo Havesounds.someSsreadoutthewordsfirst. Thenplaytherecordingforthemtolistenand repeatthewords. Playtherecordingasmanytimesasnecessary. CorrectSs'pronunciation. - Callonsomepairstowritetheir answerson theboardbeforecheckingtheir answerswith thewholeclass. 4. Listen andrepeatthe words. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyChecktheanswers - Listenandrepeat Audioscript: - /t/ mountain waterfall desert plaster /d/ wonder island guide holiday
ACTIVITY5: Aim:Aim:To help Sspronouncethesounds/t/ and/d/in context.
* Outcome: Knowhowtopronouncethesounds/t/and/d/correctly.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Listen andrepeattopayattentionthebold typedparts.
* Outcome: Pronouncingthewordwiththesounds/t/and/d/ correctly.
Vocabulary
========================= Dateofplanning:19/11/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../6A:.../11/202211/2022 WEEK:13 Period 36: UNIT5: NATURALWONDERS
Lesson3: A CLOSERLOOK 2 UNIT INCLUDES: thingsinnature Skills: Readingaboutnaturalwonders.
VIETNAM
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) AskSstosummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson. WORK - Practicespeakingthenamesofroomsandthenamesofthefurniturein thehouse. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. OF
Alternatively,dividetheclassintoa/t/group anda /d/group,andaskthemtolistenand raisetheirhandswhentheyheartheirassigned sounds.Playtherecordingagain.Pauseaftereach sentenceandaskSstorepeat. AfterthathaveSsreadthesentencesin chorus.Correctpronunciationifnecessary. Commentontheirpronunciation. 5. Listen andrepeat. Pay attention to the bold typedpartsofthe -words.T_Ss
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Listentotheinstructionscarefully thendothetasks. Practicethechant. Audioscript: 1 Where'smyhat? - Oh,it'sonyourhead. 2. Wheredo theystayontheir holiday? 3. I need somemeatformy cat. 4. TheSaharaisa veryhotdesert. 5. wanttoexploretheislandby boat.
* HOME
THIS
-
230 5. Listen andrepeat. Pay attentionto the bold typedpartsofthe words. - Playtherecordingofthesentences. AskSstolistencarefullyandraisetheir handswhentheyhearthe/t/or/d/sounds.
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
III. PROCEDURE: Grammar Countableanduncountablenouns - Countablenounsareforthepeopleorthingswecan countusingnumbers. Countablenounscanbesingular: a rock, an island …, orplural: rocks, islands…
Uncoutablenounsarethethingsthatwecannotcountwithnumbers.Theyusually donothavea pluralforms: cream, chocolate…
Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere. Listeningaboutanaturalwonder. Writinga paragraghaboutanatural wonder. EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
1. Knowledge: To introduce topic of the lesson My neighbourhood. To teach countable and uncountablenouns.Modalverbmust/musn’t.Usinga,n,some,any.many,much.
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to learn how to use countable and uncountable nouns. Modal verb must/ musn’t. Using a,n, some, any. many,much.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
231 travelitems
+ Grammar: usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’ttogiveorder;.
3. Quality/ behavior: Educate the love of the natural wonders in Viet Nam , the loveofthehometown and the country. Having a good attitudetoprotect and conserve thenaturalwonders.
Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Grammar Countableanduncountalenouns.
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
I. OBJECTIVES:
+ Vocabulary:-Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic natural wonders of Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly;
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
* Content:Theuseof C andU nouns.Writethecorrect answerCorU.
+ Greeting + Chatting - Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. Lead in thenewlesson. + Greeting + Chatting - Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodoit. - Opentheirbookand write.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY1: GRAMMAR:Countableanduncountablenouns(see Aim:above)To help Ssrecognisethe formanduseofcountableanduncountable nounsin sentences.
1. Is theunderlinednouncountable oruncountable?WriteC (countable)orU (Uncoutable).
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation ....)ifhave 1. Is theunderlinednouncountableor uncountable?WriteC (countable)orU -(Uncoutable).T_Ss
* Outcome: UsingtheC andU nounscorrectly.
Aim:To introducethe topicofthelesson
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
232 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
233 + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary ……
HaveSsreadthesentencesfirstand makesuretheyknowallthe underlinedwords. AskSsworkindependently. HaveSsreadthesentences. Checktheir answersasaclass. - HaveSsreadthesentences. Confirmthecorrect answers. - Listencarefullytotheteacher’s instructionsandlearnhowtouseC andU -nounsSsworkindividually Dothetasks - Comparetheanswers. Givetheanswers * Key:1. C 2. U 3. U 4.C 5. U 3. PRACTICE(18’)
* Have Ss read the grammar box. Elicit the rules or / and explain to them the rules. Ask them to give some countable and uncountable nouns they know (i.e. nouns to name the things around them, or the names of the things in nature). HaveSspronouncethewords countableanduncountable(tocount → countable uncountable).
* Outcome: UnderstandingmoretheuseofC andUnounsincontexts.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ss practice usingcountableanduncountablenounsincontext.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Choosethecorrect optionfor each sentence. Have Ss study the Remember! box. T explains and gives examples. Ask Ss to say the nouns in sentences 1 5 2. Choosethecorrect optionforeach *-sentence.T_SsRemember!
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
* Content:Practiceusingcountableanduncountablenounsbychoosingthecorrect option.
We use some, many,a few with countable -nouns.Weuse some, much, a little with uncountable nouns. Ssworkindividually Dothe Comparetaskstheanswers. Learnhowtodo. * Key: 1.A 2.B 3. A 4.B 5.A ACTIVITY3 Aim:To help Ss practice usinga, any,some,much,ormanywithcountableand uncountablenounsincontext.
* Outcome: Usingthea, an,some,any,many,muchwithC andU nounscorrectly.
234 using some, many, much, a few, a little. (For a better class, T may ask Ss to give more examples.)
* Content:Practiceusinga, any,some,much,ormanywithcountableand uncountablenouns
Sstolookatthenounafter each blanktoseeif it is a coutableor uncoutablenounsothattheycan choosethecorrectoption. CheckSs’ answersasaclass. Givefurtherexplanationsormore examplesifnecessary Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.Confirmthecorrectanswers.
Ssdo thetaskindividuallyorin Remindpairs.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
3. Fill each blankwith a,any,some, much,ormany, ExplaintoSsthemeaninganduseof a, any, some, much, or many. Ssworkin pairs. Tell themtoreadthesentences carefullyandfindtherightwordsto completethesentences. Checktheanswersasaclass.
3. Fill each blankwith a,any,some, much,ormany, - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly Sstoworkin pairs Comparetheanswers Copythem
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Key: l.must 2.mustn't 3. must 4. mustn't 5.must
AskSstorecalltheconversation fromGETTINGSTARTED:Alice theleader oftheGeographyClubtells Elena:Butrememberyou must alwaysbeontime. - Alternatively,TmayaskSssuch questions:Are you sometimes late for class? What does your teacher say? - EncourageSsto answer,usingmust/ class, T maycallon someSsto give theVietnameseequivalentof must/mustn't. Tell SstostudytheRemember!, 4. Fill each blankwith mustormusn’t. - T_ Note:Ss I/ you/we/ they/she/he/it + must/ musn’t + Vo Listentotheinstructionscarefully Workinpairs.
235 Movearoundtoofferhelp if needed. AskotherSstogivecommentsand correctanymistakesifpossible. Confirmthecorrect answers
Key:1. many 2. any 3. much 4. some 5.a ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ss practice usingmust/ mustn'tin context.
Formustn't.aweaker
Do Givethemselvestheanswers
* Outcome: Learnhowtousemust/mustn’tcorrectly.Fillingeach blankwithmust/ mustn’t.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content Grammar Modalverbs:must/musn’t - We usemustto say thatsomething is very necessay orvery important We usemustn’tto say that somethingis notallowed.
* Content:To usemust/mustn’t Somethingisnecessaryorveryimportant…..
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY5 Aim:To giveSs morepractice onusingmust /mustn'tin thereal contextof their classroom.
* Content:Practiceonusingmust/mustn'tintherealcontext.
* Outcome: Furtherpracticeusingmust/mustn'tintherealcontext.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 236 thengive therulesofthemodalverb -must/mustn't.Tmaygivesomeexamplestoclarify theuseofmust/mustn'ttoSs. Callsomepairstopracticein front oftheclass. AskotherSstogivecomments - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
5. Readtheclassroom rules below. Write somemore rules foryouand yourclass mates - AskSstostudysentence1 (positive),andsentence2 (negative). Askthemtothinkoftheclassroom rules(whattheymustdoandwhat theymustn'tdo)andcompletethe sentences3and4, andwritetheirown sentencesfor5. Sscan sharetheirideasinpairs,and give asmanysentencesaspossible. CallonsomeSsto readtheir sentencesinfrontoftheclass. - Discussanswersasaclass.Forless ableSs,T cangive hintsbysaying 5. Readtheclassroom rules below.Write somemorerules foryouandyourclass -matesT_Ss Listentotheinstructionscarefully - Workin pairs. - Comparetheanswers. - Givetheanswers
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
4. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 237 someverbs/phrasessuchas: listentotheteachers'lessons/fight in class/ speakVietnameseinthe Englishclass,etc.As anextension,Ss can actoutthesentencesamong themselves. 5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’) * Summarizethemainpointsofthelesson. AskSstomakesentences,usingmust/mustn't. * HOMEWORK Revisetheformanduseofcomparativeadj. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Prepatrenewlessons. The=================endoftheweek12 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng 11 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:26/11/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../11/6A:.../11/20222022 WEEK:13 Period 37: UNIT5: NATURALWONDERSOFVIETNAM Lesson4 : COMMUNICATION THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary Skills:
I. OBJECTIVES:
Listeningaboutanaturalwonder. Writinga paragraghaboutanatural wonder. EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
238 thingsinnature - travelitems
Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Grammar Countableanduncountalenouns.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Grammar: usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’ttogiveorder;.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
1. Knowledge: To use every day English phrases and expressions to develop their language skills, as well as learn about Vietnamese culture and other cultures. Students learn how to make and accept appointment. To practice making and accepting an appointment. To knowaboutatravelguide.
Readingaboutnaturalwonders. - Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere.
Students:Textbooks,…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to learn how to make and accept appointment. To practice making and acceptingan appointment. To know aboutatravelguide.
+ Vocabulary:-Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic natural wonders of Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly;
III. PROCEDURE:
II. TEACHINGAIDS:
- Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t
3. Quality/ behavior: Educate the love ofthe natural wonders in Viet Nam , the love of the hometown and the country. Having a good attitude to protect and conserve the naturalwonders.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson.
* Outcome: Learninghowtomakeandacceptanappointment.Makingashort conversation.
* Content:Revisiononoldlesson.Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Aims: To introducetwo waysofmakingandacceptinganappointment; Tohelp Ss practice makingandacceptinganappointment.
AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
239 Aim: EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson.
ACTIVITY1+ 2:
Tell Ssthattheyaregoingtolearnhowto askforandgivedirections. - AskSstorememberthephrasesusedto give directionsin4 of GETTINGSTARTED
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Listen andread theshort conversation below,payingattentiontothe highlighted 1. Listen andread theshort conversationbelow,paying
* Content:Makingandacceptinganappointment.Listenandreadbtheconversation.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 240
Audioscript: Steven: Duong,let’sgofora picnic thisSunday.
Duong:That’sfine.Whattimecan we meet? Steven: Howabout9o’clock? Duong:Sure.I’llmeet youatthat time.
*)parts.Pre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation ....)
1. HaveSslistenandreadtheconversation. Tell themtopayattentiontothehighlighted parts.ElicitfromSsstructuresusedfor makinganappointment (Let’s + V/ How about + V ing?) andstructuresusedfor acceptinganappointment (That’s fine./ Sure.).
AskSstoworkin pairsandpracticethe conversation. + HaveSs practicetheconversationsinpairs. Callonsomepairsto practicethe conversationsinfrontoftheclass 2. Workin pairs. Makeshort conversations,followingtheexamplein 1 2. AllowSsto workinpairsandmake similarconversations.MoreableSscan practicewithotherexpressions. - Callonsomepairstopracticeinfrontofthe class.TandSsgive comments. attentionto the highlightedparts. T_Ss * Vocabulary appointment(n)cuộchẹn - range(n)dãy(núi) litter (v)xảrác bring(v) necessarymang(adj)cần thiết …… + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks. Ss workingroups. SsmayuseeverydayEnglishtotalk toeach other. Ssworkinpairs.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenotethenewwords
Askif theyknowsomeotherways (What about…?, Certainly...).
2. Workin pairs. Makeshort conversations,followingthe examplein 1 Ask Ss to work in pairs to make conversations
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: Understandingmoreusingmust/ mustn’tin reallife.
241 A travelguide Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp. - HaveSspracticespeaking Pairworks + Fulfilthetasks
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
3. Readtravelguideentry ShowSsa travelguide.Askthemwhat informationitcontains.Discussthecontents. Thenaskwhousestravelguidesand why.T gives anexplanationor/andanexampleof howtravelguidesareused. Thenaskthemtoworkinpairs.Tellthem tolookatthephotoofMountEverest,ask andanswerquestionstofindoutwhatobjects areusefulforgoingto MountEverest. Encouragethemtousemusttoaskand answer. Eg. Must we take a heavy coat to Mount Everest? AskSstoreadthetextquicklyandcheck theirAskideas.themtoreadthetextagainandask somefollow up questions.Eg.Haveyouhad anyunforgettableexperiences? If yes, where did you go? What happened?
* Content:Readthetravelguideusingmust/ mustn’t
3. PRACTICE(18’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp. - Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand 3. Readtravelguideentry - T_Ss Ssworkindividually Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. - Checkthemeaningif yes AskSstoworkinpairstoaskand tick thequestions. Givetheanswers Dothetasksif possible.
ACTIVITY3 Aims: To introducea travel guideto Ss; To introducea wayofusing must/ mustn’tin reallife.
ACTIVITY5: Aim:Aim:To help Ss practice askingandansweringabouttravelpreparationto a place.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
4. Nowmakea list of thethingsyoumust bringto the Hmalayas.Thenaddthings youmusn’tbring
* Content:Makea list ofthingsyoumust/mustn’tbringtotheHimalayas.
* Outcome: Improvingspeakingskills.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
5. Role Play beinga tourguideand a tourist. Tell yourpartnerwhatto preparefortheir trip to Himalayas, andgivereasons - T_Ss
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 242
Checktheirlistsasa class - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
intonation.Confirmthecorrect answers.
AskSstouseinformationinthetextin 3 andtheirownideastofill mustandmustn’t columns.EncourageSsnameasmany objectsaspossible,andthendecideif these thingsmustormustn’tbetakenthere
4. Nowmakea list of thethingsyou mustbringto theHmalayas.Then addthingsyoumusn’tbring - T_Ss Listen Answercarefullyquestionsindividually. - Fulfilthetasks
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
* Content:Askandanswerabouttravelpreparationtoaplace.
5. Role Play beinga tourguideanda tourist. Tell yourpartnerwhatto prepare fortheir trip to Himalayas,andgive reasons Createyourownlistofthenecessarythings forthetrip toHimalayas.Andthen
* Outcome: Undertandingmoreusingmust/mustn’tincontexts.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ss practice usingmust/ mustn’tin a travelcontext.
demonstrate
Listentotheteacher’sinstructions pairs UP (2’)
Asksomepairstodemonstratebeforethe classMakecommentsandcorrectanymistakesif thereareany. someSstogivea presentationto theclass.
carefully.Workin
5. WRAP-
T
243 theactivitywithamoreable
ThenaskSstoworkinpairsto dotheirownrole play. goes roundtogiveassistancewhereand whenneeded.
-student.Swaproles.
- Choose
& HOMEWORK
* Summarizethemainpoints. Sssummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practiceaskingaboutaudioguidestoplaces. Domoreexercises in workbook An Ducsecondaryschool Class:6A/B Full name:.................................. Date: …/…./2022 Englishtest: No1 Time: 15 minutes ONLINETESTONQUIZIZZ.COM======================== Dateofplanning:26/11/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../12/2022 6B:…/12/2022 WEEK:13 Period 38: UNIT5: NATURALWONDERSOFVIETNAM Lesson 5:SKILLS 1/ReadingandSpeaking
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Topronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly; + Grammar: usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’ttogiveorder;.
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic natural wonders of Viet Nam
Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Grammar Countableanduncountalenouns. Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t Skills: Readingaboutnaturalwonders. Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere. Listeningaboutanaturalwonder. Writinga paragraghaboutanatural wonder. EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary thingsinnature travelitems
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
I. OBJECTIVES:
244
3.Quality/behavior:ToeducatetheloveofthenaturalwondersinVietNam, the loveofthehometownandthecountry.Havingagoodattitudetoprotectandconserve thenaturalwonders.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
1. Knowledge: ToteachreadingforgeneralandspecificinformationaboutnaturalwondersinViet Nam.Tolearnhowtouseofnew vocabularyindifferentcontext.Alsotopractice speaking.Topracticedescribingthetouristattractionorfamous/interestingplaces.
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicereadingand speakingaboutthetouristattractionorfamous/interestingplaces.
T followsstepstoteachnewwords. Island; amazing; landscape; desert; slope; + Greeting + Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions -Answerthequestions. Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson.
AskSstocomparethetextsin CommunicationandSkills1. EncourageSstothink ofthepurposeofthetextsandwheretheymightseethem.
* Content: Revision on old lesson. Having some warm-up activities to create a friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. - EncourageSstogive their answers,butdo notconfirmwhethertheir answersrightor wrong.AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. - T leadsin thelesson.
* Teachsomenew wordsifnecessary.
245 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’) Pre - reading -Aim:
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
Todevelopstudent’s readingskills forspecific information(scanning),Italso providesinputforthefollowingtasks.
(These texts are a kind of travel guide. They may appear in travel brochures that give information about a place for visitors. They also advertise specific destinations, hotels, tours, etc., providing travelers with the details they need to make the most of their trips.)
* Reapeatandlearnhowtoreadand useCopythem.thenewwords.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusand individually + Check vocabulary Takenoteallthenewwords - AskSstolookatthepicturesandguesswhat thetextsareaboutandwhattheyknowabout theplaces. - AskSstoreadthetextsquicklyto answerthe questionsandchecktheirideasfromthe introduction.Allowpairstodiscussideas beforeconductingaclassfeedbacksession. AsksomeSstogive their answers. - Observeandhelp whenandwherenecessary. 1. Lookatthe pictures. Make predictionsaboutthecontentsof the text. * Vocabulary - cave(n)hangđộng - beach(n) bãibiển tourist(n) kháchdulịch - attraction(n) lôicuốn landscape(n)phongcảnh - slope(n) độdốc(- sườn núi)…. + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks. Sslearnhowtoreadandusenew wordsifhave Givetheanswer Note: Tuan Chau:alargeislandin HaLong Bay,apopulartouristdestination MuiNe: a touristattractionInBlnh ThuanProvince
246 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Aim:To activateSs’ knowledgeofthetopicin thereadingtext
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY1: While reading
ACTIVITY2:
* Content:Readandcheck theideas.Completethesentencesusingthewordsgiven.
Aim:TodevelopSs’ skill ofusing vocabularyindifferentcontexts.
* Content:Makepredictionsaboutreading.Readandchecktheideas.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: PredictingthequestionsbeforereadingaboutHaLongBayandMuine.
1. Look at the pictures. Make predictions aboutthecontentsofthe text. T_ Ss *) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
247
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
Note: Ly Son Island: an island district off the central coast of Viet Nam, belongingto Quang Ngai province.
* Outcome: Gettingmorespecificinformationaboutthetext.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
3. Readthetext again.Answerthefollowing questions. Set alonger timelimit forSsto rereadthe textsandanswerthequestions.AgainaskSs tonotewheretheyfoundtheinformationthat helpedthemcompletetheactivity. Sscan compareanswersbeforediscussing themasa Encourageclass.Sstosupporttheir answerswith
2. Completethe sentences, usingthe wordsfrom thebox. - T_Ss Listentothe teacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. Checkthemeaningofthewords Ssworkindividuallyfirst. Comparetheanswerswithpartners Givetheanswers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Readagainthetext.Answerthequestions.
3. Readthetext again.Answerthe followingquestions. - T_Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions - Answerquestionsindividually. Followtheinstructionscarefully - Findthe Compareanswer.theanswers
* Outcome: Understandingmoretheusingthewordsincontext.
1Key: . islands 2. wonder 3. desert 4. Remember 5. visit ACTIVITY3: Aim:To developSs’skill ofreadingforspecificinformation.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Completethe sentences, usingthewords fromthe box. HaveSsreadthewordsfirst.Thesewordsall appearinthetexts,butnowtheyarein dierent contexts.Ssthenreadthesentencesandfill theblanks. T checks asa class. T maycall onsomeSstoreadthesentences Asksstoshowtheevidencetosupporttheir answers.Checkandconfirmthecorrectanswers.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 248
reasons.Askthemtogive evidencetosupporttheir answersCheckandconfirmthecorrect answers
*AskSswhattoincludewhentheytalkabout a touristattraction. Herearesomepoints: + Nameof theattraction + Itsspecialfeatures/beauty/interesting things/ + Whatyoucandothere ………. Writethesepointsontheboardtoprepare forthenextactivities.
1*Key: . It is in QuangNinh 2. Wecan enjoy(great)seafoodand join in excitingactivities 3. No,thereisn’t 4. Bythebeach 5. Earlymorningorlateafternoon.
* Content:Makenotesaboutoneoftheplacesin thereading. Haveanopportunityfor Ssto practicedescribingthetouristattraction.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. Workin pairs. Makenotes aboutoneof the placesin the reaing.Youcan addyour ownideas. DiscusswithSs whichthingstheyfind specialaboutHaLongBayandMuiNe. Brainstormideasontotheboard.AskSsto closetheirbooks. DivideSsintogroupAandgroupB.Tell group AtodescribeHaLongBay.Tellgroup B todescribeMuiNe. 4. Workin pairs. Makenotes about oneoftheplaces in the reaing.You can addyourownideas. T_Ss - Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. Workindividually Givetheanswer.
ACTIVITY4: (Post - reading) Speaking Aim:Aim:To provideanopportunityforSsto practice describing thetourist attractionthey choose.
* Outcome: Impovespeakingskills.Practicespeakingwithpartners.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
249 Ssusethenotesonly tohelp themtelltheir partnerabouttheirplace - Askthemtopracticetheirdescription togetherbeforetheyrejoinwiththeirpartners Goroundandofferhelp ifnecessary. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To provideanopportunityforSsto talk aboutfamous/interesting places, andwhatonemust/ mustn’tdo there.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
* Content:Tell someinterestingthingsaboutaboutfamous/interestingplaces…
* Outcome: Tellingabouttheinterestingplaces.Developingspeakingskills.
Thengive feedback:commentontheir strengthsandcorrectafew errorsinthetarget language.Thelpsifnecessary
5. Someforeignvisitorsare visiting yourcity/ town/area. Youaretheir tourguide.Tell them some interesting thingsabouttheplaces aswell aswhatthey mustand musn’tdothere. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. Workinpairs. Example: Trang An in Ninh Binh is a charming and fantastic site in Viet Nam. The whole picture of Trang An has limestone mountains, forests, and golden rice fields. The valleys here are amazingly beautiful like colourful carpets. There are rivers running along these valleys. Making a boat
5. Someforeignvisitorsare visiting your city/ town/area. Youaretheir tourguide. Tell them someinteresting thingsaboutthe placesas well aswhatthey mustandmusn’t dothere. Tell Sstoreview interestingfeaturesoftheir city / town/area. Askthemtothinkofthethingstouristsmust / mustn’tdo. Encouragethemtogiveas manyideasas -possible.Askthemtosharetheirideasinpairsbefore callingsomeSstopresentinfrontoftheclass.
4.FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
WEEK:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 250
Ss Practicepresentspeaking infrontoftheclass. Correctmistakesifhave. trips is a perfect way to enjoy the scenery here. There are also tens of wonderful natural caves that you should explore on foot. Many world traveller call Trang an “Ha Long Bay on the land” 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
Period
Date
NATURAL
Date
Listeningaboutanaturalwonder. Writinga paragraghaboutanatural wonder. EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
VIETNAM
* HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelessonwithtwoskills. If thereis time, T caninstructthemtodrawamindmapto summarizethemainpoints ofthelesson. * HOMEWORK - Practicedescribingtheroomtheyhavedesigned. Domoreexercises in workbook. - Preparenewlesson.Skills2==================== ofplanning:26/11/2022 ofteaching:6B:.../12/6A:.../12/20222022 14 39: UNIT5: WONDERSOF Lesson 6:SKILLS2/Listening andWriting THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary - thingsinnature travelitems Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Grammar Countableanduncountalenouns. Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t Skills: - Readingaboutnaturalwonders. Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: Develop listeningandwritingskills.ListeningforspecificinformationaboutPhu Quocisland.Practicingwritingaparagraphabouttheplacethattheyhavemade +notes.Vocabulary:
251
Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic: Natural wonders of Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly; + Grammar: usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’tto giveorder;.
3.Quality/behavior:ToeducatetheloveofthenaturalwondersinVietNam, the loveofthehometownandthecountry.Havingagoodattitudetoprotectandconserve thenaturalwonders.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicelistening andwritingaboutfamous/interestingplaces.
-Aims:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Revisionoldlessonor havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
Todevelopstudent’s listening skills forspecific information.Italso provides inputforthewriting skills.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting + Greeting + Chatting
Aim:To help Ssdeveloptheir skill oflistening forspecificinformation.
ACTIVITY1: Pre-listening
252 Teacher(T) asksSssome questionsaboutthemandclass. - AskSsaboutthecontentofthe previouslesson. First,writePhuQuocIslandon theboard,ortellthemtolookat thepictureoftheislandinthe book.Thenelicit whatSsknow aboutPhuQuocIsland. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson. - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswertheteacher’s orfriend’squestions
1. Workin groups.Discussthe *)questionsPre-teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia,trandlation.....)ifhave.
* Content:DiscussingandansweringquetiosaboutPhuQuocisland.
* Outcome: KnowingsomethingaboutPhuQuocisland.
Listenandknowwhattheyaregoingtolearn Opentheirbookandwritethetittleofthe lesson 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
+ Followthestepstoteach vocabulary ? What do you know about Phu Quoc island? Ssworkingroups.Havethem lookatthepictureand discussthe 1. Workin groups.Discussthe questions - T_Ss ……. - Groupwork. + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Playtherecordingoneortwo timesfor Sstocheck their answers. Playtherecordingagainif needed,stoppingattheplace whereSs findit difficult tohear.
Confirmtheanswers
2. Listen againandtick (✓) T (True) ofF (False) AskSstoreadthroughthe questionscarefullybeforethey attempttogivetheanswers. Playtherecordingtwoorthree timesfor Sstodotheactivityand check their answers.Sscanshare theiranswersbeforeTconfirms thecorrectones. 2. Listen againandtick (✓) T (True) ofF (False)T_Ss
253
Dothetasks.Comparetheanswers. Givetheanswer.
* Content:Listen andtick T/F.
……..
question.Askthemtotalkabout anythingtheyknoworgive prediction.Tmaygive somehints: + thelocationofPhuQuocIsland + theclimate + interesting/specialfeatures + whatyoucandothere.
1.Key: T 2. F 3.T 4. F 5.T
* Outcome: UnderstandingmoreaboutPhuQuocisland.
ACTIVITY2: While listening
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
Fulfilthetasks Givetheanswers
Aim:TodevelopSs' skill oflistening forspecific information.
Aim:To help Ssbrainstormideasfortheir writing. - Aspreparation,askSstobringpicturesofplacestheyhavebeentoorfind Alternatively,interesting.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... 3. Fill each blankin thenetwork with the informationabouta 3. Fill each blankin thenetwork withthe informationaboutatravelattractionyou
ACTIVITY3: Writing
theycandrawpictures/maps.RemindSsofthestepsofthewriting process:outline,draftandcheck.
254 EncourageSstoidentifytheparts oftherecordingthathelpedthem answerthequestions. PlaytherecordingagainforSsto check theanswers.. T maypauseatthesentencesthat includetheinformationSsneedfor theirCheckanswers.andconfirmthecorrect answers. *(Post-listening)
Audioscript: Phu Quoc is a very beautiful island in Viet Nam. It is in Kien Giang. It has beautiful beaches and green forests. It also has resorts, hotels, and bars. The people here are friendly. Phu Quoc has an international airport, and travelling there is easy. Tourists can visit fishing villages, national parks, pagodas and temples. They also like to eat the seafood here. It is delicious. Sailing and fishing are popular water sports. You can buy interesting things at the markets on the island. Tell somethingaboutPhuQuocifpossible. - Ssdo it
* Content:Brainstorming.Fillthenetworkwiththeinformationabouttravel attraction.
* Outcome: Givingsomeideasabouttravelattractions Fillingthenetwork.
Studentstellsomethingabout PhuQuoc T gives instructionsand encourageSstotellaboutPhu Quoc,usinginformationinAudio Script.Tmaygive someclues - CallonsomeSsto speakfreely. Correctpronunciations,grammar, vocab,intonation.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ss practice writing a paragraphabouttheplacethatthey have madenotesabout.
255 travelattraction youknow. Sspresenttheirchosenplaces usingphotos/drawings/maps. AskSstoshowtheirplacesto theTakeclass.oneplaceasanexample andget Ssto giveinformation abouttheplace,usingthegiven questions.Asksomequestionstoprepare theclassfor theactivity Eg. What is the travel attraction? Where is it? How far is it? How can you go there? What is it like? What is special about it? What can you do there? - AskSstomakenotesabouttheir chosenplaces,usingthequestions given in thenetwork. - Remindthemthattheydonot havetowritefull sentences.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Writea paragraphabouttravelattractionyouknow.
* Outcome: Sscanwritea paragraphabouttravelattractioncompletely.
Listencarefullytotheinstructions
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
-know.T_Ss -
* Sslearnhowtodo thetasks It’sHaLongBay. - It is in QuangNinhprovince. It’sabout100kmfrommyhometown It’sveryfantastic/wonderful. - Youcan takea boatride youcanenjoytheseafood sailaroundtheislands…..
4. PRODUCTION/APPLLICATION(8’)
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
4. Usethe notesin 3 to write a paragraphofabout50words. AskSstosharetheirnoteswith theirpartners. T mayaskmoreableSsto read 4. Usethe notesin 3 to write a paragraphof about50words. T_Ss
* Post writing T maydisplayallorsomeofthe Ss'writingsonthewall/ notice board.TandotherSsgive comments.Sseditandrevisetheir writingashomework. - If timeis limited,TmayaskSsto writethefinalversionathome. - OtherSsandTcommentonthe writing.
256 outthenotestothewholeclass. AskSstousetheirnotestowrite a paragraphabouttheirchosen usethereadingtextsas theirmodel. Sscan exchangeandreadeach other'sdraftstogivesome comments.Sscanunderlinepartsthatcould beimprovedandfocusonthose areasastheywritetheirfinal version.Iftimeis limited, T may askSstowritethefinalversionat home,andhandtheminatthenext *Asklesson.Ssto writethefirstdraft individually.NextaskSstoworkin pairsdoingpeercorrections.
places.Sscan
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthe lesson. * HOMEWORK.
Listencarefullyandlearnhowto write - Ssdo it. Writethemselves You can begin your paragragh: I am writing about Ha Long Bay is in Quang Ninh Province. It is fantastic. It has many islands and caves. Tuan Chau,with its beautiful beaches, is a popular tourist attraction in Ha Long Bay. There you can enjoy great seafood. And you can join in exciting activities. Ha Long Bayis viet Nam ‘s best natural wonder.
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 257 Finishwritingadiaryentry.Copyinthenotebooks. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. Theend oftheweek 13 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày.... tháng 11 năm 2022 Trần ThịNgọcMai THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary thingsinnature travelitems Pronunciation: Sounds: /t /and /d/ Grammar Skills: Readingaboutnaturalwonders. Talkingaboutfamousplaces,andwhat youmust/mustn’tdothere. Listeningaboutanaturalwonder. - Writinga paragraghaboutanatural Dateofplanning:3/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../6A:.../12/202212/2022 WEEK:14 Period 41: UNIT5: NATURALWONDERSOFVIETNAM Lesson 7:LOOKINGBACK
258 Countableanduncountalenouns. - Modalverbs:Must/Mustn’t wonder. EverydayEnglish Makingandacceptingappointments.
I. OBJECTIVES:
III. PROCEDURE:
1. WARMUP & INTRODUCTION(5’)
Aims: This is the review section of the unit. Encourage Ss not to refer back to the unit.
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto reviewthelanguage fromtheprevioussections.Consolidateandapplywhattheyhavelearntintheunit. Dosomepracticeexercises.Presenttheirprojectsifpossible.
1. Knowledge: - Torecycle thelanguagefromtheprevioussections.Tohelp Ssconsolidateand applywhattheyhavelearntintheunit.Sscanevaluatetheirperformanceandprovide furtherpractice.Dosomepracticeexercises. ProjecthelpsSsimprovetheirabilitiestoworkindividuallyandina team.It extendstheirimaginationinfield relatedtotheunittopic.Teachercanusethisasan extra curricularactivity(forgroupwork)orashomeworkforsrudentstodo +individually.Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic natural wonders of Viet Nam - Topronounce the sounds /t/ and /d/ correctly; + Grammar: usecountableanduncountalenouns. use modalverbsmust/musn’ttogiveorder;.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. Quality/behavior:Educatetheloveof thenaturalwondersinVietNam, thelove ofthehometownandthecountry.Havingagoodattitudetoprotectandconservethe naturalwonders.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting // + Chatting - Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
1. Write the namesforeach picture Ssworkindividuallytodotheexercise.
Then Sscan check their answersbefore discussingtheanswersasaclass.However, theyshouldkeep arecordoftheiroriginal 1. Write the namesforeach picture - T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks. Answertheteacher’squestionsand
* Content:Revisiononoldlesson.Havingsomewarm-upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
ACTIVITY1: PRACTICEEXERCISES
Aim:Tohelp Ssrevise thevocabularyitemsthey havelearnt in the unit.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
259 Instead, they should use what they have learnt during the unit to answer the questions. That will help T and Ss see how far they have progressed, and which areas need further practice.
Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto do.Opentheirbookand write.
*
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Thequestionsin LookingBackmatchtheNowIcan...self assessmentstatementsat theend.
* Outcome: Remembertheusingthewords.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Revisethevocabularyitemstheyhavelearntintheunit.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
Ssshouldcheckhowwell theydidoneach questionandusethatinformationwhen filling in theself assessmenttable.
Ss togive answer. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 260 answerssotheycanusethatinformationin their Now I can...statements. - Checktheanswersasaclass. Correctthemistakesifhave. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers enquirements. * Key: 1. waterfall 2.cave 3. desert 4. river 5. beach 6. island 3. PRACTICE(18’)
* Outcome: UnderstandingmoreaboutnaturalwondersinViet Nam.
3. Write the words. - AskSstoworkindividuallytonamethe thingsin eachpicture.
Key:1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. f 6. b 3. Write the words. Workindividually
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Do thematching.
2. Matchthe nameofa naturalwonderin columnA with a wordindicatingit in columnB 1 is anexample. AskSstoworkinpairsandmatchthe nameofa naturalwonderincolumnA with a wordindicatingitin columnB. - Monitortheactivityandofferhelp when necessary.Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Invitesome
ACTIVITIES 2+3
Aim:To help Ssrevise the vocabularyitemsthey havelearntin the unit.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
2. Matchthe nameofa natural wonderin columnA with a word indicatingit in columnB 1 is an example. Ssworkin pairs - Dothetasks Givetheanswers.
ACTIVITY
ACTIVITY4: Grammar Aim:To help Ssrevise the useof countableanduncountablenounsinsentences.
261 HaveSscomparetheir answersinpairs beforecheckingas a class. - Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Invitesome
4. Find themistakein each sentence and correct it. Ssworkindependentlyandcompletethe activity.Thenhavethemcheck their answersin pairsbeforecheckingas a class.
* Content:RevisionontheuseofC andU nounsbyfindingthemistakes
Dothesamethetasks Copyinthenotebook Key: 1. scissors 2. sleepingbag 3. compass 4. backpack 5. plaster Dothesamethetasks - Copyinthenotebook
4. Find themistakein each sentence andcorrect it. Ssworkindependently. Dothetasks - Givetheanswers. 1Key: . is → are 2. are→ is 3. instrument → instruments 4. are→ is 5. luggages → luggage 4. PROJECT(10’) 5:
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Outcome: Havingabilitytofindoutthemistakesinsentences
Ss togive answer. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Ss togive answer. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Invitesome
*Summarizethemainpointsofthelesson. AskSstomakesentences,usingmust/mustn't
*HOMEWORK Finishalltheexercises. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Makesentences,usingmust/mustn't ===============
* Thisshouldbea projectforSstodo asteamwork.Ifthereis notenoughtime in class,theprojectcanbedoneoutside theclassroom.Theninthenextlesson, each grouppresentsitbeforetheclass. EncourageSstousetheirknowledgeas well astheirartisticskills.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
262 Aim:To help Ss present their dreamdestination
* Content:makean outlineofa presentation
* Outcome: studyhowtogivea presentation
* PROJECT: - Prepare in the previous lessons beforehand Dividetheclassintogroupsoffiveorsix, andaskSstothinkoftheinterestingplaces theywouldliketovisit(in Viet Namorin theMakeworld).clear tothemwhattheyhavetodo:Eachgroup hastochooseanaturalwonder andmakea posteraboutit. - Thepostershouldbeclearlydrawnor printed,andSsshouldgiveas much informationabouttheplaceaspossible. - T _ Ss Ssshouldfinishtheprojectinclass, assigngroupsinthepreviouslessons.
Finally,askSstocompletetheselfassessmenttable.Identifyany difficulties andweakareasandprovide furtherpractice.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
Pronunciation: Sounds: /s/ and /∫/ Grammar Should/ shouldn’t foradvice
Vocabulary
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ThingsandactivitiesatTet
Skills: ReadingaboutNewYear’spractices
1:GETTINGSTARTED HAPPY NEWYEAR! THIS
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam.
HOLIDAY
OUR
Talkingaboutwhatchildrenshould/ shouldn’tdoatTet. ListeningaboutpreparationsforTet.
- Writinganemailaboutwhatchildren should/shouldn’tdoatTet.
I. OBJECTIVES:
WEEK:
263
Dateofplanning:03/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:.../12/6A:.../12/20222022 14 Period 42:UNIT6: TET
Some/ any foramount
EverydayEnglish SayingNewYear’swishes.
* Bythe end ofthis unit,studentswill beableto: (Over all) use the words related to things and activities atTet; pronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly; use should / shouldn't for advice; use some/ any for amount; say New Year's wishes; read for specific information about New Year's practices; talk about what children should / shouldn't do at Tet; listen for general and specific information about preparations for Tet; write an email about what children should / shouldn't do atTet.
1. Knowledge: - Tointroducetopicofthelesson Our Tet holiday.Toteachlisteningandreading.
Lesson UNIT INCLUDES:
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto practicelistening andreadingtheconversationbetweenLindaandPhongaboutTet inVietNam.Ss alsoknowwhattheyshoulddoorshouldn’tdoatTet.
264 Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly; + Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice Usesomeanyforamount
Aims:Tocreatee
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’sStudent’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Review thepreviousunitbeforeSsopentheir -books.Organise
ashort Natural Wonder gameto revisethewondersSslearntinUnit5.
Forexample,Tcan sayaname(HaLongBay) andSsrespondbysayingsomethingaboutit: ( It's in QuangNinh / It has many islands/Its scenery is beautiful). Continuefor2 3 more + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo it. - T _ Ss Answertheteacher’squestionsand +enquirements.Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow
an activeatmospherein the class atthe start ofthelesson; Tolead into the new unit.
III. PROCEDURE:
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
* Content:Revisiononoldlesson.TellingaboutaNaturalWonderinVietNam
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. Quality/behavior:Toeducatetheloveandpreservationoftraditionalcustoms andtraditionsHavingagood behaviortowardtheadultandtheelderlypeopleonTet holiday.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
265 wondersfrom Unit 5. Lead tothenewunit.ShowSssomephotos relatedtoTet.ThenwritethewordTETonthe boardandaskSstogiveanywordrelatedtothe -topic.Tmayallowthemtogive a Vietnameseword andaskotherSsintheclassif theyknowthe equivalentinEnglish. - T can listthewordsina corneroftheboard. AskSstoopentheirbookstopage58.Draw theirattentiontotheyellowboxandintroduce whattheyaregoingto learnin thisunit. todo thetasks. - Opentheirbookand write.
1. Listen andread.
* Content:Listen andreadconversationtoget usedtothevocabulary;grammar points. * Outcome: Knowmorenewwords.Understandingtheconversation;topicofthe lesson,grammarpoints…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Listen andread. - Setthecontextfor thelisteningandreading: askSstolookatthetitleof theconversation andthepicture.Askthemsomequestionslike: What do you think they are talking about? When is Tet? Is it a holiday? What do we do at Tet?
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….… Teacher’sStudent’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY1: -Aims:Toset thecontextfortheintroductorytext; - Tointroducethetopicof theunit.
* Content:Readagaintheconversationand answerthequestion.
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually
* Outcome: Understandingmoremainideaofthetext.
266 EncourageSstogive their answers,butdonot confirmwhethertheir answersarerightor wrong.Playthe
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’sStudent’sactivities Content 2. Whatare LindaandPhongtalkingabout? 2. Whatare LindaandPhong
- T _ Ss Listencarefullytothecontext Listencarefullyandreadaloud. * Vocabulary - celebarate(v) kỉniệm clean (v)lau, chùi - decorate(v)trangtrí gathering(v)tập trung - get (v) lấy - luckymoney(n)tiền lì xì - break(v)làm vỡ - peachflowers (n)hoađào Takenotes.
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssgetthe mainidea ofthe text.
recordingtwiceforSsto listenand readalong.HaveSsunderlinethewordsthat arerelatedtothetopicoftheunitwhiletheyare listeningandreading. InvitesomepairsofSs toreadthedialogue aloud.HaveSssaythewordsinthetextthatthey thinkarerelatedtothetopicTet.Quicklywrite thewordsononepartoftheboard
*)Teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation ....)
+ Check vocabulary Takenoteallthenewwords Quicklyteach/ introducethenewwordsif have.CallonsomepairsofSs toreadthe conversationaloud. CommentonSs'answers.
3. PRACTICE(18’)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
talkingabout? T _ Ss - Listencarefullytotheinstructions Ss Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswersandcheck.
267 AskSswhat exactlyPhongandLindatalked about.Havethemreadthethreeoptions carefullyandseethedifferenceamongthem. Confirmthecorrect answer.(Theytalked aboutTetIn Viet Nam.) Explainthemeaningofsomewordsif necessary.Ss practicesayingthesentences together.Tgivesthecorrect answers. Confirmthecorrect answers.
* Key: B ACTIVITY3: Aim:To help Ssscan thetext fortheinformationtofillthe blanks.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
3. Completethe sentences aboutTetwith informationfromconversation1. AskSstoworkIndependentlytousetofill each blankwiththeword(s)fromthe conversation.TmayInstructthemhowtodotheexercise andmodelthefirstsentence.(1)readthe sentenceandidentifywhatinformationtouseto fill theblank,eg. In sentence1, weneed to writethetimeof Tetthisyear;(2)readthe conversationandlocatetheplacetofindthe word(s)tofilltheblank,eg. Line 4 in the conversation.Sotheanswer isJanuary. AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussing asa class.Writethecorrect answersonthe board.AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussing 3. Completethe sentences about Tet with informationfrom conversation1. - Listentotheinstructionsclearly Learnhowtodoit - Sstowork independently Comparetheanswers Givetheanswers. Copythem Key: 1. January 2. homes 3. gatherings 4. luckymoney 5. break
* Content:Readagaintheconversationandcompletethesentences.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: Improvingthereadingskillstoget informationtofilltheblanks.
* Content:LearnmorewordsaboutTet.Dothematching.
* Outcome: LearningmorewordsrelatingtoTet
+ Write twothingsoractivities andshare them with class. TheClasslisten anddecide whetherthey are aboutornotaboutTet. 5. GAME:Is it aboutTet? + Write twothingsoractivities andsharethem with class. The Classlisten anddecide whether they areaboutornotaboutTet.
* Outcome: Understadingmorethingsoractivities at Tet/onTet holiday.
ACTIVITY4:
* Content:Playinggame. Writetwothingsoractivities relatingtoTet.
Aim:To developSs’knowledgeofthevocabularyrelatingto Tet.
asaclass. CallonsomeSs toreadtheanswersaloud. Confirmthecorrect answers.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 268 asa class. T gives correct answer
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To allowSsopportunitiesto recognisewhatis related to Tet throughafungame.
4. Matchthe words/phrasesin theboxwith pictures. - HaveSslookatthepicturesfirsttoseeif they knowtheEnglishwordsforthem. Thenallow Ssto readthewords/phrasesintheboxanddo the Checkmatching.theanswers
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…...
GiveSsinformationaboutthesewondersto interesttheminthetopicoftheunit
4. Matchthe words/phrasesin the boxwith pictures. - T _ Ss Listencarefullyandlearnhowto do.Ssdo themselves.Givetheanswers Key: 1. b 2.a 3.c 4.d
Teacher’sStudent’sactivities Content 5. GAME:Is it aboutTet?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
269 AllowSs sometimetoreadtheinstructions andtheexample. - Demonstratethegamebysayingaword/ phraseandaskSsifit'srelatedtoTetornot. HaveSswritedowntwothings/activities. Goroundandhelpifneeded. CallonsomeSsto standupandreadtheir words.Theclass
If thereis a visualizerin theclassroom,showthedialogue,highlightthekeywords relatedtothetopic.ItwouldbehelpfulifT alsohighlightsin thedialogueandtells Ss thattheywilllearntheselanguagepointsinthefollowinglessons.
listensandsaysifit'srelatedtoTet ornot. - T _ Ss Listencarefullyandlearn howto do.Ssplaygame - T _ Ss Fulfilthetasks.
HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversation -
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
moreexercises in
Preparenewlessons. ===================== Dateofplanning:3/12/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:..../12/2022 6B:…./12/2022 WEEK:15 Period 43:UNIT 6:OURTETHOLIDAY Lesson2: A CLOSERLOOK-1 THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary ThingsandactivitiesatTet Pronunciation: Skills: ReadingaboutNewYear’spractices Talkingaboutwhatchildrenshould/
*AskoneortwoSstotell theclasswhattheyhavelearnt. AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyrememberfromthelesson.
* Do workbook.
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
+ Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice Usesomeanyforamount
Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly;
I. OBJECTIVES:
270 Sounds: /s/ and /∫/ Grammar Should/ shouldn’t foradvice
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to know how to combine a verb with a noun and learn how to pronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly.Topracticepronouncingthesesounds.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
1. Knowledge: To introduce topic of the lesson Our Tet holiday. To teach/ introduce how to combine a verb with a noun. Ss also learn how to pronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ +correctly.Vocabulary:
Some/ any foramount shouldn’tdoatTet. ListeningaboutpreparationsforTet. Writinganemailaboutwhatchildren should/shouldn’tdoatTet. EverydayEnglish SayingNewYear’swishes.
Aims: Vocabulary - Torevise/ teach somewords/phrasesrelated to Tet. * Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmosphereto inspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
3. Quality/ behavior: To educate the love and preservation of traditional customs and traditions Having a good behavior toward the adult and the elderly peopleon Tet holiday.
* Content:Revisesomenew wordsrelatedtoTet.Dothematching
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
* Outcome: LearningsomenewwordsaboutTet:wish;fireworks;specialfood…
+ Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodo. Repeatthesewords. Opentheirbookand write.
271
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To revise/ teach somewords/phrasesrelated to Tet.
1. Write the words/ phrasesin the box underthe pictures.
* Vocabulary - wish (v)ước firework(n)pháohoa
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themand Brainstormclass.somewords/thingsthatmightbe relatedtoTet. - AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Write the words/ phrasesin the box underthe pictures. T _ Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions Answertheteacher’squestions.
*) Pre teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....) + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenoteallthenewwords
* Content:Do thematching.Combineaverb with a noun
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To teach Sshowto combinea verb with a nounto talk aboutTetactivities.
1Key: . fireworks2. specialfood 3. fun 4. wish 5. furniture 3. PRACTICE(10’)
272 - special (adj) đặcbiệt - furniture(n) đồđạc - relative (n)người thân
+ Students (Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks.
* Outcome: Havingabilitytousetheword/phrasescorrectly.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Matchthe verbswith the nouns
ExplaintoSsthatsomeverbsandnounsgo togetherandsomedon't, eg. plant/decorate + a tree, but not cook + a tree. - Writea verbontheboard(eg. read)andask Ssto matchtheverbwithasmanynounsas theycanfind (eg. read a book/novel/magazine/story/etc.)
AskSstolookattheverbsintheVerbsbox
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Matchthe verbswith the nouns T _ WorkSsindividuallytodothisactivity Listencarefullyandlearnhowtodo. Followtheteacher’sinstructions Givetheanswers
AllowSs tolookatthepicturesandseeif theyknowthewords/phrasesinthebox. Askthemtowritethewords/phrasesinthe boxunderthepictures. Checktheanswersasaclass. Ssworkindependently.AskSstolookatthe picturesandmatcheachword/phrasegivenin theboxwiththerightpicture. Allowthemtosharetheir answersbefore discussingthemit asa class.ThenhaveSs practicesayingthewords. Checkandconfirmtheanswers.
* Content:Doingmoreexercisestorevisethewords.
273 firstandseewhatnounsintheNounsboxthey can go with. - AllowSs todothematchingindependently. ThenpairSsandallowthemtosharewith theirpartner. - Checktheanswersasaclass.
ACTIVITY3: Aim:To revise thewordslearntin context.
* Outcome:Sscanusethewordscorrectlyincontexts.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... 3. Completethe sentences with the wordsin the box Sstoworkindependentlyorinpairs. Encouragethemtoreadthesentences carefullyandlookforclues sothattheycan choosetherightwordtocompleteeach Egsentence..Insentence
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1, weneed a verbaftersubject we. We havetwoverbsinthebox,clean and celebrate.Onlycelebratecan go withTet.So thecorrectwordiscelebrate. Checktheanswersasaclass. T maycallon someSstoreadthesentences aloud.TmayaskotherSstogivecomments 3. Completethe sentences with the wordsin thebox. - T _ Ss Listentothe instructionsclearly - Learnhowtodoit Sstowork independentlyorin pairs. Ssdo themselves. Copythem 1Key: . celebrate 2. peach 3. clean 4. shopping 5.food II. PRONUNCIATION: /s/ and/∫/ (10’)
ACTIVITY4:
T maygo aroundtoobserveandofferhelp if necessary.
lKey: .f (havefun) 2. e (visitrelatives) 3. d (give luckymoney) 4. a (makea wish) 5. c (clean thefurniture) 6. b (watchfireworks)
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Pronounce thesounds/s/and/∫/ correctlybyrepeatingwordsinsentences
* Content:Pronounce thesounds/s/and/∫/ correctly bylisteningandrepeatingwords.
* Outcome: Sscanpronounce thesounds/s/and/∫/ correctly.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
274 Aim:To help Ssidentifyhowto pronouncethesounds/s/ and/∫/ andpractice pronouncingthesesounds.
- HavesomeSsreadoutthewordsfirst. PlaytherecordingandaskSstolistenand repeat.CallonsomeSsto check. CorrectSs'pronunciation. - Callonsomepairstowritetheir answerson theboardbeforecheckingtheir answerswith thewholeclass. 4. Listen andrepeatthe words - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions -carefullyChecktheanswers Listenandrepeat Audioscript: shopping special rice spring wish celebrate
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. Listen andrepeatthe words T maywritetwoVietnamesewordsonthe boardfirst,eg. xach and sach. AskSstosaythewordsaloudanddrawtheir attentiontothedifferencein thepronunciation of/x/ and/s/. Thenwritethewordsseeand sheunder thewords xach and sach andread aloudthefourwords. HaveSselicit thedifferencein thetwo sounds/s/and/∫/ in English.
ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Sspronouncethesounds/s/ and/∫/ correctly in context.
* Outcome: Sscanpronounce thesounds/s/and/∫/ correctlyinsentences.
275 5. Listen andrepeatthe poem.Pay attentionto the sounds/s/ and/∫/ in the underlinedwords. Thisactivityisdesignedtomakelearning pronunciationmorefun. PlaytherecordingforSstolisten tothe -poem.Thenplaytherecordingagainforthemto listenandrepeat. AllowSs sometimeto practicereadingthe poemamongthemselves. Askthemtopayattentiontotheunderlined wordswiththe/s/ and/J / sounds. Goaroundandcorrectthepronunciationif -needed.Askforsomevolunteerstostandup andread thepoem Commentaloud.ontheirpronunciation.
Audioscript: Springis coming! Tet is coming! Shesells peachflowers. Her cheeks shine. Her eyes smile. Her smileis shy. She sellspeachflowers.
5. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* HOMEWORK - Practicemakingsentenceswithnewwords Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. Theend oftheweek 14 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày04 tháng 12 năm 2022
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
5. Listen andrepeatthe poem.Pay attentionto the sounds/s/ and/∫/ in the underlinedwords.
Note:Thisactivitymayalsobeturnedintoa competitiontoseewho/which group can readthepoembestandwiththemost expression.
T_Ss - Listentotheinstructionscarefullythen dothetasks. Dothetasks - Listenagainandreppeat Practicethechant.
*AskSsto summarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson.
ListeningaboutpreparationsforTet. - Writinganemailaboutwhatchildren should/shouldn’tdoatTet.
+ Vocabulary:-Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly; + Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice Usesome, anyforamount
3. Quality/ behavior: To educate the love and preservation of traditional customs and traditions Having a good behavior toward the adult and the elderly peopleon Tet holiday.
I. OBJECTIVES:
Dateofteaching: 6A:.../12/2022 6B:…/12/2022 15
WEEK:
Dateofplanning:10/12/2022
Period 43: UNIT6:OUR TETHOLIDAY Lesson3: A CLOSERLOOK-2
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to learn how to use should/shouldn’tforadviceandusesome,anyforamount
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
Pronunciation: Sounds: /s/ and /∫/ Grammar Should/ shouldn’t foradvice
Vocabulary ThingsandactivitiesatTet
Students:Textbooks,…
Some/ any foramount Skills: ReadingaboutNewYear’spractices Talkingaboutwhatchildrenshould/ shouldn’tdoatTet.
EverydayEnglish SayingNewYear’swishes.
1. Knowledge: - To introduce topic ofthe lesson Our Tet holiday. To teach grammar, modalverb:should/shouldn’tforadviceandusesome,anyforamount.
THISUNIT INCLUDES:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 276 TrầnThịNgọcMai
Aim:To introducethe topicofthe Shouldlesson/shouldn't foradvice
277 Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. Grammar
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestions aboutthemandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookand introducewhattheyaregoingto study…. Lead in thenewlesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
+ Greeting +T_SsChatting - Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtodoit. - Opentheirbookand write.
AskSstolookatthepictureandaskthemsomequestionstofocustheirattention tothesituationbeforefocusingontheuseof should / shouldn't, eg. Where are they? Why is Nam wearing a raincoat? What will happen if Nam comes into the kitchen with his raincoat still on?writethemother'sresponseontheboardandunderlinethe word shouldn't.
PROCEDURE:
Write In the classroom on theboard.Writethewords run, keep quiet, make noise, onetc.theboardandaskSsforsimply Yes (to showitcanbe donein theclassroom)or No if not.Iftheansweris Yes, tick theword.If No, crosstheword.Keep themon theboardforlateruse.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
* Outcome: Sscanusemodalverb should / shouldn't togiveadvice
Aim:To giveSs moreopportunitiesto practice theuse of should / shouldn't in real context.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Sstolookatthefoursigns in thebookandhavethemcomplete thesentences.Allowthemtoshare theiranswerswithapartner. CallonsomeSsto readaloudthe sentencesandcheckthelr answersasa Ifclass.thereIs stilltime,askSsto referto thenotesofIn theclassroomonthe boardandpracticesayingthe sentenceswith should / shouldn't. AskSsworkindependently. HaveSsreadthesentences. Checktheir answersasaclass. Confirmthecorrect answers. - AskSstolookat Remember!box andallowthemoneminuteto 1. Lookatthe signsatthe libraryand completethe sentences with should or shouldn't. - T_Ss Listencarefullytotheteacher’s instructionsandlearnhowtousetheverb. Ssworkindividually Dothe Comparetaskstheanswers. Givetheanswers
* Content:Usingthemodalverb should / shouldn't foradvice
1. Lookatthe signsatthe library andcompletethe sentences with should or shouldn't. - WritethewordLIBRARYonthe boardandaskSstosaywhatthey should/shouldn'tdowhentheyarein a Thenlibrary.ask
1.Key:should 2. shouldn't 3.should 4. shouldn't.
278 2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…….
ACTIVITY1: GRAMMAR:Should/shouldn'tforadvice
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 279 memoriseit.
* Content:Doingexerciseusingshould/shouldn’t for advicebylookingatthe signsatthelibrary.
2. Tick (✓) the activities children shoulddoatTet andcross (x)the onesthey shouldn’t Have Ss study the Remember! box. T explains and gives examples. (For a better class, T may ask Ss to give more examples.)
AskSstolookatthepicturesand readthephrasesunderthepictures. Thentick (it'sgood)orcross(it'snot good)each picture.Thepictureshelp makethemeaningofthephrases clear.Checktheanswersasaclass
3. PRACTICE(18’)
Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,and Ss'pronunciationcorrectandintonation.
*T_SsKey:
ACTIVITY2:
Aim:To help Sssee whatactivity is good/notgoodtobe doneatTet.
2. Tick (✓) the activities children should doat Tetandcross (x) theonesthey shouldn’t Remember! - We use should for things that are good to do We use shouldn’t for things that are not good to do - Ssworkindividually Dothetasks - Comparetheanswers.
* Outcome: Sscanusetheverbshould/shouldn’t correctly.
Remember** * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…... Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Theuseof someandany.Doingexerciseusingsomeandany.
3. Workin pairs. Lookatthe activities in 2. Taketurnsto say whatyouthinkchildren should/ shouldn’tdo. ThisactivityallowsSstoproduce sentenceswiththetargetlanguageof should/shouldn't,usingtheprompts in 2 Ask.
280 Confirmthecorrect answers - Copyintonotebook.
* Content:To makesentencesusingshould/shouldn't:whatchildrenshould/ shouldn'tdo.
* Outcome: Ssunderstandmoreabouttheusingshould/shouldn't.
Sstouseticksand crossesfor activitiesin2 andtheexampleson theboardtohelp. Goroundandgivehelp If needed. MakesureSscombineshould/ shouldn'tandthemainverbcorrectly. Makesuretheypronouncethe wordsshouldandshouldn'tcorrectly too.Checktheanswersasaclass. 3. Workin pairs. Lookattheactivities in 2. Taketurnsto say whatyouthink children should/shouldn’tdo. T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly - Ssto work in pairs T_Ss Sslearnhowtousethem
ACTIVITY4:
Aim:To help Ssformsentences usingshould/ shouldn't.
ACTIVITY3
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Aim:To giveSs somecontrolledpractice on theuse ofsome/any.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
Some
Remember!
Remindthemthat some and any canbe usedwithbothcountable/uncountable nouns.Whentheygo withcountablenouns,thenounsarealwaysinplural.
(+)+any.Some:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* ExplaintoSs themeaninganduseof some/ any…
Remember! / On page 62 + By thistime,Sshaveseen / used some and any already.Thisisjustasummaryof theirAskuse.Sstoreadthe remembergrammarbox. Tell themtopayattentiontothephrasesinboldin thesentencestoseehow some and any areuseddifferently(positive,negative,andquestion).
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content /anyforamount * Ask Sslearn howto use: Some, Mymotherboughtsomefruits (+) I need somemilk forthecake. + any ( ) I can’t answeranyquestions (-) Do youhaveanysugar? 4. Completethe sentences with some or any Applytherulesinthebox.AskSs tolookfor 4. Completethe sentences with some or any - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionscarefully Workinpairs. Do Givethemselvestheanswers - T_Ss
281 * Outcome: Leaninghowtouse someandanycorrectly. Remember!
Aim:To giveSs muchfreer practice with some/ anyin real context.
* Outcome: Sscanusesomeoranycorrectlyinrealcontexts.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
T_Ss Listentotheinstructionscarefully - Workin pairs. Comparetheanswers. Givetheanswers.
282 clues (+ or /? sentences)anddecide whethertousesomeorany. - Checktheir answersasaclassand explainthechoice. AskotherSstogivecomments
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Key: 1. some,some 2.any 3. any,some 4. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
5. Workin pairs. Lookatthe fridge.Makesentences with the words/phrasesprovided,using some or any. ThisactivityallowsSstousesome andanyforspeakingina more authenticsituation. AskSstolookatthefridgeandread theexamples.DrawSs' attentionto thechangeoftheverbbein theuse withsomeorany(in theexamples). HaveSsdo thisactivityinpairs.Go roundandhelp ifneeded. - Callonsomepairstoreadtheir sentences.Don'tcorrecttheirmistake whetherItIs a vocabularyor grammarmistake.AskotherSsto listenandsayiftheyagree(yes)or 5. Workin pairs. Lookatthefridge. Makesentences with thewords/phrases provided,using some or any.
Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
* Content:Makesentenceswithwordsprovidedusingsomeorany
ACTIVITY5
5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
Eg. open the door and window when the air conditioner is on, put your feet on thetable, play loud music... Ss respond: You shouldn't put your feet on thetable,etc.
* HOMEWORK - Revisetheformanduseofcomparativeadj. Domoreexercises in workbook. - Prepatrenewlessons.
. Therearesomeeggs (in thefridge). Thereis somefruitjuice. /Therearesome packsoffruitjuice. Therearen'tanyapples. Thereisn'tanybread. Therearesomebananas. Thereis somecheese.
5.
1Key:
don'tagree(no) correctitby themselves.canEnglishclasslistensomeableinfridgeSs-themselves.Checkthelranswersasaclass.Ifthereisenoughtime,encouragetoexpandtotheotheritemsintheoraskthemtodescribethingstheirfridgesathome.Discussanswersasaclass.ForlessSs,Tcangivehintsbysayingverbs/phrasessuchas:totheteachers'lessons/fightin/speakVietnameseintheclass,etc.Asanextension,Ssactoutthesentencesamong
6.
Take some books to show to Ss. Ss respond by saying: You havesome books. Put all the books down and show your hands without any books. Ss respond by saying: Youdon'thaveany books.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 283
*
3.
Use the classroom to demonstrate some actions and Ss comment, using should/shouldn't.
* Summarisisethemaingrammarpointsofthelesson.
and
2.
4.
Dateofteaching: 6A:15/12/2022 6B:15/12/2022
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 284 =====================
Pronunciation: Sounds: /s/ and /∫/ Grammar - Should/ shouldn’t foradvice
OURTETHOLIDAY
WEEK:15 Period 44:UNIT 6:
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to practice listening and reading the conversation between Linda and Phong about Tet in Viet Nam. Ss alsoknowwhattheyshoulddoorshouldn’tdoatTet.
I. OBJECTIVES:
Some/ any foramount Skills: ReadingaboutNewYear’spractices Talkingaboutwhatchildrenshould/ shouldn’tdoatTet.
Lesson
4 : COMMUNICATION
EverydayEnglish SayingNewYear’swishes.
THISUNIT INCLUDES:
ListeningaboutpreparationsforTet. - Writinganemailaboutwhatchildren should/shouldn’tdoatTet.
1. Knowledge: To use every day English phrases and expressions to develop their language skills, as well as learn about Vietnamese culture and other cultures. Students learn how to say New Year’s wishes to other people.Also know bow differentcountriescelebratetheirNewYear.
Vocabulary ThingsandactivitiesatTet
Usesomeanyforamount
+ Vocabulary:-Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly; + Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice
Dateofplanning:10/12/2022
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’)
Students:Textbooks,….
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass.
Aims: Every dayEnglish SayingNewyear’swishes. SslearnhowtosayNew Year'swishestootherpeople.AskSsiftheyknowany New Year'swishes.
AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’) ACTIVITY1+ 2:
3. Quality/ behavior: To educate the love and preservation of traditional customs and traditions Having a good behavior toward the adult and the elderly peopleon Tet holiday. II. TEACHINGAIDS:
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
285
Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Havingsomewarm-upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
PROCEDURE:
+ Greeting + Chatting. - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions - Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson
Tell Ssthattheyaregoingtolearnhowto askforandgivedirections.
1. Listen andread theNew Year’s -*-wish.T_SsVocabularyfun (adj)vuivẻ - cheer (v) chúcmừng success (adj)thànhcông - throw(v) ném đi believe (v)tintưởng - drop(v)đánhrơi washaway…(v)rửasạch + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothetasks. -Ss workingroups. SsmayuseeverydayEnglishtotalk toeach other. Ssworkinpairs.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. If possible,preparesomemorecardswith New Year'swishes. AskSstolistenandreadtheNew Year's wishin 1, andsomemore(possiblyprovided by HelpT).Sscomeup withthepattern:Wishing you/1wishyou+noun/nounphrase.
Audioscript: Wishingyoujoy& laughter... fromJanuarytoDecember! +AskSstoworkinpairsand practicethe conversation.
* Outcome: SslearnhowtousethewordsandhowtosayNewYear'swishesto otherpeople.
* Content:GivinghowtosayNewYear'swishestootherpeople
286 Aims:- To introducea New Year's wish; - To help Sspractice New Year'swishes.
2. Listen andread theNew Year’s wishes to yourfriends, usingthesuggestions
2. Listen andread theNew Year’s wishes to yourfriends,usingthe
+ HaveSs practicetheconversationsinpairs. Callonsomepairsto practicethe conversationsinfrontoftheclass
1. Listen andread theNew Year’s wish.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Audioscript: Wishingyoujoy& laughter...fromJanuarytoDecember!
*) Pre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation ....)
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check Vocabulary Copyallthewords
3. PRACTICE(18’)
* Outcome: SslearnmoreaboutsomeNewYear'spracticesinothercountries.
3. QUIZ:Match thesentences with the pictures. Thenmatch them with the countries. Ssworkindividually Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. - Checkthemeaningif yes AskSstoworkinpairstoaskand tick thequestions. - Givetheanswers - Dothetasksifpossible.
suggestionsbelowor createing your own. - Ask Ss to work in pairs to make conversations - T_Ss Groupworks + Fulfilthetasks
* Content:Do theQUIZ. Matching
AskSstolookatthenamesofthe countries
3. QUIZ:Match thesentences with the pictures. Thenmatchthem with the countries. HaveSsreadthesentencesfirst.They mightnotknowaboutthesepractices.
Aim:To introduceSsto someNew Year'spractices in othercountries.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Sstolookatthepicturesandmatchthem. - Checktheanswersasaclass. Thenmoveon tothenextpart.AskSsifthey knowwhichcountryeachpracticeis from. Encouragethemtoguessif theydon'tknow.
CallonsomeSs tosaythewishesaloud. If thereis enoughtime,askSswhich wish theywouldliketoreceive forthiscoming year,andiftheywouldliketo createea wish forthemselvesorothers. Movearoundtoobserveandprovidehelp. HaveSspracticespeaking.
T tells themtolookfortheclues in the sentenceswhichcanhelp them(square,hole, cake, throwwater).
287 belowor createing yourown. 2. AllowSsto workingroupsandsayNew Year'swishes.
ACTIVITY3 New Yearpracticesintheworld
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Key: 1. b.TheUSA 2. c. Russia 3. a. Japan 4. d. Thailand
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To showSshowdifferentcountriescelebrate their New Years.
4. Readhowpeoplein different countriescelebrate their New Year. Thenmatch thecountries with -activities.T_Ss Listencarefully - Answerquestionsindividually. Key:1. b 2.a 3. e 4. c 5.d Note: Japan/ dƷә’pæn/ Romania /ru’meiniә/ Spain/spein/ Switzerland/'switsәlәnd/
4. Readhowpeoplein differentcountries celebrate their New Year. Thenmatch the countrieswith activities. AllowSs sometimetoreadtheNew Year's practicesInfive countriesanddothe matching.Checktheir answersasaclass.AskSsto readaloudthesentencesthatsupporttheir answersChecktheirlistsasa class
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
288 andmatchthepictures. Checktheanswersasaclass. Note:If thereis enoughtime, askSstoshare withtheclassanyinterestingNewYear's practicesfromothercountries/partsofthe world.AllowthemtouseVietnamesewhenthey comeacrossdifficultvocabulary.
* Content:Readhowpeoplein othercountriescelebratetheirNewyearandMatch thecountrieswiththeactivities.
* Outcome: KnowmoreothercountriescelebratetheirNewyear.
Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Confirmthecorrect answers
Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
289 Thailand /'tailәnd/
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Tohelp SsprepareforActivity5,askSsto underlinealltheactivitiestheyfindin the passagesin4. Forexample,underline templesringtheirbells.Thismayhelp Ss concentrateontheactivities(NewYear's practices)andmemorisethekeywordsto help themtalk. AllowSs oneminutetopicktheactivity theyaremostinterestedinfrom4,and memoriseit. CallonSsandaskthemtodescribethe activitiestheyhavechosentothegroup.The group namesthecountrywherethepractice comesfrom.If thereis notmuchtimeleft, conductthisactivityasaclass. Makecommentsandcorrectanymistakesif thereare Chooseany.some
5. Workin groups.Eachstudent choosesoneactivityfrom4. Take turnsto say them aloud.Thegroup sayswhichcountryhe/ sheis talkingabout. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefully.Workingroups Example: - Theythrowwateronotherpeople. It’sin Thailand.
* Content:Telling. Ss workingroupsandtalkingaboutactivitiesatTetin other countries.
4. PRODUCTION/APPLICATION(8’)
* Outcome: KnowmoreaboutTetin othercountries. * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
Aim:To help Sstalk aboutNewYear'spractices aroundtheworld.
5. Workin groups.Eachstudentchooses oneactivityfrom 4.Taketurns to say them aloud.Thegroupsayswhich country he/ sheis talkingabout.
ACTIVITY5:
Sstogivea presentationto theclass.
290 5. HOMEWORK(2’)
Ss
- Do
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam.
Some/ any foramount Skills: ReadingaboutNewYear’s practices - Talkingaboutwhatchildrenshould/ shouldn’tdoatTet. ListeningaboutpreparationsforTet. Writinganemailaboutwhatchildren should/shouldn’tdoatTet. EverydayEnglish SayingNewYear’swishes.
Dateofplanning:10/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:18/12/6A:18/12/20222022 16 Period 45:UNIT 6:OURTETHOLIDAY
1. Knowledge: To introduce topic of the lesson Our Tet holiday. To teach reading for general and specific information about New Years. To practice speaking about Tet, the children should/shouldn’tdoatTet.
=======================
Pronunciation: Sounds: /s/ and /∫/ Grammar Should/ shouldn’t foradvice
* HOMEWORK PracticetalkingaboutNewYearindifferentcountries. moreexercises in workbook
* Summarizethemainpoints. summarizewhattheyhavelearntinthelesson.
I. OBJECTIVES:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
WEEK:
Lesson 5:SKILLS-1/ReadingandSpeaking
WRAP-UP&
THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary ThingsandactivitiesatTet
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
3. Quality/ behavior: To educate the love and preservation of traditional customs and traditions Having a good behavior toward the adult and the elderly peopleon Tet holiday.
Aims: Todevelopstudent’s readingskills forspecific information(scanning).
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themand Encourageclass.Sstogive their answers,butdo notconfirmwhethertheir answersrightor + Greeting + Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswer theteacher’sorfriend’squestions
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beableto practice reading for general and specific information about New Years. To practice speaking about Tet, thechildrenshould/shouldn’tdoatTet.
III. PROCEDURE:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’-5’) (Pre - reading)
291 Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly; + Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice Usesomeanyforamount
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
1. Readingthepassageand decidewhosayssentences 1 5. - T_Ss * Vocabulary - welcome(v)chàođón - lightup(v) làmsánglên customs(n)phongtục - lucky(adj)maymắn cry sound (c/n)tiếng khóc + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo thetasks. Sslearnhowtoreadandusenew
* Content:Readingthepassageforspecificinformation
* Reapeatandlearnhowtoread andusethem. Copythenewwords.
* Tohelp Ss broadenanddeepentheir knowledgeaboutNewYears. - AskSstolookatthe picturessothattheycan focusonthecountriestheyaregoingtoread.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary(situation,realia,trandlation.....)
+ Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Repeatinchorusandindividually + Check vocabulary Takenoteallthenewwords
* Teachsomenew wordsincontextsif necessary.Tfollowsstepstoteachnewwords. Answerthequestions. Opentheirbookandwritethe tittleofthelesson.
1. Readingthepassageanddecidewhosays sentences 1 5.
292
* Outcome: Sscanget someinformationinthepassageanddecidewho says sentences1 5.
wrong.AskSstoopentheirbookand introduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
ACTIVITY1: While- reading Aim:To help Ssdevelopreadingforspecific information(scanning);
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. Test yourmemory. Thisjobcan bedoneideally byaskingSsnot tolookbackatthepassagesandseehowmany questionstheyanswercorrectly. T mayturnitintoacompetitionbetween groups.Thenhavethemrefertothepassages
TimesNote:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
293 AskIf theyknowhowthesecountries celebratetheNewYear. - HaveSsreadthepassagesanddecidewho saysthesentencesindividuallyorinpairs. Encouragethemtomarkwherethe informationforeachanswer appearsinthe passages.Checkthe answersasaclass. Observeandhelp whenandwherenecessary. Checktheanswer.
Luckymoney: New Year lucky money is very popular in Asian countries like China, Viet Nam, Japan, and so on. The purpose of this custom is to wish for good luck, health, and fortune for everyone.
2. Test yourmemory. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodo. Checkthemeaningofthewords
wordsifhave Givetheanswer
ACTIVITY2: While reading Aim:To test Ss' memoryto see howmuchthey concentrateon/ comprehend the reading.
KeyNote: : 1. C 2. A 3. B 4. C 5.B
* Content:Doingthetestmemory.Remeberingthethingsappearinthepassage.
* Outcome: Sscanrememberthethingsappearinthepassage
Square/,taimz 'skwea/: a busy square in New York City, known for its bright lights and many theatres and cinemas. On New Year's Eve, thousands of people gather there to watch a ball lower as the new year approaches.
3: (Follow up activity) Speaking
* Outcome: Sstalkfreely aboutactivitiesatTetusinginformationinthepassage.
3. Workin pairs. Theseare someactivities fromthe readingpassagesin1.Tell your groupifyoudo them duringTet. ThisactivityhelpsSsrevisewhattheyhave learntinthepassagesin1 (bothvocabulary andinformationaboutNewYear'spracticesin othercountries)and practicetalkingabout Askthem.Sstoworkin groupstodisscusswhat theydo/ don'tdoduringTet. CallonsomeSs toreporttheresultsofthelr group totheclass.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Aim:To help Sstalk aboutwhattheyhaveread.
* Content:Telling whichactivities youdoatTet.
EncourageSstoextractmoreactivitiesfrom thepassagesin1 thantheoneslistedin3, or providemoreactivitiesandseeif Ssdo them.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY
- Goroundandofferhelp ifnecessary. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
Ssworkindividuallyfirst. Comparetheanswerswith partnersGivetheanswers Key:1.
294 andcheck their answers.Checktheir answers asa class. - Asksstoshowtheevidencetosupporttheir answersCheckandconfirmthecorrect answers.
3. Workin pairs. Theseare some activities fromthe reading passagesin1.Tell yourgroupif youdothem duringTet - T_Ss - Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. - Workin groups. Givetheanswer.
✓: a,b, c, e, f, g. 2. x : d, h
In ordertoformanopinionusing shouldor shouldn't, Sshavetodecidewhethereach activityisgoodornotgoodtodo. AllowSs sometimetoreadthephrases, discussandmaketheirdecisionsbytickingor crossingeachactivity. EncourageSstothinkofthereasonsfortheir choice.HaveSstalkin theirgroups.Encourage responsesfromotherswithIagree; Yes, we should or I don't think so. CallonsomeSsto sharetheiropinionswith theclass.Encouragethemtoexpresstheir ideasusing should / shouldn't. Encouragethemtogiveas manyideasas possible.Askthemtosharetheirideasinpairsbefore callingsomeSstopresentinfrontoftheclass. - Thengive feedback:commentontheir strengthsandcorrectafew errorsinthetarget -language.Thelpsifnecessary
* Outcome: Sscanexpressthethingstheyshould/shouldn'tdoatTet.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. Workin groups.Readthelist anddiscuss whatyoushouldorshouldn’tdoatTet.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ssexpress their ownwhatchildren should/ shouldn'tdoatTet.
295 4.FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(8’)
* Content:Readanddiscusswhatyoushould/shouldn’tdoatTet.
4. Workin groups.Readthelist anddiscuss whatyoushouldor shouldn’tdoatTet. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandfollowthem. - Workinpairs. Practicespeaking infrontofthe class.Correctmistakesifhave. A.Example: Weshoulddressbeautifullyat Tet. B. I agree.Shouldweaskforlucky money. A. No,weshouldn’t ….
If there
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 296 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
summarizewhat
havelearntinthelesson
Have
is time, T caninstructthemtodrawamindmapto summarizethemain pointsofthelesson. * HOMEWORK Practicedescribingtheroomtheyhavedesigned. - Domoreexercises in workbook. Theend oftheweek 15 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày11 tháng 12 năm 2022 TrầnThị NgọcMai
thetwo
* Ss they with language points: children
whatwords/phrases/sentencestheycanremember;what
do/don't door should / shouldn't doatTet
Skills: ReadingaboutNewYear’spractices
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 297 =================== Dateofplanning:17/12/2022 Dateofteaching: 6A:.../12/2022 6B:…/12/2022 WEEK:16 Period 46:UNIT 6:OURTETHOLIDAY Lesson 6:SKILLS-2/ListeningandWriting THISUNIT INCLUDES: Vocabulary ThingsandactivitiesatTet Pronunciation: Sounds: /s/ and /∫/ Grammar Should/ shouldn’t foradvice Some/ any foramount
- Talkingaboutwhatchildrenshould/ shouldn’tdoatTet. Listeningabout preparationsforTet. Writinganemailaboutwhatchildren should/shouldn’tdoatTet. EverydayEnglish SayingNewYear’swishes.
I. OBJECTIVES: Knowledge: - Tointroducetopicofthelesson Our Tet holiday.Toteachlisteningandreading. Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly;
+
1.
Method:T WC;groupworks;individual……
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
III. PROCEDURE:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to practice listening andwritinganemailaboutTetholiday, 3. Quality/ behavior: To educate the love and preservation of traditional customs and traditions Having a good behavior toward the adult and the elderly peopleon Tet holiday.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’ 5’)
+ Greeting + Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandanswerthe teacher’sorfriend’squestions Listenandknowwhattheyare goingtolearn - Opentheirbookandwritethetittle ofthelesson
298
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment….
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
+ Greeting + Chatting Teacher(T) asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSsaboutthecontentoftheprevious lesson.AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. T leadsin thelesson.
-Aims:
Todevelopstudent’s listening skills forspecific information.Italso provides inputforthewriting skills.
+ Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice Usesomeanyforamount
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation.....)
299
* Outcome: Ssareabletolistenandtick thethingstheyhearcorrectly.
1. Nguyeniswritingto his penfriendTom Abouthowhisfamilypreparefor Tet. Listen andTick (✓) thethings youT_hear.Ss ……
ACTIVITY1: Pre-listening
*Key:old things,peachflowers,new clothes,wishes
* Content:Listen toNguyenis writingtohisfriends..
1. Nguyeniswritingto hispenfriendTom AbouthowhisfamilyprepareforTet. Listen andTick (✓) the thingsyouhear.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(12’)
Aim:To help Ssdeveloptheir skill oflistening forspecificinformation.
Dothetasks.Comparetheanswers. Givetheanswer.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
+ Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo thetasks
if have + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Askthemtoreadaloudthelistofwords (which theyhavelearntalreadyinthe previouslessons).Makesuretheypronounce themcorrectly.Thiswouldhelp them recognizethekeywordswhentheyare doingthelistening. Playtherecordingoneortwotimes(as needed)andaskSstoticktheanswers. Checktheir answersasaclass. - Playtherecordingagainif needed, stoppingattheplacewhereSsfind it difficult tohear. - Confirmtheanswers.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 2. Listen againandanswerthequestions in oneortwo words. HaveSsreadthequestionsfirsttodetermine whatinformationisneededto answer the questions.Remindthemthatonlythekey word(s)is/areusedfortheanswers. Playtherecording.HaveSslistenandwrite their
*Post-listening
* Outcome:Sscananswerthequestionscorrectly.Toimprovelisteningskills.
2. Listen againandanswerthe questionsin oneor twowords. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodoit.
Fulfilthetasks - Givetheanswers
ACTIVITY2: While-listening
Wrapup theListeningsectionbyaskingSs towritedownin noteswhatNguyen'sfamily doestoprepareforTet(even onenoteis
1.Key:Oldthings 2. (Their) houses 3. Red 4. (His)father 5. Anything. Audio script: Dear Tom, Tet is coming and I'm very happy. We do a lot of things before Tet. We throw some old things away. We clean and decorate our homes. My mother goes shopping and buys food, red envelopes, and peach flowers. She also buys new clothes for us. My father makes banh chung and cooks them on an open fire. He
Aims:To help Ssdeveloplistening forspecificinformation; Tohelp Sscombinelistening andwritingatthe sametime.
* Content:Listen againand answerthequestions.
HelpChecktheiranswers.answersasaclass.correctSs'answerssotheyhaveonly 1 2 words.Writetheanswersontheboard. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 300
ACTIVITY4:
Aim:To help Ssbrainstormideasfortheir email.
good).Thencall onsomeSsto readaloud theirnotes. * T maygive someclues CallonsomeSsto speakfreely. Correctpronunciations,grammar,vocab, intonation. says that I should make some wishes at Tet, and I shouldn't break anything. It brings bad luck. Yours Nguyen Tell somethingaboutNguyen’s preparationsforTet.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
301
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY3: Writing
* Content:Discussandmakealistthethingsthatchildrenshould/shouldn’tdoat Tet. * Outcome: Usingshould/shouldn’tcorrectly.
3. Workin groups.Discussand makea list offourthingsthatyou thinkchldren shouldandshouldn’t doat Tet. T_Ss Listencarefullytotheinstructions * Sslearnhowtodo thetasks
If Sscome up withanynewactivityorthing, T writesiton theboardforotherSstosee.
3. Workin groups.Discussandmakea list offourthingsthatyouthinkchldren shouldandshouldn’tdoatTet. AskSstodiscussandmakealistofthe thingstheythinkchildrenshould/shouldn't doatTet. Thisis anopportunitytorevise Tet vocabulary.EncourageSstothink beyondthecontentcoveredintheprevious Guidelessons.Ss towriteshortphrases/notesInstead offullsentenceshere.
4. PRODUCTION/APPLLICATION(8’-10’)
* Content:Completeemailusingtheownideas.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 4. Completethe email. usingideasin 3. AskSstoreadwhathasbeenwritteninthe incompleteemail. Askthemtodecidewhatwillcomein betweenthesentences. HaveSsworkindividually,referringto theirnotesin3 to completetheemail. Go roundandofferhelp if needed. Askoneor twoSstosharetheirwriting withtheclass.Checktheirwriting. - CollectsomeoftheSs'emailstocorrectat *Askhome.Ss
From:Nguyen To:TomDearTom, I will tell you more about our Tet. At Tet, we should decorate our homes with flowers and plants. We should visit our grandparents and relatives, Buttoo. we shouldn't eat too much sweet food. We shouldn't keep lucky money, either. We should put it into our piggy Pleasebank.write and tell me about your New Year celebration.
302 Aim:To help Sscompleteanemail talkingaboutwhatpeopleshould/shouldn't doat Tet.
4. Completethe email. usingideas in 3. - T_Ss Listencarefullyandlearnhowto writeWritethemselves.Ssdoit * Sampleanswer
* Outcome: Sscancompleteemailproperly.
to writethefirstdraft individually.NextaskSstoworkinpairs doingpeercorrections. * Post writing T maydisplayallorsomeoftheSs' writingsonthewall/noticeboard.Tand otherSsgivecomments.Sseditandrevise theirwritingashomework. If timeis limited,TmayaskSstowritethe finalversionathome. OtherSsandTcommentonthewriting.
NguyenYours,
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
303 5. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
+ Vocabulary: Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic Tet holiday in Viet Nam. Topronounce the sounds /s/ and /∫/ correctly; + Grammar: Usemodalverb:should/shouldn’tforadvice - Usesomeanyforamount
* HaveSssummarizewhattheyhavelearntwiththetwoskills. T can instructthemtodrawamindmap to summarizethemainpointsofthe lesson. * HOMEWORK. Finishwritingadiaryentry.Copyinthenotebooks. Domoreexercises in workbook. Preparenewlesson. Dateofplanning:17/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:6A:22/12/202222/12/2022 16 47:UNIT6:OUR TETHOLIDAY Lesson 7:LOOKINGBACK I. OBJECTIVES:
To help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the unit. Ss can evaluate their performance and provide further practice. Do some practice exercises. Project helps Ss improve their abilities to work individually and in a team. It extends their imaginationinfield relatedtotheunittopic
WEEK:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Knowledge:
2. Competence: By the end of the lesson students will be able to To help Ss consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the unit. Do practice exercises. Ss can evaluate their performance and provide further practice. Project helps Ss improve their abilities to work individually and in a team. It extends their imagination in field relatedtotheunittopic
Period
=========================
* Content:Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmup tothenewlesson.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(3’)
3. Quality/ behavior: To educate the love and preservation of traditional customs and traditions Having a good behavior toward the adult and the elderly peopleon Tet holiday. II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. - Method:T-WC;groupworks;individual……
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 304
-Aims:
III. PROCEDURE:
This is the review and drill section of the unit. Encourage Ss not to refer back to the Insteadunitpages.they can use what they have learnt during the unit to help them answer the questions.Thatwill help you and your Ss see how far they have progressed, and which areas need further practice. - EncourageSstoreviewanddrillsectionoftheunit.
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions… Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce + Greeting + Chatting - T_Ss Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto do.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Content:Completethesentencestorevisethevocabulary.
* Content:Do thematchingtorevisevocabularyaboutTet.
Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers
305 whattheyaregoingto study…. Opentheirbookand write.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(25’)
ACTIVITY1: Aim:To help Ssrevise the vocabularyaboutTet.
* Outcome: Dothematchingcorrectly.Rememberthevocabulary.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
ACTIVITY2: Aim:To help Ssrevise the vocabularyaboutTetin context.
PRACTICEEXERCISES
1. Matchthe verbsonthe left with the nounsontheright. - T_Ss + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothe Answertasks.theteacher’squestionsand enquirements. * Key:1 . d 2.c 3. e 4. a 5.b 6. f
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Outcome: CanremembertheusethewordsaboutTetincontexts.
1. Matchthe verbsonthe left with the nounsontheright. - AllowSs sometimetoreadthelist ofthe wordsanddothematchingIndividually. CallonsomeSsto readaloudtheir answers beforecheckingthemas a class. - HaveSsdo exerciseindividuallyandthen comparetheir answers.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions..
2. He/ Sheshouldn'trunaboutthe home.
* Content:Writefull sentencesusingshould/shouldn’t.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 306
* Key: 1. luckymoney 2.cleaning 3. Banhchung 4.peach 5. gathering
ACTIVITY3: Grammar
Aim:To help Ssrevise the useof should/shouldn't.
2. Completethe sentences with words/ phrasesin the box. HaveSsdo thisactivitybythemselvesand writetheir answersintheirnotebooks. HaveSsdo thisactivity.Allowthemtoswap -answers.InvitesomeSs toaskand answerinfront ofthe Observeclassandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.Checktheanswersasaclass.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
3. Write fullsentences usingthe cues given,and should or shouldn’t Highlightthenewsituationofvisiting someone'shome,apopular activityfor childrenatTet.Apartfromrevisingshould/ shouldn't,Sslearnhowtobehavewellat otherpeople'shomes. - HaveSsreadthephrasesfirst.Allowthem sometimetowritethesentences. CallonsomeSsto saythesentencesaloud andseeif othersagree.
3. Write fullsentences usingthe cues given,and should or shouldn’t - T_Ss - Listentotheinstructionsclearly Copy Suggestedanswers: 1. He/ Sheshouldaskforpermisson beforeenteringa room.
2. Completethe sentences with words/phrasesin thebox. Ssworkindividually. - Dothetasks Sharetheanswers
* Outcome: Canremembermoretheuse:should/shouldn’t.
ACTIVITY4: Aim:To help Ssrevise the useof someandany.
4. Readthepassageandfill the blankswith some or any - T_Ss Listencarefully Checktheanswers Givetheanswers * Key: 1. some 2.some 3. any 4. any 5. some 6.Any 3. FURTHERPRACTICE/APPLICATION(12’-15’)
307 Checktheanswersasaclass. Askif Sscan suggestanyotherbehaviour withshould/shouldn't. Let Ss dotheexerciseindividuallyandthen comparetheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
* Aim:Further practice
4. Readthepassageandfill theblanks with some or any AskSstolookfor clues in each sentenceto decidewhich wordtousetofill in theblank. AllowSs toshareanswers. Checktheanswersasaclass. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
* Content:Readthepassgeanddothefilling.
*items.Outcome: Ssunderstandmorethelesson. - T_Ss
* Outcome: Sscando thefilling quiclyandcorrectly * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
* Content:Revise thepreviouslanguage
3. He/ Sheshouldn'ttakethingsfrom a shelf. 4. He/ Sheshouldn'tmakealotof noise. 5. He/ Sheshouldaskforsomewater if he/ shefeels thirsty.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. WRAP UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* PROJECT: Usethisasanin classactivitybeforeTet. EncourageSstosaytheirwishes.
AskSseach toget asmallpieceofpaper. (T mayprepareforthem,preferablyin differentcolourstomakethetreecolourful.)
Don'tfocus onorcorrectSslanguage mistakes.Thisisanopportunityforthemto experimentwiththelanguage. Attheend,askSstomakea list ofthe wishestheyaremostinterestedinso that theycansharethemwiththeirfamilywhen theyreturnhome.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
HaveSscomeup andhangtheirwisheson theWhentree.everybodyisready,callon someSs tocomeup,pickarandompieceofpaper, andreadthewishaloud.Theclassguesses whosewishitis.
308 * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
RemindSsnottowritetheirnamesonthe them3 - 5 minutestowritetheir wishes. T can demonstratebywritingon theboardsomeexamples,usingwishor want(eg. I wishmy parentshealthand happiness.orIwantnowarinthisworld.)
* Summarizethemainpoints.
-paper.Allow
- Ssshouldpreparetheproject as assigngroupsin the previouslessons beforehand. Listentotheteacher’sinstructions -carefully.Dothetasks.Preparetheathome beforehand.Ssshouldfinishtheprojectinclass, assigngroupsinthepreviouslessons.
AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: - AskSstocompletetheself-assessmenttable.Identifyanydifficultiesandweak areasandprovidefurtherpractice.
d)Speaking:Askingfordirections;Makingappointments;Sayingnewyear’swishes.
b) GRAMMAR: Review: Comparative adjectives; Must / Mustn’t. Countable and uncountablenouns. Shouuld/shouldn’t;someany. c) Writing: Writing a paragraph about a neighbourhood; Writing a paragraph about a naturalwonder;Writinganemailaboutwhatchildrenshould/shouldn’tdoatTet.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 309 *HOMEWORK Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingshould/shouldn’t =============== Dateofplanning:17/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:25/12/6A:25/12/20222022 WEEK:16 Period 48:REVIEW2 (UNIT 4-5-6) Lesson 1: LANGUAGE/Pronunciation Vocabulary-Grammar
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
a) Vocabulary: Ss revise words and phrases about places in a neighboooourhood; thingsin nature;thingsandactivitiesatTet.
I. OBJECTIVES: 1. Knowledge: TorevisethelanguageandskillstheyhavelearntinUnit 4-5-6.
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will be able to revise the language they have learnt and the skills they have practiced in Units 4 6. They have learnt so farin termsoflanguageandskills Practisingdoingexercises.
3. Quality/ behavior: Having the serious attitude toward studying and the good relationship with friends. The love of learning English. Hard working ; cooperative; sociable;goodcommunication.
310 Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson.
Aims: Introduction
Bytheendof thisreview,studentswillhaverevisedthelanguagetheyhavelearnt andtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits4 6. AskSswhattheyhavelearntintermsoflanguageandskills. Summarizetheir answersinnotesandwritethemIna top corneroftheboard.Brieflyrevisesome important/difficult itemsbeforestartingwiththereview.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON PRACTICEEXERCISES
A. LANGUAGE: • Pronunciation ACTIVITY1: Aim:To help Ssreview the pronunciationofthesoundslearntin Units4 6:/I/
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Revisiononthepreviouslesson.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhow todo. T_Ss - Opentheirbookand write.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 311 and/i:/, /t/ and/d/, and /s/ and /∫/ correctly.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Listen and circle the word with the differentunderlinedsound. *) Pre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation.....) if have + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary Writethethreepairsofsoundsonthe board.Saysomewordscontainingthesounds aloudandaskifSs canidentifywhichsound itAskis.Sstoreadaloudthewordsineach group anddecideby themselveswhichone is theoddoneout. PlaytherecordingforSstolisten and check their answers.HaveSsdothis exerciseIndividually. Checktheir answersasaclass. Sslistenagain andrepeatinchorusand individually.Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers - Checktheirpronunciation. 1. Listenandcircle thewordwith thedifferentunderlinedsound T_Ss * Vocabulary:…… + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhow todo the Answertasks. theteacher’squestions andenquirements. * Key:1 .A 2. C 3.B 4. C 5. C Audioscript: 1. A. seat B. wonders C. desert 2. A. cheap B. teach C. bread 3. A. sugar B. some C.sure 4. A. excuseB. between C. 5.cathedralA.modern B. crowded C. celebrate ACTIVITY2: Vocabulary
* Content:Listen andrepeatthewords.
* Outcome: Rememberthepronunciationofthesounds.
2. Write the words in the box (a h) next to their opposites(1-8) AskSstoreadtheadjectivesin thebox firstandtrytoremembertheir meaning. - Askif theyknowtheiroppositemeaning. ThenhaveSsdo theexercise independentlyAllowSstoexchangeanswerswitha -partner.Tchecksthe answersasaclass. Invitesomepairstoaskand answerinfront ofthe Observeclassandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.
Aim:To help Ssidentifythewordsthroughtheirdefinitions.
* Content:Review theadjectivesdescribingtheneighbourhood,thewonders.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
ACTIVITY3:
* Outcome: Sscando exercisescorrectly;exactly.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
312 Aim:To help Ss review the adjectivesdescribing the neighbourhood,the wondersofViet Nam,andTetholiday.
Doingexercises
2. Write the words in the box (a h)nextto their opposites(1-8) - T_Ss Ssworkindividually. Dothetasks Sharetheanswers. * Key: - Ss’answers
* Outcome: Sscanchoosethecorrect answer.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Content:Revisionbychoosingthewords/phrases.
denifition. - T_Ss Listentotheinstructionsclearly - Fulfilthetasks Copy 1*Key: . waterfall 2.compass 3 museum 4. wish 5. luckymoney Listentotheinstructionsclearly - Completethetasks, Givetheanswers 3. PRACTICEEXERCISES ACTIVITY4: Grammar Aim:To help Ssreview grammarelements taughtin Units4-6:must/ mustn't, some/ any,andcomparativeadjectives. * Content:Review grammarelementstaughtinUnits4 6 * Outcome: Remembertheform, theuseofsomegrammarpoints.Doing exercisescorrectly * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
313 Choose the correct word/ phrase for each denifition. AskSstodo thisexerciseindividually. HaveSsto swaptheir answerswitha Checkpartner.Ss'answersasaclass. T mayaskSstounderlinethekeywordsthat help themdeterminetheir answers. Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
Choose the correct word/ phrasefor
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3.
3. each
*carefully.Dothetasks.Givetheanswers
1.Key: B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5.A ACTIVITY5: Aim:To help Ssreview the use ofshould/shouldn't. * Content:Completethesentencesusingshould/shouldn't. * Outcome: Sscando it quickly,correctly * Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 314 4. Complete the sentences with the correct answerA, B,or C. - HaveSsdo theexercise individually. Get Sstoexchangetheir answersand discussIfthereIs anydifferenceIn their answers.CheckSs'answersasaclass,andexplainif needed.HaveSscomparetheir answerswitha classmate.Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers. 4. Complete the sentences with the correct answerA, B, or C. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions
5. Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefully.Dothetasks.Preparetheathome -beforehand.Givetheanswers should 2. shouldn't 3. 4. should 5. should WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) themainpoints. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedto lesson; + Theuseshould/shouldn’t * HOMEWORK Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency. Theend oftheweek 16 duyệt của tổ chuyên môn 18 tháng 12 năm 2022
shouldn't
315 5. Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t. Havea briefrevisionofshould/shouldn'tby naminganactivity.Sssayiftheyshould/ shouldn'tdoit. HaveSsdo thisexerciseindependently. Checktheanswersasaclass. - CheckSs'answers.Askthemfor explanationifnecessary.
*Summarize
Ký
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Ngày
4.
1.*Key:
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 316 TrầnThị NgọcMai Dateofplanning:24/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:28/12/6A:28/12/20222022 WEEK:17 Period 49:REVIEW2 (UNIT 4-5-6) Lesson 2: SKILLS/reading-SpeakingListening- Writing I. OBJECTIVES:
b) GRAMMAR: Review: Comparative adjectives; Must / Mustn’t. Countable and uncountablenouns. Shouuld/shouldn’t;someany.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
II. TEACHINGAIDS: - Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III. PROCEDURE:
Aims: Introduction - Bytheendof thisreview,studentswillhaverevisedthelanguagetheyhavelearnt andtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits4 6. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofarinterms oflanguageandskills.Summarize theiranswersandaddsomemoreinformationifnecessary.
d)Speaking:Askingfordirections;Makingappointments;Sayingnewyear’swishes.
317
1. Knowledge: To revise the skills they have learnt in Unit 4-5-6. Reading ; speaking; listening and writingskills.
2. Competence: By the end ofthe lesson students will beableto revisetheskills they havelearntinUnit4,5,6.Practisingdoingexercises.
3. Quality/ behavior: Having the serious attitude toward studying and the good relationship with friends. The love of learning English. Hard working ; cooperative; sociable;goodcommunication.
T mayusetheLanguagereview asa self test.Ssdotheexercises in 30minutes, thenT checkstheir answers.Otherwise,Tcan conducteachactivityseparately.
a) Vocabulary: Ss revise words and phrases about places in a neighboooourhood; thingsin nature;thingsandactivitiesatTet.
1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION(5’)
c) Writing: Writing a paragraph about a neighbourhood; Writing a paragraph about a naturalwonder;Writinganemailaboutwhatchildrenshould/shouldn’tdoatTet.
* Content:Revisionthepreviouslessons.Havingsomewarm upactivitiestocreatea friendlyandrelaxed atmospheretoinspireSstowarmuptothenewlesson.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
if have….. HaveSsreadtheheadingsandthe paragraphscarefullybeforetheydecide whichgoes withwhich. - Askthemtounderlinethewords/phrases in theparagraphstohelp themmatch.Go
1. Readthepassageandmatch the headings(A,B, C)with the
* Outcome: Getsomeinformationofthepassagebydoingthematching.
*) Pre- teach vocabulary: Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation.....)
+paragraphs.T_SsVocabulary: + Students (Ss)listentothe instructionscarefullyandlearnhowto dothe Answertasks.theteacher’squestionsand enquirements.
ACTIVITY1: Reading Aim:To help Sspractice readingforgeneralinformation.
318
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON(25’)
PRACTICEEXERCISES-SKILLS
* Content:Readingthepassageanddothematching.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 1. Readthepassageandmatch the headings(A,B, C)with the paragraphs.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…
* Outcome: HavingachancetospeakEnglishandfocusonthetopicofthelesson..
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. AskSstoopentheirbookandintroduce whattheyaregoingto study…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowto -do.Opentheirbookand write.
HaveSsreadeach sentenceandlookfor thekey word(s)InIt. Decidewheretolookfortheinformation (paragraph1,2,or3)in 1. Thiswillmakeit quickerandeasierforSstofind thecorrect
* Vocabulary:… Ssworkindividuallyfirstthenwork in pairsaskandanswerthequestions Dothetasks Sharetheanswers.
* 1.Key: A 2. A 3. B 4.C
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
2. Read the passage again and choose the correct answerA, B or C *) Pre teach vocabulary: - Teacher uses different techniques to teach vocabulary (situation, realia, trandlation ....)
Aim:To help Ss practice readingforspecific information.
319 throughtheunderlinedwordsandphrasesSs havedone. Guidethemhowtolookfor clues. Thiswillhelp Ss do activity2more easily.Checktheanswersasa class. - Checktheirpronunciation Confirmthecorrect answers
* Outcome: Understandingmorethecontentofthepassagebychoosingthebest answer.
* Key: 1. B 2.C 3.A ACTIVITY2: PRACTICEEXERCISES
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Eganswers..Sentence
2. Read the passage again and choosethecorrect answerA,B or C T_Ss; Ssdo it.
if have + Followthestepstoteachvocabulary
1 hasplantsandflowers'goto -> paragraph1:Nature. CheckSs'answersasaclass. - Observeandhelp whenandwhere necessary,andcorrectSs'pronunciationand intonation.
* Content:Readingthepassageagainforspecificinformation.
ACTIVITY4: Listening
3. Workin pairs. Readthe passage “VisitSingapore”againandmakea list oftheplaces. taketurns to ask andfindoutwhich placeyour partnerwantsto visit andwhy.
ACTIVITY3: Speaking Aim:To help Ss practice askingandansweringaboutaplacethey wantto visit andexplainwhy.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 320
3. PRACTICE(10’)
* Outcome: Improvespeakingskills.Askingandfindingoutwhichplacestheir partnerswanttovisit.
- T_Ss - Ssworkin pairs Listentotheinstructionsclearly - Workin pairs - Ss’sanswers.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content 3. Workin pairs. Readthe passage“Visit Singapore” againandmakealist of the places. taketurnsto ask andfindout whichplace yourpartnerwantsto visit andwhy. AskSstorefer tothepassageabout Singaporein 1 andmakealist oftheplaces mentioned.Allowthemsometimetoformtheirown ideasofwheretogo andwhytheywantto go there.- HaveSsthenworkinpairs, askingandansweringtofindoutwheretheir partnerswanttogoandwhy. GoroundandsupportSsIfIt'sneeded. CallonsomeSs/ pairstopresenttheir Ideastotheclass. Let Ss dotheexerciseandthencompare theiranswers. - Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers.
* Content:Readagainthepassage.Makealist oftheplaces.Ask andanaswerabout theplaces.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions….. Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Content:Listen toa travelagentabouttheirtriptoSingapore.TickT/F
If thereis enoughtime,T maytell Ssmore abouttheLight andSoundShowand TheSentosa.Light andSoundShow:aformof nighttimeentertainmentthatisusually presentedoutdoor,usinglightandsoundto tell ahistoricalstory.
Sentosa:asunnyislandinSingapore,abig centreof entertainment,whichoffers activitiesforpeopleofdifferentage groups. ThereareSeaAquarium,ButterflyPark, InsectKingdom,SkylineLuge, Cove Waterpark,UniversalStudio,andthefamous Light andSoundShow. - Comparetheir answers.
321 Aim:To help Ssreview listening forspecific information(T/Fquestions).
* Outcome: SsListenandcantick T/F correctly.
4. Mai’sfamilyis talkingto a tavel agentabouttheir trip to singapore. Listen andtick (✓) T (True) orF -(False)T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions carefully.Checktheanswers - Givetheanswers * Key: 1. T 2.F 3. T 4. T 5. F
Audioscript: Travel agent:Herewehavea four day programmeforyou... Mai's mother:Dowe visitsomewhere natural?
4. Mai’sfamilyis talkingto a tavelagent abouttheirtrip to singapore.Listen and tick (✓) T (True) orF (False) - AllowSs sometimetoreadthestatements carefullyget thegist ofthelistening. Guidethemtolookfor keywordswhich can help themfocuswhilelistening.For example:fourdays(1),won'tgo(2)a full dayPlay(3)...therecordingtwoorthreetimes(as needed).Ss listenandtickthe answers. - AllowSs toswaptheir answers. Checktheir answersasaclass.Encourage Ssto correctthefalsestatement(s).
Travel agent:Ohyes. Wehavetwo daysfornature:onedayatthe NationalParkandonedayatthezoo. Mai's mother:HowaboutSentosa? Travel agent:Sentosaisa 'must'for families.We spendonedaythere. Mai's mother:Is it enough?
Travel agent: Westartearlyandreturn late.TherewevisittheSea Aquarium... Mai's mother:Whatisit?
ACTIVITY5: Writing
* Outcome: Sscancompletetheparagraphtodescribetheplacetheylive.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
HaveSsreadthe guidedparagraphfirstand decidewhich informationisneededfor each
Travel agent:In theeveningwe will watchtheLight andSoundShow.And thelastdayis for...
T collects somewritingtogivefeedbackat home.Getfeedback.
322 Checkandconfirmthecorrect answers Travel agent:It'sazoo for fish.
-carefully.DothetasksComparetheanswers
Sampleanswer:
Aim:To help Sscompletea guidedparagraphofabout50wordsto describe their neighbourhood.
5. Completethis paragraphtodescribe the placeyoulive.
* Content:Completeaguidedparagraph.
I live in Tam Diep Town, Ninh Binh. Life is very slow and quiet here. There are large pineapple fields in my Atneighbourhood.weekends,my friends and I often go to the town playground where we can play football and fly kites. That's our favourite place.
blank.Allowthemsometimetothinkaboutthe informationtheyneedtocompletetheframe.
Mai's mother: Great.
* Organization:Teacher’sinstructions…..
* Post- writing Callononeortwovolunteerstoreadaloud theiranswers.CallforotherSs'comments. - Collectsomewritingstocorrectathome.
5. Completethis paragraphto describe the placeyoulive. - T_Ss Listentotheteacher’sinstructions
Allowthemsometimetodo thetask. - Goroundandcheckif theyaredoingthe taskcorrectlyandofferhelp ifneeded.
* HOMEWORK Readagaintheconversation Domoreexercises in workbook. Makemoresentencesusingadverbsoffrequency.
II. LANGUAGECONTENTS: - Vocabulary:-Pronunciation:thesounds:-thesounds/әu / and/ ʌ / pronouncing:/ z / , /s/ and/iz/. Thesounds/b/and/p. Thesounds/I/and/i:/. Thesounds/t/and/st/ Thesounds/s/and/ʃ / GRAMMAR: Thepresentsimpletense. Thepresentprogressivetense.
4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’)
* Summarizethemainpoints. AskSswhatthey havelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtofriends…
Dateofplanning:24/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:29/12/6A:29/12/20222022
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 323
Period 50: REVISIONFORTHEFIRST TERM Week: 17 I. THEAIMSANDOBJECTIVES: - Toreviseunit1,2,3,4,5,6.Extendand practicevocabularyrelatedto1,2,3,4,5,6. Identifyandpracticethelanguageitemsofunits1,2,3,4,5,6 Bytheendof thisUnit,studentscanrevisethelanguageitemsof units1,2,3,4,5,6 theyhavestudiedandtheskillstheyhavepracticed.
Personality:tínhcách.
Thereis / thereare... Thepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutfuturearrangements. Adjectivetocomparethings. Comparisonsandsuperlativesformsofadjectives. Touse:Should,shouldn’t.Futuresimple:will. Won’t+V + VOCABULARY: - Schoolthings,activities:Nhữngthứvànhữnghoạtđộngthuộcvềtrườnghọc.
,sông...) Tetthingsandactivities:Nhữngvậtvàhoạtđộngtrongdịp Tết. + PRONUNCIATION: Sound/∂ / and / /, Sound /z/, /s/and /xz/, Sound /b / and / p/, Sound /i: / and / I/, Sound /t / and / st/, Sound /s / and / /, + Skills: Reading , listening , speaking skills. Write the contents of a website introducingthecity/townwhereyou live III. TEACHINGAIDS: T:Textbook,laptop,projector.... St:Textbook. IV. PROCEDURES: Teacher’sActivities Students’ Activities I. WARMUP(3): Greetings. Chatting. Greetings.Chatting.
Typesofhouse,Roomsandfurniture:Nhữngloạinhà,phòngvàđồđạctrongnhà. Bodypartsandappearance:Nhữngbộphậncơthểvàngoạihình.
Travel
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Wordstonameplacesinaneighbourhood:Từvựngvề têncác nơichốntrongkhu dân.Wordstogivedirections:Từvựngđểđưa ranhữngchỉdẫnvềphươnghướng(chỉ đườWordsng)todescribeaneighbourhood:Từvựngđể tảmộtkhudâncư. items:vậtdụngdùngtrongkhiđidulịch Thingsin nature:nhữngthứtrongtựnhiên(núi
324
1. a.To be:am / is / are: (+) S + am/ is / are… Ex:She( be)…is…… a student. (-) S + am / is / are+ not… (?)Am / Is / Are+ S + … b. OrdinaryVerbs (+) S + V s / es … Ex:He ( go ) …goes… toschooleveryday (-) S + do/ does+ not+ verb inf. Ex:I donotgotoschool./Hedoesnotgo toschool. (?)Do / Does+ S + Verb ( bare – inf) …?. Ex:Doyougo toschool? / Doeshego toschool? - Trongcâuthườngcó cáctrạngtừ:always, usually, often, sometimes , never , every … 2. Thepresent progressivetense ( ThìHiện tạitiếp diễn ) (+ ) S + am/ is / are+ V ing… ( ) S + am/ is / are+ not+V ing … (?)Am / Is / Are+ S + V ing …?. Thườngcó các trạngtừở cuốicâu:Now, at present, atthe moment, rightnow, atthis time …vàLook!, Listen ! , Be careful!, Be quite!, …..ở đầucâu. 3. Thesimple futuretense (Thìtươnglaiđơn). (+) S + will / shall+ V ( bare inf )… ( ) S + won’t/ shan’t+ V ( bare inf) … (?)Will / Shall+ S + V ( bare inf )…?. Yes , S + will / shall. No,S + won’t/ shan’t. - Thườngcó các trạngtừ:soon, tomorrow, tonight, next week Follow teacher’s feedback.-instructions.GiveDothe teacher’s tasks.DoexercisesCopy
A.A.GrammarThesimple
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
325 II. PRESENTATION(12’): Teacherusesdifferent techniquestoelicit fromSs present tense: ( Thìhiện tạiđơn)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 326 / month/year… oneday,… B. Structures: 1. Comparativeofadjectives ( sosánhcủatínhtừ). 1A.Comparative:(sosánhhơn) a. Shortadjs:Adj.-er + than b. Longadjs:More+ adj. +than 1B.Superlatives:(so sánhnhất) a. Shortadjs:The+ adj+ est … b. Longadjs:Themost+ adj… 2B.Structures: 1. Comparativeofadjectives ( sosánhcủatínhtừ). 1A.Comparative:(sosánhhơn) a. Shortadjs:Adj. er + than b. Longadjs:More+ adj. +than 1B Superlatives:(so sánhnhất) a. Shortadjs:The+ adj+ est … b. Longadjs:Themost+ adj… 2. Wouldyoulike+ to inf/ Noun…? 3. Is there a / an…? Are there any…? 4. Prepositions:under,near, nextto, behind, between, opposite ,in frontof… 5. Whatabout/Howabout+ V ing …?= Whydon’twe+Vinf…? 6. Let’s + V inf?= Shallwe+ V inf....? 7. I’d like + to inf = I want+ to inf… 8. Enjoy+V- ing= Like+ V-ing / to-inf … 9. Should+V inf.= Oughtto+ V inf 10.ComparisonofNouns(sosánhcủadanhtừ) Sosánhnhiềuhơncủadanhtừđếm được:S1+V(s/es)+ more + Ns + than+S2 Follow teacher’s feedback.instructions.GiveDothe teacher’s -tasks.DoexercisesCopyFollow teacher’s feedback.instructions.Give
327 So sánhnhiềuhơncủadanhtừkhôngđếmđược:S +V(s/es)+ more+ uncount.N+than+S2 Sosánhíthơn củadanhtừđếm được:S + V(s/es)+ fewer + N s + than+S2 Sosánhíthơncủa danhtừkhôngđếmđược:S + V(s/es)+ less + N + than+S2. Ex:Heworks72hoursaweek. Hiswife works56hoursaweek. →Heworksmorehoursthanhiswife. →Hiswifeworksfewerhoursthanhe. Ex:Idrinktwocupsoftea.Landrinksthreecupsofteaa day. →IdrinklessteathanLan →LandrinksmoreteathanI Phrases:ontheleft/ right, in themiddle, differentfrom, interested in , atthe backof, on theshelves , on theracks , be goodat, learn about V.
SUMMARYANDHOMEWORK(2’) Learnbyheartnew Doexercisein workbook. Preparenewlesson. Preparefortest45’(1) Dothe teacher’s tasks.DoexercisesCopy Dateofplanning:24/12/2022 Dateofteaching:6B:29/12/6A:29/12/20222022 WEEK17 Period 51: REVISIONFORTHEFIRST TERM (continued) A. Grammar A. Thesimplepresent tense: ( Thìhiện tạiđơn) 1. a.To be:am / is / are: (+) S + am/ is / are… Ex:She( be)…is…… a student. (-) S + am / is / are+ not…
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Trongcâuthườngcó cáctrạngtừ:always, usually, often, sometimes , never , every … 2. Thepresent progressivetense ( ThìHiện tạitiếp diễn ) (+ ) S + am/ is / are+ V ing… ( ) S + am/ is / are+ not+V ing … (?)Am / Is / Are+ S + V ing …?. Thườngcó các trạngtừở cuốicâu:Now, at present, atthemoment, rightnow, atthis time …vàLook!, Listen ! , Becareful!, Bequite!, …..ởđầucâu.
3. Thesimple futuretense (Thìtươnglaiđơn). (+) S + will / shall+ V ( bare inf )… (-) S + won’t/ shan’t+ V ( bare inf) … (?)Will / Shall+ S + V ( bare inf )…?. Yes , S + will / shall. No,S + won’t/ shan’t. Thườngcó các trạngtừ:soon, tomorrow, tonight, next week / month/year… oneday,… B. Structures: 1. Comparativeofadjectives ( sosánhcủatínhtừ). 1A.Comparative:(sosánhhơn) a. Shortadjs:Adj.-er + than b. Longadjs:More+ adj. +than 1B Superlatives:(so sánhnhất) a. Shortadjs:The+ adj+ est …
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 328 (?)Am / Is / Are+ S + … b. OrdinaryVerbs (+) S + V s / es … Ex:He ( go ) …goes… toschooleveryday (-) S + do/ does+ not+ verb–inf. Ex:I donotgotoschool./Hedoesnotgo toschool. (?)Do / Does+ S + Verb ( bare inf) …?. Ex:Doyougo toschool? / Doeshego toschool?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 329 b. Longadjs:Themost+ adj… 2B.Structures: 1. Comparativeofadjectives ( sosánhcủatínhtừ). 1A.Comparative:(sosánhhơn) a. Shortadjs:Adj.-er + than b. Longadjs:More+ adj. +than 1B.Superlatives:(so sánhnhất) a. Shortadjs:The+ adj+ est … b. Longadjs:Themost+ adj… 2. Wouldyoulike+ to inf/ Noun…? 3. Is there a / an…? Are there any…? 4. Prepositions:under,near, nextto, behind, between, opposite ,in frontof… 5. Whatabout/Howabout+ V ing …?= Whydon’twe+V inf…? 6. Let’s + V inf?= Shallwe+ V inf....? 7. I’d like + to inf = I want+ to inf… 8. Enjoy+V- ing= Like+ V-ing / to-inf … 9. Should+V inf.= Oughtto+ V inf 10.ComparisonofNouns(sosánhcủadanhtừ) Sosánhnhiềuhơncủadanhtừđếm được:S1+V(s/es)+ more+ Ns + than+S2 So sánhnhiềuhơncủadanhtừkhôngđếmđược:S +V(s/es)+ more+ uncount.N+ than+S2 Sosánhíthơn củadanhtừđếm được:S + V(s/es)+ fewer + N s + than+S2 - Sosánhíthơncủa danhtừkhôngđếmđược:S + V(s/es)+ less + N + than+S2. Ex:Heworks72hoursaweek Hiswife works56hoursaweek →Heworksmorehoursthanhiswife. →Hiswifeworksfewerhoursthanhe. Ex:Idrinktwocupsoftea.Landrinksthreecupsofteaa day. →IdrinklessteathanLan. →LandrinksmoreteathanI
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 330 Phrases:ontheleft/ right, in themiddle, differentfrom, interested in , atthe backof, onthe shelves, onthe racks, be goodat, learn about C. SPEAKING Hình thứckiểm tra: Question and Answer: Hỏi và trả lời, Picture description: Tả tranh….. Nộidung: Describe yourschool/Describeyourhouse - talk aboutyourhouseandroomsin yourhouse Talkaboutappearanceandcharacterof yourbest friend - talk aboutyoursummerplan - TalkaboutTetholidayandThetraditionsendof theweek 17 Ký duyệt của tổ chuyên môn Ngày25 tháng 12 năm 2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai Dateofplanning:31/12/2022 Period 52:REVISION Dateofteaching: 6A:03/1/2022 6B:03/1/2022 WEEK:18 I. THEAIMSANDOBJECTIVES: Toreviseunit1,2,3,4,5,6.Extendandpracticevocabularyrelatedto1,2,3,4,5,6. Identifyandpracticethelanguageitemsofunits1,2,3,4,5,6 - Bytheendof thisUnit,studentscanrevisethelanguageitemsof units1,2,3,4,5,6 theyhavestudiedandtheskillstheyhavepracticed.
Wordstonameplacesinaneighbourhood:Từvựngvề têncác nơichốntrongkhu dân.Wordstogivedirections:Từvựngđểđưa ranhữngchỉdẫnvềphươnghướng(chỉ đườWordsng)
VOCABULARY: - Schoolthings,activities:Nhữngthứvànhữnghoạtđộngthuộcvềtrườnghọc. Typesofhouse,Roomsandfurniture:Nhữngloạinhà,phòngvàđồđạctrongnhà.
todescribeaneighbourhood:Từvựngđể tảmộtkhudâncư.
- Bodypartsandappearance:Nhữngbộphậncơthểvàngoạihình. Personality:tínhcách.
Thepresentsimpletense. - Thepresentprogressivetense. Thereis / thereare... Thepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutfuturearrangements. Adjectivetocomparethings. Comparisonsandsuperlativesformsofadjectives. Touse:Should,shouldn’t.Futuresimple:will. Won’t+V +
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
GRAMMAR:
Thingsin nature:nhữngthứtrongtựnhiên(núi,sông...)
331 II. LANGUAGECONTENTS: - Vocabulary:-Pronunciation:thesounds:-thesounds/әu / and/ ʌ / pronouncing:/ z / , /s/ and/iz/. Thesounds/b/and/p. Thesounds/I/and/i:/. Thesounds/t/and/st/ - Thesounds/s/and/ʃ /
Tetthingsandactivities:Nhữngvậtvàhoạtđộngtrongdịp Tết. + PRONUNCIATION: Sound /∂ / and / /, Sound /z/, /s/and /xz/, Sound /b / and / p/, Sound /i: / and / I/, Sound /t / and / st/, Sound /s / and / /,
Travelitems:vậtdụngdùngtrongkhiđidulịch
IV. PROCEDURES:
5. WhydoestheauthorlikeMai?
2. Whichof thesesentencesdescribesMai?
Duration:(1) ______days Beingthe(2)______holidayinViet Nam
A. Maiis shortwithlongstraighthairandaroundface. B. Maiis tallwithshortstraighthairandalongface. C. Maiis tallwithlong straighthairandaroundface.
A. Becauseshe's interesting.
1. Whois theauthortalkingabout?
3. WhichclothingdoesMailike wearing?
332 + Skills: Reading , listening , speaking skills. Write the contents of a website introducingthecity/townwhereyou live......... III. TEACHINGAIDS: T:Textbook,laptop,projector.... St:Textbook.
1. Listen to a girl talkingaboutaperson.Circle thebest answerA, B orC. Youwill listen TWICE.(1,0pt)
A. T shirtsandskirts B. T shirtsandjeans C. Skirtsanddresses
Should: (3)______aboutgoodthings
4. Whichof thesignsis Mai'ssign? A. Virgo B. Libra C. Pisces
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
I. LISTENING
B. Becauseshe'sfriendly. C. Becauseshe'stalkative.
2. Listen to a girl talkingaboutTetholidayinViet Nam.Fill each ofthe gaps with A WORD.Youwilllisten TWICE.(1,0pt) Tet holidayinViet Nam
A. Herfriends B. Herneighbour C. Herbestfriend
4. Howmanyroomsarethere___________yournewhouse? A. in B. on C. of 5. There isn't___________milkin thefridge. A. a B. some C. any 6. Let’s___________ashoppinglistforyourbirthday. A. make B. tomake C. making 7. Wheredo youwanttoputthesofa? ___________thewindow. A. Between B. Behind C. Nextto 8. We arehavingdinnerinthe__________. A. bathroom B. bedroom C. kitchen 9. Whataboutlisteningtomusic? A. Goodidea B. I don'tlike C. I’dlike it. .10__________isyourfavouriteroom? Mybedroom. A. What B. Where C. How .11My parents___________toworkat8everyday. A. aregoing B. go C. goes .12What___________atthemoment? A. areyoudoing B. youaredoing C. doyoudo .13My closefriend,Mai,hasa faceand hair.
II. LANGUAGEFOCUS(3,0pts)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 333 wear(4)______colours Shouldn’t:(5)______orswear
Choosetheword witha differentwayof pronunciationintheunderlinedpart. Circle A, B or C. 1.A. pictures B. desks C. chairs 2.A. lunch B. subject C. music 3.A. coffee B. see C. agree Choosethebest optionto completeeach sentence. Circle A, B or C.
4. Don’tenter thisareabecauseit’snotsafe.…B……….
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Don’ttouchthisbecauseit’shot.……C…….
A tree house is my most favourite house. It is on a tree, of course. But it is under the big branches of leaves. It’s made of wood. There is a big glass window on the roof. I can watch the birds inside the trees through that. There is a ladder from the ground to the floor ofthehouse. I can run up and down it. Thehouse is small, so Iput no table and chair there. I like to store my favourite toys in the house. It’s also a wonderfulhideawayplace.Ican playhideandseekwithmyfriends afterschool.
1. Whatisthepassageabout? A. A houseintheboy’sdream B. Theboy’sfavouritehouse Violin lessons for children between 5 and 7.
334 A. big black B. small short C. round black
1. Readthenotices then matchthem with thesuitablesentences. (1,5pt) A B C D E
3. Don’twalkonthegrass.…A…….
1. Youmustn’tgointo. …D……….
5. Wehaveviolinlessons forchildrenbetween5and7.…E……….
14.My bestfriendis very______.Shecaresaboutotherpeople. A. shy B. kind C. funny 5.1My neighbourhoodismuch______thanhis. A. morepeaceful B. peaceful C. mostpeaceful III. READING
2. Readthepassage.Circle the best answerA, B or C to each ofthe questions. (1,5pt)
MY DREAMHOUSE
IV. WRITING
1. Hoa'sschoolhasmorethan500students.
2. Thelamp is behindthecomputer. A. Thecomputerisunderthelamp B. Thecomputerisnearthelamp C. Thecomputerisin frontofthelamp 3. PhonglikesMathsmost.
A. Nothing B. Tableandchair C. Toys 5. Whatdoestheboylike doingmost withthetreehouse?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
A. Leaves B. Wood C. Glass
A. theladder B. theground C. thefloor
A. Phong'sfavouriteschoolismaths B. Phong'sfavouritesubjectismaths C. Phong'sfavouritefriendismaths 4. Linhhasa smallnose. A. Linh’snoseissmall B. Nose’sLinhissmall C. Linh is a Smallnose
335 C. Buildinga treehouse 2. Whatisthematerialofthehouse?
A. Thereis morethan500studentsinHoa'sschool
B. Therearemorethan500studentsinHoa'sschool
1. Completethe secondsentence so thatit meansthe sameasthe first. (1,0pt)
4. Whataretherein thetreehouse?
3. Whatdoestheword 'it'in line 4 mean?
C. Therearemorethan500studentsforHoa'sschool
A. Watchingbirdsfromthehouse B. Playingwithhisfavouritetoys C. Hidingfromhis friends
II. LANGUAGECONTENTS: - Vocabulary: Pronunciation:thesounds: thesounds/әu / and/ ʌ / pronouncing:/ z / , /s/ and/iz/. - Thesounds/b/and/p. Thesounds/I/and/i:/ Thesounds/t/and/st/ Thesounds/s/and/ʃ / GRAMMAR: Thepresentsimpletense. Thepresentprogressivetense. Thereis / thereare...
2.
336 5. Let’s playchess afterschool. Whataboutplaychessafterschool? Whataboutplayingchessafterschool? Whatabouttoplayingchessafterschool Reorderthewordsto makecompletesentences (1,0pt) a /town/house/live/in/I You/pick/theschool/garden/mustn't/in/flowers Howmuch/for/ you/ need/do/yourtea?/sugar than/is/noisier/thatone./Thisstreet them/clean/We/ at/ and/decorate/with/ourhomes/flowers/Tet.
4.
B.
A.
5.
1.
2.
Dateofplanning:31/12/2022 Period 53:REVISION Dateofteaching:6A:05/1/2022 6B:05/1/2022 WEEK:18 I. THEAIMSANDOBJECTIVES: - Toreviseunit1,2,3,4,5,6.Extendandpracticevocabularyrelatedto1,2,3,4,5,6. Identifyandpracticethelanguageitemsofunits1,2,3,4,5,6 - Bytheendof thisUnit,studentscanrevisethelanguageitemsof units1,2,3,4,5,6 theyhavestudiedandtheskillstheyhavepracticed.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3.
C.
Bodypartsandappearance:Nhữngbộphậncơthểvàngoạihình. Personality:tínhcách.
Wordstonameplacesinaneighbourhood:Từvựngvề têncác nơichốntrongkhu -dân.Wordstogivedirections:Từvựngđểđưa ranhữngchỉdẫnvềphươnghướng(chỉ đườWordsng)
Tetthingsandactivities:Nhữngvậtvàhoạtđộngtrongdịp Tết. + PRONUNCIATION: Sound /∂ / and / /, Sound /z/, /s/and /xz/, Sound /b / and / p/, Sound /i: / and / I/, Sound /t / and / st/, Sound /s / and / /, + Skills: Reading , listening , speaking skills. Write the contents of a website introducingthecity/townwhereyou live......... III. TEACHINGAIDS: T:Textbook,laptop,projector.... St:Textbook. IV. PROCEDURES: A. Listening(2 pts) Part 1: You will hear 5 short conversations. You will hear each conversation twice. There is one question for each conversation. For each question there are 3 pictures. Choose the correct picture A, B or C. (1.0 pt) 1. Whatishedoing
todescribea neighbourhood:Từvựngđể tảmộtkhudâncư. Travelitems:vậtdụngdùngtrongkhiđidulịch Thingsin nature:nhữngthứtrongtựnhiên(núi,sông...)
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Thepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutfuturearrangements. Adjectivetocomparethings. Comparisonsandsuperlativesformsofadjectives. Touse:Should,shouldn’t.Futuresimple:will. Won’t+V + VOCABULARY: Schoolthings,activities:Nhữngthứvànhữnghoạtđộngthuộcvềtrườnghọc. - Typesofhouse,Roomsandfurniture:Nhữngloạinhà,phòngvàđồđạctrongnhà.
337
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 338 A B C 2. Whatistherenearhere? A B C 3. Whatcolouristheumbrellashewanttobuy? A white B blue C black 4. WhatareBillandMarydoing? A B C 5. Whichis acrossfromthemovietheater? A B C Part 2. Listen to the conversation then complete the missing words ( 1.0 pt) 1. Janeis in the………………….………………… 2. Sheis playingthe ...............................................
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 339
5. Whatisthedogdoing? It is ……………… B. Grammar,vocabularyandlanguagefunction.(3pts) Choose the best answer A, B or C to complete each sentence.
1. Oddoneout: A. bean B. pea C. heavy 2. Oddoneout: A. desert B. meter C. tent 3. Oddoneout: A. backpack B. sleepingbag C. island 4. Oddoneout: A. peaceful B. square C. temple 5. Shecooked thanyou. A. well B. moregood C. better 6. Thisfilm is interestingthanthatfilm. A. so B. more C. as 7. Maiis thanhersister. A. pretty B. prettier C. moreprettier 8. Maibrushes teetheverymorning. A. his B. my C. her 9. Mai dressedatsixthirtyeverymorning. A. does B. brushes C. gets 10.My bestfriendis kindand . He oftenmakesmelaugh. A. funny B. nice C. shy 11.Lindahas hairandbig eyes. A. blonde small B. a black blue C. blonde blue 12.Sheis always atschool.Shehelpsotherstudentswiththeirhomework. A. hardly B. helpful C. workhard 13.Nam footballnow.He’stired.
3. Thecar is in the…………………….………….. 4. The................................. is in frontofthedoor.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 340 A. doesn’tplay B. plays C. isn’tplaying 14.Happynewyear! A. Thankyou B. OK C. Happynewyear! 15.Wouldyoulikesomecakes? A. Yes,I do B. No,thanks C. No,I wouldn’t C. Reading(3pts) Part 1. Which notice (A F) says this (1 5)? Match the sentences from 1 5 with the correct notices from A to F. (1,5 pt) A B C D E F 1. You don’t walk on the grass. 2. Danger!Cannotswimhere. 3. You don’t smoke in here. 4. Youcannotplaysoccerhere. 5. Youdon’tlitter. Answer : 1. ______2.______3. ______4. ______5. Part 2: Read the passage and choose the best answer for the question(1,5pts) DearTim, Thanksforyourletter.Iamveryglad tohearthatyouarefine. I amfine, too.It’s reallyinterestingtoknowaboutvacationsofAmericanstudents. Youareright.Wehavefewer vacationsthanAmericanstudents.Eachyear,we justhaveaboutfourvacations.Wehavea dayoffforIndependentDayonSeptember 2nd,twodaysoffon April30thandMayDay.OurmostimportantvacationisTet. Tet holidayoftenlastsfornineor tendays.Ourlongestvacationissummervacation.
D. Writing (2 pts)
A. sevendays B.eight days C.nineor tendays
1. Lanoftengoesto schoolon foot.
A. summer B.Tet C. MayDay 4. Whichvacationisthemostimportant? A. summer B.Tet C. IndependentDay
5. Hungislazier thanHoa A. Hungis notashard-workingasHoa B.Hoais morehard-working than Hung
Part 1:Choosesentence whichhasthe samemeaningwiththerootsenctence.
1. DoVietnamesestudentshavemoreorfewer vacationsthanAmericastudents?
341
5. HowlongdoesTetholidaylast?
4. Thereare fivepeoplein my family.
3. Whichvacationisthelongest?
3. Myhouseis in frontofthe smalllake.
2. It’s importantforyouto go to schoolon time .
A. Thesmalllakeis nearmy house. B.Thesmalllakeis nexttomy house. C. Thesmalllakeis behindmyhouse.
2. HowmanyvacationsdoVietnamesestudentshave? A. four B. five C.six
C. Myfamily arefive people.
It lastforalmostthreemonths.Weusuallyspendtimewithourfamilies.Wedon’t havevacationforEaster,ThanksgivingandChristmas,butwealsocelebratethem. Pleasewriteandtell me yourlastsummervacation. Yourfriend,
A. Lan often walks to school. B. Lan sometimesgoestoschoolbybus. C. Lanalwaysridesherbiketo school.
A. Youwant togotoschoolontime. B. Youmust goto schoolontime. C. Youmustn’t gotoschoolontime.
A. Yes,theydo B. No,theydon’t C. Theyhavefewer vacations
A. Myfamily don’thavefivepeople. B. Myfamily hasfivepeople.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 342 C. Both&B arecorrect. Part 2. *Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (1 pt ) 1. live/ Myfamily/apartment/an/in / TranPhustreet./on// ………………………………………………………………………………. 2. you/pass/Can/notebook/me/please/the? ………………………………………………………………………………. 3. visiting/They/are/milk farm/tomorrow/a. 4. Nga/Lan/go/and/by/to school/motorbike ………………………………………………………………………………5.……………………………………………………………………………….play/Let’s/and/badminton/soccer Week: Period:1851 Dateofwriting:31/12/2022 Dayofteaching:8A:07/01/2022 8B:07/01/2022 THEFIRST TERMTEST Time:60’ A. OBJECTIVES 1. Knowledge - To test students’ understanding in grammar, vocabulary, listening, reading and writingafterunitsinthefirstterm. Students need to know, how much knowledge they’ve learnt, how well they’ve madewhichlanguageareatheymustpractise more. Languagecontent. a. Vocabulary:Unit1-6 b. Grammar: Thepresentsimpletense. - Thepresentprogressivetense.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 343 Thereis / thereare... Thepresentcontinuoustensetotalkaboutfuturearrangements. Adjectivetocomparethings. Comparisonsandsuperlativesformsofadjectives. Touse:Should,shouldn’t.Futuresimple:will. Won’t+V 2. Skills: - Listening,reading,speakingandwritingskills. 3. Attitude: - Bytheendof thelessonsslove learningEnglish. Behard workingandstricttotheirstudy. 4. Competencedevelopement: Readingskill. Self evaluatinganddealingwiththeproblem. - Individualworks,pairwork. Co operationability - Communicativeskill. Creativeabilities B. MATERIALS: T:Lessonplan,textbook,radio. Ss:Notebookandpen. C. PROCEDURE (đề bài,đáp án,biểuđiểmcho PhòngGiáodụcvàđàotạora,cóvănbảnkèmtheo) Theend ofweek 18 Ký duyệtcủa BGH Ngày….. tháng01năm2022 Ký duyệtcủa tổ chuyênmôn Ngày ... tháng01năm
2. Competence:By theend ofthelessonstudentswillbe ableto revisethelanguage theyhavelearntandtheskillstheyhavepracticedinUnits1 6. Theyhavelearntso farin termsoflanguageandskills Practisingdoingexercises.
344
+ Skills: Reading , listening , speaking skills. Write the contents of a website introducingthecity/townwhereyoulive.........
1. Knowledge: - TorevisethelanguageandskillstheyhavelearntinUnit 1-6. Identifyandpracticethelanguageitemsofunits1,2,3,4,5,6 Bytheendof thisUnit,studentscanrevisethelanguageitemsof units1,2,3,4,5,6 theyhavestudiedandtheskillsthey havepracticed.
I. OBJECTIVES:
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment…. Method:T WC;groupworks;individual…… III.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
WEEK:DateDatePROCEDURE:ofplanning:10/1/2022ofteaching:6A:11/1/20226B:11/1/202218+
Period 51: THEFIRST-TERMTESTCORRECTION
a)Vocabulary:Extendandpracticevocabularyrelatedto1,2,3,4,5,6.Placesin a neighbourhood; thingsinnature;thingsandactivitiesatTet…..
II. TEACHINGAIDS: Teacher:Textbook,laptop, loudspeaker,projector…
c) Writing: Writinga paragraphaboutaneighbourhood; Writingaparagraphaboutanaturalwonder; - Writinganemailaboutwhatchildrenshould/shouldn’tdoatTet.
b)GRAMMAR: Review:Comparativeadjectives;Must/Mustn’t.Countableand uncountablenouns.Shouuld/shouldn’t;someany.
d)Speaking:Askingfordirections;Makingappointments;Sayingnewyear’swishes.
3. Quality/behavior:Havingtheseriousattitudetowardstudyingand thegood relationshipwithfriends.Theloveof learningEnglish.Hard-working;cooperative; sociable;goodcommunication.
345 1. WARMUP& INTRODUCTION
Aims: Introduction
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content + Greeting + Chatting Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsaboutthemand class.Ask
1. T deliversststheirpapers.Comment 2. Askststoreadallexercisesin thetest.Noticetothe mistakesthey’vemade 3. T gives answerkeyandmarks A. LISTENING(2points)
Part 1:Listen andtick (√) thebox. (1 point)0,2pointforeach correct answer.
AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofarin termsoflanguageandskills. Summarizetheir answersandaddsomemoreinformationifnecessary.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Sstoopentheirbookandintroducewhattheyare goingtostudy…. + Greeting + Chatting Students(Ss)listenand learnhowtodo. Opentheirbookand write.
2. PRESENTATION/NEWLESSON Aim:To help Ssrevise whatthey havelearnt so far.
1. A 2.C 3. C 4. B 5.A Part 2:Listen andwrite. There is oneexample. (1 point)0,2pointforeach correct answer. 1. basketball 2. Long 3. Bird
Givetheanswers Followtheteacher’stasks Listenandlookcorrect theirmistakes.
Teacher’s& Student’sactivities Content II. NEWLESSON: Teachergives outSs’papers
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 346 4. eleven/11 5. soccer B:LANGUAGEFOCUS(3ps) Choosethebest optionto completethe following sentences.(3 pts)0,25pointforeach correct answer. 1-B 6 11CA 2-C 7 12CC 3-A 8 13AC 4-B 9 14CB 51510ABA PART C:READING(2,5 points) 1. Readthepassageand answerthequestions.(1,5p) 0, 3 pointforeach correct answer 1. F 2. B 3. D 4.C 5.A 2. Match( 1 5)with (A- H)signs(1p)0,2pointfor each correct answer 1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C PART D:WRITING(3,0points) I. 1.C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B 1.II.Myschoolis in frontoftherailwaystation. 2. Couldyoushowmethewaytothecinema,please?/ Couldyoupleaseshowmetheway tothecinema? 3. Thepeoplehereareveryfriendlyandhelpful 4. Myfavouriteroominmyhouseis my bedroom./ My bedroomismyfavouriteroominmyhouse 5. Canyoutellmethewayfrommyhousetothebus station?L ớp 3,40-> 4,3,5->9 6,5,0->4 7,6,5->9 8>10 TB % 6A39 2 7 25 5 0 30 75 Copy - Followtheteacher’stasks Listenandlookcorrect theirmistakes. Followtheteacher’stasks Domoreexercises Doat home
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 347 6B44 0 1 10 24 9 43 97,7 4. WRAP-UP& HOMEWORK(2’) *Summarizethemainpoints. AskSswhattheyhavelearntsofar.Havethemrecalltheimportantelements: + Words/phrasesandcombinationsrelatedtofriends… * HOMEWORK Finishalltheexercises Doexercisesin workbook Preparenewlesson. =====================Theendofweek18+ Ký duyệtcủa BGH Ngày….. tháng01năm2022 Ký duyệtcủa tổ chuyênmôn Ngày ... tháng01năm2022 TrầnThịNgọcMai
* UNITGRAMMAR:1: My new school usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency; UNIT2: My house - usepossessivecasetodescribepossession;
* Vocabulary: Words and phrases about schoolthings and activities;Types ofhouse , roomsandfurniture;Bodyparts,appearances, personalityadjective
WEEK:9 I. OBJECTIVES: - To test students’ understanding in grammar, vocabulary listening, reading and writingafterunit1,2,3English6 - Students need to know how much progress they’ve learnt. They know how well they’vemade.Theyalsowanttoknowwhichlanguageareatheymustpractice more.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 348 Date of preparing: … /11/2022 Date of teaching: 10/11/2022 Period 25: THEFIRST MID-TERMTEST
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 349 useprepositionsofplacetodescribewherepeopleorthingsare; UNIT3: My friends - usethepresentcontinuoustotalkaboutthingshappeningnow; * Writing: - writea paragraphaboutone’sschool. writeanemailto a frienddescribingahouse. writea diaryentryaboutbestfriends. + Skills: Reading, listening, speakingskills.Writeane mailtoyourfriend II. TEACHINGAIDS: T:Textbook,laptop,photocopiedpapers III. PROCEDURES: A. Matrix Cấp độ Tên chủ đề Nhận biết Thông hiểu Vận dụng Cộng Cấp độ thấp Cấp độ cao TNKQ LT TNKQ TL TNKQ TL KQTN TL Listening Listen to theandsationsconver5shortthe-tickbox Listenfillinthetable Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 1.05pts10% 1.05pts10% 2.010pts20% Languagefocusanswers.theChoosebest
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 350 A,. B, or C Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 2.510pts35% 2,510pts20% Reading Read answerbestchooseandpassagethethe Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 1,55pts15% 101.05pts10% 2,510pts25% Writing Rewritethesentences paragWriteraph Số câu Số điểm Tỉ lệ % 1,55pts15% 15%1,55pts 3,010pts30% Tổng số câu Tổng số điểm Tỉ lệ % 2.05pts10% 15 5 2,53.ptspts 55% 10 5 2.5 pts 1.0 pts 25% 10 % 100%10pts40
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 351 I.PartLISTENING:1: Listen andtick (√) the box.(1point) 1. Wheredoesher brotherwork? 2. Howdoeshego towork? 3. Whendoeshestartwork? 4. Whatdoeshedofor lunch?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 352 5. Whatdidhedobeforehe startedthisjob? Part 2:Listen andwrite. There is oneexample.(1point) Mrs Hill Yearshe mether husband: 1947 (1) Monththey met: (2) Husband’sname:…………………….……..……………. (3) Where shemet her husband:…………………..…..………. (4) Howold whenthey met: ………………………....……..….. (5) Theirhobby:…………………………………………..……. II. Choosethebest answera, b,c or d to completethe sentence. 1. Howis yourfirstweek_________school? a. on b. at c. for d. to 2. My brotheroftenhelpsme_________myhomework. a. at b. about c. for d. with 3. Megan is_________badmintonwithherfriendsintheschoolyard. a. having b. studying c. playing d. doing
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 353 4. Thevilla is_________bypinetrees. a. surrounded b. built c. covered d. grounded 5. We do_________inthegym everyafternoon. a. tabletennis b. football c. judo d. homework 6. _________doesJanehavescience?~On MondayandFriday. a. Where b. What c. When d. Whattime 7. Nowadays,studentsoftenuse_________inmathematicslessons. a. rubbers b. calculatorsc.pencils d. dictionaries 8. My cousingoestoa_________school,sosheonlycomeshomeatweekends. a. boarding b. private c. public d. international 9. Youlookreally_________inyournewuniform! a. excited b. smart c. healthy d. interesting 10._________yourparentsgiveyoupocketmoney? a. Is b. Are c. Do d. Does III. Completethe sentence with the correct formof theverb. 1. Childrenoften___________________(use)acomputerforschoolwork. 2. ___________________(Jane/watch)TVnow? 3. Mark___________________(notgo)toschoolonFridayafternoon. 4. Look!The cat___________________(eat)yourbreakfast. 5. ___________________(you/study)ITatschool? 6. I_____________ (not listen) to music, I _______________ (play) a computer gameatthemoment. 7. Put on a raincoat. It_____________ (rain). It_______________ (rain) a lot in 8.summer.Where are the children? ~ They ___________________ (read) books in the library. IX. Readthe textcarefully,then answerthe questions.
3. Whereis Peter’sbedroom? 4. WhydoesPeterlike tobein theattic? 5. Whereis thegarage? 6. Is theswimmingpoolinthegarden? 7. DoesPeterlike hisroom?
I love my bedroom, but I also like the attic. In the attic I keep some of my books and my old toys. I like to spend my time therebecause it is very spacious and there is a bigsofatherewhereIsometimestakeanap.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 354THISIS MY HOUSE!
At the back of the house, there is a garage where my parents park the family car, and a lovely garden with many green spaces, flowers, two swings and a small swimmingpool. I lovemyhouse!It’sverycomfortableandcozy. spacious(adj): rộngrãi cozy (adj): ấmcúng
Hello!My nameis Peterandthisis myhouse. My house is quite big. It has got two floors a ground floor and a first floor. It has also got an attic and a basement. On the ground floor, there is a kitchen, a living room, a big dining room and a bathroom. On the first floor, there are three bedrooms, one bathroom and a big corridor. My bedroom is between my parents’ bedroom and the bathroom. My sister’sbedroomisin frontofmine.
1. Is Peter’shousebigor small? 2. Howmanyroomsarethereonthegroundfloor?Whatarethey?
1. My househasgotfiverooms. → There 2. Thebusstationisn’tfarfromthenewshoppingcenter.
→ Therearen’t 6. Therearetwobathroomsinthathouse. → Thathouse 7. I like thekitchenmost.
→ My favourite 8. Is therea gardenin frontofthehouse?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 355
→ Thebusstationis 3. Thereisn’tatelephonein thelivingroom.
→ We 4. Thehouseisbehindthetrees. → Therearetrees 5. Thereareonlya few biscuitsinthepacket.
→ Doesthehouse PART II: Readthe passageandtick (✓) TrueorFalse (1,0 p)
X. Write an email to your friend and tell him/ her about your house and your favouriteroom. I. Completethe second sentence so thatit meandthesameasthe first.
356 David lives in the countryside in Canada. He usually gets up early and does morning exercise with his bike.He ridesaroundhisarea. After breakfast, he takes a bus to school. He has lessons from 9.00 am to 1.00 pm. He often has lunch in the schoolcanteenandthenhehasashortrest. In the afternoon, he has lessons in the library or PE in the gym. After school, heoften goes to thesports centre nearhishouseandplaysbasketballortabletennis. In the evening, he often does his homework. Sometimes he surfs the Internet for his schoolprojects. He oftengoes tobed early.
3.
4.
=>
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Heoftenridesa bikein themorning.
2.
=>
3.
Questions True False Example: Davidlivesin thecountrysideinCanada.
5. HesometimessurfstheNetforhis schoolprojects. D. PartWRITINGI:Finisheach
1. Doesyourschoolhaveacomputerroom? Is there…………………………………………………………………? Thelamp is behindthecomputer. Thecomputer…………………………………………………………….. Thereis anair conditionerandaTVin ourlivingroom. Ourlivingroomhas…………………………………... Lan’seyesarebig andblack.
2. Hisclassesstartat1o’clockin theafternoon. In theafternoon,hecontinueswithhislessonsatschool. Heplaysbasketballortabletennisintheschoolgym.
=>
4.
of thefollowing sentences in such a way that it meand exactly the sameasthe sentence printedaboveit. (1.5pts)
+
Part
+ How many classrooms are there in the school? Are there any other rooms?
+ How many teachers are there? What are they like?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 357
=>Lan has………………………………………………………. Myfavoriteroominthehouseismy bedroom.
5.
+ What does it look like? (big/ small ….)
+ How many students are there? What activities do you do at school? What is your feeling about your new school?.....
+
+
=>I like ……………………………………………………..... II. (1.5 pt): Write a short paragraph of about 80 -100 words to talk about your new school. You can use some suggested cues below and add more suitable ideas. What is your new school’s name?
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 358 1300154904
HelpsStsunderstandsomethingaboutEnglishandhavethewaytolearnEnglish.
*Vocabulary:Knowledge:Uselexicalitemsrelatedtotextbook,andthewaytolearnEnglishin class;athome...someclassroomlanguages.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 359 INTRODUCTIONTOENGLISH6 Week 1 Lesson:1 Period: 01 Class Dateofteaching Attendance A9A5A2
Bytheendof thelesson,studentswillbeabletoknowhowtostudyEnglish effectively andhowto use GlobalSuccesstextbooksandthemethodsofusingthe textbooksandworkbooks.
1.
2. Competencies:
HelpsStsunderstandsomethingaboutcountryandpeopleinEngland.
a. Generalcompetencies:
I. OBJECTIVES -
* Grammar: to be;presentsimpletense;presentcontinuous…
b. Specificcompetencies:
Groupworkandindependentworking,pairwork,linguisticcompetence,cooperative learningandcommunicativecompetence.
Haveanoverviewonthestructures,topicsofEnglish6as wellas somemain grammarpointsStshavetocatchduringtheschoolyear. - Havea conceptofexams,checkingold lessons,doinghomeworks,follow requirementsofteacherin classandoutclass.
3. Qualities:
Tocreateafriendlyandatmosphereintheclassbeforethelesson; Togive T andSsa chancetointroducethemselves;
III.
TEACHERANDSTUDENTS'ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
3. Products: InterestandconcentrationofStsontheclassactivities.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
2. Content: Havesomewarm upactivitiestocreateafriendlyandrelaxedatmospheretoinspireSsto warmup tothenewclass.
Step 1:Taskdelivering - Teacherintroducehis/herselfandlettheSts introducethemselves.
II.
Teacher:PREPARATIONS
Step 4:Judgement
RaiseSts’ interestoflearningEnglishatschool.
360 HavepositiveattitudetowardslearningEnglish6. Canmakeself planforlearningduringtheschoolyear,forbalancinglearning timeamongallsubjectsincludingEnglish.
ToteachSs theloveofEnglish;theloveof theirnewschool.Theawareness aboutimportanceoflearningEnglish.
Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector…
Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment’s….
1. Aim:
ACTIVITYPROCEDURE1:WARMUP
4. Implementation:Teacherinstructs - Stsdoasrequired
Step 2:Taskperformance
GW/PW/IW)
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion
- StsreplytotheinformationfromtheTeacher, thengive theirideas. Stsjoinin thediscussion
Teachergive outsomepersonalinformation,try tomakesomefun toattractSts’attention. Stsdoasrequired
Sshavegoodattitudetoworkingroups,individualwork,pairwork, cooperativelearningandworking.
T providessomeinformationaboutEngland,let Stslistenandanswerthequestions(ifany)
Step 2:Taskperformance
2. Content: ContentsandstructuresofGlobalSuccessGrade6
4.TEACHERImplementation:ANDSTUDENTS'
ACTIVITY2:KNOWLEDGEFORMATION(15'-GW/PW/IW)
Ststakenotesomeinformation T asks,Sts answersomemorequestionsabout
2. Content: SomefactsandinterestingthingsaboutEngland
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. Products: Sts’knowledgeaboutEngland
StepEngland4:JudgementTgivesfeedback
1. Aim: TointroduceaboutEnglandandEnglish
onthereactionofSts PictureaboutLondon(BigBen picture)
Stsanswer:It’sinLondoninEngland. -It locatedin North-westcoastof Europewithverymildweathernottoo hotbutnottoocold. -It consistsoffourparts:England, Wales,ScotlandandIreland. It’sofficialnameis theUK -Eachparthasitsownflagof UK. Therearemanyinterestingthingsof Englandandyou’llgraduallyknow abouttheminthe progressoflearning English.
1. Aim: ToIntroducethenew books.
ACTIVITY3:PRACTICE(20'- GW/PM/IM)
3. Products: Sts’conceptaboutthenewbooks
361 T summarizesthediscussion.
ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
T. asksstssomequestionsaboutEngland. WhatdoyouknowaboutEngland? T. gives stssomethingaboutEnglandandEnglish.
Step 1:Taskdelivering
Sts’attentiononthenewbooks
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion
Section 3 : A CLOSERLOOK 2 . Deal with the main grammar point(s) of the unit. The new language point is presented in short text or a talk./ interview. Both a closer look 1,2 mainly give language focus and practice of receptive skills. - Section 4: COMMUNICATION. Help Sts to use the functional language in everyday life context and consolidate what they have learnt.... - Section 5 : SKILL 1 . READING AND SPEAKING. Develop Ss reading abilities And provide further practice which supports Ss in their production of speaking English freely.
Section 1 : GETTING STARTED. Introduce the topic of the unit. Present the vocabulary and the grammar items. -
Step 2:Taskperforming - T provesomeinformationaboutthebooks Ststakesnoteasrequired - Howmanyunitsaretherein English6 textWhatbook?aretheyabout? * Thereare12units.Eachunithas eight sections,providingmaterialsfor7 classroomlessonsof45 minutes. -
4. Implementation: TEACHERANDSTUDENTS'ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Step 1:Taskdelivering - T provideinformationaboutthebooksandletsts answerthequestions,takenote.
Section 6 : SKILL 2: LISTENING AND WRITING. The listening activity follows the oral practice in speaking to
362
Section 2 : A CLOSERLOOK 1 .Present and practice the vocabulary and pronunciation of the unit. Grammar items may also be included in this section.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
363
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion - let someStstellall classabouttheiropinions aboutthestructuresandtopicsofthenewbooksas well asthedifferencesbetweenEnglish6 and Englishin PrimaryClasses.
Step 4:Judgement T summarizesSts’opinion,givesomeadvices andsolutionsinlearningEnglish6.
provide Ss an opportunity to listen.... Writing focuses on developing Ss’ wring skills - Section 7: LOOKING BACK& PROJECT. Recycle language from previous sections, consolidate and apply what they have learnt in the unit. The project helps Ss to improve their ability to work by themselves and in team, and extend their imagination in a field related to the unit subject.( extra curricular activity/ or homework). - Englishis nottoodifficultbutit requiresyouworkinghard. Stsneedlearnby heart allvocabulary andtheirusage. Review thelessoneveryday. LearnEnglisheveryday. Sscan practiceall4 skills Sts’sopinions
1. Aim: TomakeStsget morefamiliartoTeacherandthenewbooks Togive homework
ACTIVITY4:APPLICATION(5' - GW/PW/IW)
and
Teacher
T
1:
rules. - Home
4:
ACTIVITIES
English
T
Find
homework
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 364 2. Content Questions:andansweraboutbuildinganeffectiveEnglishClass homework 3. Products: T andSts’agreementonmethodsofteachingandlearning 4. TEACHERImplementation:ANDSTUDENTS'
homework. Morespeakingtime Moregroup work Less homework IV. FEED-BACK: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Unit1:MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson 1:GETTINGSTARTED A special day Week Period1 : 02 Class Dateofteaching Attendance
Step 2:Taskperformance summarizesallopinions let Ststakenotethe
Step Judgement gives feedback requireStsdo
Step 3:Report anddiscussion- ss summitthe tasksto T. - T sayssomethingaboutthefirstclasstime. Ststellabouttheirthoughts
T
CONTENTS
Step Taskdelivering (Homeassignment) summarizeSts’s givesomeclass assigment: outmoreaboutEnglandand
opinionsand
3. Qualities:
I. OBJECTIVES
a. Generalcompetencies: - Bytheendof thelessonstudentswillbeabletoknowtheformand usethepresent simpletense;adverbsoffrequencycorrectly.Studentscanintroducethemselvesand introducesomeonetosomeoneelse; b. Specificcompetencies: Groupworkandindependentworking,pairwork,linguisticcompetence, cooperativelearningandcommunicativecompetence.
Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector…
1. *Vocabulary:Knowledge:usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My New School
ToteachSs theloveofEnglish;theloveof theirnewschool. - TheawarenessaboutimportanceoflearningEnglish. Sshavethegoodattitudetoworkingin groups,individualwork,andpairwork, cooperativelearningandworking.
II.
* Bythe end ofthis unit,studentswill beableto: - usethewordsrelatedtothetopicMyNew School. usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,to study+Noun; pronouncethesounds/a:/and // correctly; usethepresentsimple; - usetheadverbsoffrequency; introducesomeonetosomeoneelse; readforgeneralandspecificinformationaboutschools; - talkaboutthetypeofschoolonewouldliketo go to; listenforspecificinformationaboutschoolactivities; writea paragraphaboutone’sschool.
* Grammar: - usethecombinations:toplay,todo,to have,tostudy+Noun; usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency;
AbilityofusingPresentSimpleTense,somepopularAdverbofFrequency Stscanintroducethemselvesoroneanotherfluently
Teacher:PREPARATIONS
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
365
* Pronunciation: Pronouncingthesounds/a:/and // correctly 2. Competencies:
ACTIVITYPROCEDURE1:WARM-UP
366 Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment’s…. III.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Aim: Tocreateafriendlyandatmosphereintheclassbeforethelesson; - Togive T andSsa chancetointroducethemselves; Tolead intotheunit
4. Implementation:Teacherinstructs Stsdoasrequired
TEACHERANDSTUDENTS'ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
GW/PW/IW)
Step 1:TaskdeliveringStepChatting2:Taskperformance
Teacher (T)introduceshimself/herself - T mayintroducesomewarm-upactivitiesto createa friendlyandrelaxedatmospheretoinspire Ssto warmuptothesubjectandnewclass… - HaveSstointroducethemselves. Students(Ss)listenandlearnhowtointroduce -themselves.Tencourages
Ss totalkinEnglishasmuchas +possibleStudents (Ss)listenandlearnhowtodothetasks. Answertheteacher’squestionsandrequirements. Opentheirbookandwrite.
+ T Leads tothefirstunitofthenew schoolyear.
2. Content: - Havesomewarm-upactivitiestocreateafriendlyandrelaxedatmospheretoinspireSsto warmup tothenewclass.
3. Products: - InterestandconcentrationofStsontheclassactivities. Introducingthemselvestomakemorenewfriends.
- Writetheunittitle My New School ontheboard andaskSsguestwhattheyaregoingtolearnthis unit… - AskSstoopentheirbooktopage6andintroduce Chatting. Introducethemselves(name; age; address; likes; dislikes ….friends…)
2. Content: Learnsomenew words.Readtheconversationandfindoutnewwords.
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion Stsworkingrouptointroducethemselves Stsjoinin thediscussion
1. Aim: - Toset thecontextfortheintroductory; Tointroducethetopicoftheunit,thevocabulary,thesounds,andthegrammarpointstobe learned.
Step 4:Judgement - T summarizesthediscussionandleadstoActivity 2. ACTIVITY2:KNOWLEDGEFORMATION(15')
ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
367 whattheyaregoingto study…
Step 2:Taskperformance T introducesVyandPhong:Theyarefriends,and DuyVy’snewfriend. HaveSslookatthepicture.AskSsquestions aboutthepicture: Where are they? Who are Vy and Duy? Etc... AskSswhyit is a specialday… EncourageSstogive theiranswers,butdonot confirmwhethertheiranswersrightorwrong. Askthemtotalkabit abouttheirfeelings onthe day.PlaytherecordingtwiceormorefortheSs listen andreadalong. Stslistencarefullytothecontext AskSsunderlinethenewwordsortheword relatedtothetopicwhiletheyarelisteningand * Vocabulary
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
3. Products: - Vocabularyaboutthetopic Understandingtheconversation;topicofthelesson,grammarpoints… 4.TEACHERImplementation:ANDSTUDENTS'
Step 1:Taskdelivering T setsthescene/contextforthelisteningand reading.
2. Readtheconversationagainand tick (√) T (True) orF (F)
2. Content: Listenandreadtheconversation.True/falseactivity,fillingin thegaps. Understandtheconversation;grammarpoints;presentsimpletense
Step 1:Taskdelivering T let StslearnTask2 GettingStarted Unit1
2.F1.TKey:
TEACHERANDSTUDENTS'ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
3. Products: Knowmorenewwords. Understandtheconversation;topicofthelesson Vocab,grammarpoints…
1. Aim: Tohelp Ss understandtheconversation. Tointroducesomevocabularyrelatedtothetopicoftheunit; Tointroducethegrammarpointofthisunit:thepresentsimple.
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion Stswritedownthenewvocabulary - T asks,Stsanswersomemorequestionsabout theconversation
ACTIVITY3:PRACTICE(20'- GW/PM/IM)
2. Readtheconversationagainandtick (√) T (True) orF (F)/ - AskSstoreadtheconversationagainandtick(√) T (True)or F (F)/Page7 Stsdothetasks - Playtherecordingoncemorefor Sstounderstand
Step 4:Judgement - T gives feedbackonthereactionofSts - calculator(n): máytính uniform(n):đồngphục - smart(adj):thôngminh - wear(v): mang,mặc,đội.
Step 2:Taskperforming
+ Followthesevenstepsofteachingvocab. + Check vocabulary.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 368
+ Sts Takenote CallonsomegroupsofSstoreadthe conversationaloud.
4. Implementation:
reading. *Teachvocabulary: + Teacherusesdifferenttechniquestoteachvocab (situation,regalia,translation.)
4. Matchthe wordswith the schoolthings.Then listen andrepeat AskSstomatchthewordswiththeschoolthings.
369 theconversationbetter. ExplainthestrategiesofdoingTrue False exercisetoSs: Read each statement carefully, identify and underline the key words in the statement, locate the key words or similar words in the text, and then evaluate if they are the same, or the opposites of the information in the given statements. If theinformationisthesame,it's True (T). If it is oppositeordifferent,it'sFalse(F).
3. Write ONEwordfromthe boxin each gap.
- T mayinstructSshowtodotheexercise: Readthesentencesandidentifythekindofwordto fill theblank,e.g.In sentence1,we need a verbto go withthenoun uniforms tofilltheblank. Modelwiththefirstsentence. “Wear” AskSstoworkindependentlytofilleach blank withtherightword. AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussingthem asa Askclass.Sstowritethecorrectanswersontheboard. T explainsthemeaningofsomewordsif necessary.Sspracticesayingthesentencestogether. - T thenasksSstoidentifythetenseusedin these sentences.Tellthemthatitisthepresentsimple tense,andtheyaregoingtolearnit in thisunit.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
- Ssworkindependently.Tellthemtorefer backto theconversationifnecessary.
1.Key:5.F4.T3.Twear 2.has 3.go 4.uniforms 5. 4.subjectsMatchthe wordswith the school things.Thenlisten andrepeat. * Key + Audio script: 1. schoolbag 2.compass 3. pencilsharpener 4. rubber 5. pencilcase 6.calculator . Lookaroundtheclass.Writethe namesofschoolthingsyouseein your notebook.` Listentotheinstructionscarefullythen dothetasks. desks, notice board, pictures - Takenote
- PlaytherecordingforSstolisten andchecktheir matching.Sslistenagainandrepeat.Thenletthempractise sayingthenamesofschoolthings. Explainthemeaningsifnecessary, e.g. usevisualaidsin theclassroom 5. Lookaroundtheclass. Write the namesof schoolthingsyousee in yournotebook.
Let thempracticethewords,writethemintheir notebookandmakesentenceswiththewordsif thereis time.
Step 2:Taskperformance - Teachersummarizesallopinions
3. Products: Knowmoresomewordsaboutschoolthings TakenoteHomeassigment
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion
Step 4:Judgement T gives feedbackontheanswers.
2. Content: Tolearnsomemorewordsindicatingschoolthings. Matching Homeassigment
ACTIVITY4:APPLICATION(5')
T let Ststakenotethehomework
Togive Homeassigment
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
* Homeassigment: Readagaintheconversationonpage6. Domoreexercises in workbook.
Ssworkindependently - Sharetheanswers
ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
Step 1:Taskdelivering (Homeassignment)
1. Aim: Tohelp Ss revisesomewordsandlearnsomemorewordsindicatingschoolthings.
Askoneor twoSstotelltheclasswhattheyhave learnt.AskSstosayaloudsomewordstheyremember fromthelesson. - Homeassigment
370 Tell Sstolookaroundtheclass. Pointtoeachstudentandaskwhathe/ shesees/ hasaroundhim/ her(e.g. table, desks, notice board, pictures, etc.).
4. TEACHERImplementation:ANDSTUDENTS'
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 371 Step 3:Reportanddiscussion T sayssomethingabouttheclasstime. Step 4:Judgement T gives feedbackandrequiresStsdohomework. IV. FEED-BACK: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Unit1:MY NEWSCHOOL Lesson 2: A CLOSERLOOK1 Week Period1 : 03 Class Dateofteaching Attendance I. OBJECTIVES 1. *Vocabulary:Knowledge: Torevise/introducethenamesofschoolsubjects,andsomenounsrelatedtoschool andschoolactivities. Usethewordsrelatedtothetopic My New School: schoollunch,exercise,English, history,homework,science,football,lessons,music… * Grammar: - usethecombinations:toplay,todo,tohave,tostudy+Noun; usethepresentsimple; usetheadverbsoffrequency; * Pronunciation: Toteachhowto pronouncethesounds/a:/and // . 2. Competencies: a. Generalcompetencies:
StepChatting2:Taskperformance Chatting.
1. Aim: - Revisetheoldlesson.
4. Implementation:Teacherinstructs Stsdoasrequired
3. Qualities:
372 Bytheendof thelessonstudentswillbeabletorevise/introducethenamesof schoolsubjects,andsomenounsrelatedtoschoolandschoolactivities.Ssknowhow topronouncethesounds/a:/and // .
II. Teacher:PREPARATIONS
Textbook,laptop,loudspeaker,projector… Students:Textbooks,studyingequipment’s…. III.
- Dosomeactivitiestocreata friendlyandrelaxedatmostpheretowarmup tothenew lesson…
ToteachSs theloveofEnglish;theloveof theirnewschool. TheawarenessaboutimportanceoflearningEnglish.
ACTIVITYPROCEDURE1:WARM-UPGW/PW/IW)
Abilityofusingsomenew wordsofschooltopictomakesentencesandcallthings around.
3. Products: InterestandconcentrationofStsontheclassactivities. A friendlyandrelaxedatmostpheretothenew lesson
TEACHERANDSTUDENTS' ACTIVITIES CONTENTS
b. Specificcompetencies: Groupworkandindependentworking,pairwork,linguisticcompetence, cooperativelearningandcommunicativecompetence. - AbilityofusingPresentSimpleTense,somepopularAdverbofFrequency
Step 1:Taskdelivering
2. Content: Havesomewarm upactivitiestocreateafriendlyandrelaxedatmospheretoinspireSsto warmup tothenewclass.
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
Sshavethegoodattitudetoworkingin groups,individualwork,andpairwork, cooperativelearningandworking.
ACTIVITY2:KNOWLEDGEFORMATION(15')
1. Aim: Torevise/introducethenamesofschoolsubjects,andsomenounsrelatedtoschooland schoolactivities. ToteachSs howtocombinea verbandanountotalkaboutschoolactivities. 2. Content: - Tointroducethenamesofschoolsubjects,nounsbylistening,repeatingthewords Pairworktoputthewordsinthecorrectcolumns 3. Products: - Vocabularyaboutthetopic Combinationofa verbanda noun 4. Implementation:TEACHERAND
Teacher (T)asksSssomequestionsabout themandclass. T encouragesSstotalkinEnglishasmuch aspossible + Students (Ss)listenandlearnhowtodothe -tasks.Answertheteacher’squestionsand requirements.Opentheirbookandwrite. + T Leads tothenew lesson. AskSstoopentheirbooktopage7 and introducewhattheyaregoingtostudy… Step 3:Reportanddiscussion - Stsjoinin thediscussion Step 4:Judgement T summarizesthediscussionandleadsto Activity2.
373
Step 1:Taskdelivering T setsthescene/contextforthelistening andreading. T askthewholeclasstodo theTasksinA CloserLook1 Step 2:Taskperformance
ACTIVITIESSTUDENTS'
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
What are your feelings about the last classtime? Areyouinrestedinthelesson? Doyoulike thenew school? Answers
CONTENTS
*scienceVocabulary: (n):mônkhoahọc history (n):mônlich sử exercise (n):bàitập
*Pre-teach vocabulary: + Teacherusedifferenttechniquestoteach vocabulary(situation,realia,translation….)
2. Workin pairs. Put thewordsin 1 in the correct columns./P.8 T_Ss AskSstolookatthetableandlearnhowto doExplainit.toSsthatinEnglishsomeverbsand nounsgotogetherandsomedon’t. - Ssworkinpairs..Tellthemtoputthe wordsin1 intogroups. - Ssworkinpairs. - Givetheanswers Checktheanswers. Explaintothemwhichwordsgowitheach verb.Allowthemtosharetheiranswers T gives thecorrectansvvers. - T encouragesSstoextendtheirvocabulary
374
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
+ Followthesevenstepsofteachingvocab.
- Stsrepeatinchorusandindividually. Correcttheirpronunciation. Givethecomments. - CallonsomeSs to read thewordsaloud. Ststakenoteallthewords. Stscheck themeaningsofthewords
* Checkingvocab:Slap theboard + PlaytherecordingandlettheSs listen. Playit twiceormorewithpausesforthem torepeateachword.
1. Listen andrepeatthe words. AskSstolistenandrepeatthewords/Page 8.HaveSslookatthepicturesandthinkabout themeaningof thewords. Students(Ss)listentotheinstructions carefullyandlearnhowtodothetasks.
* Audioscript: schoollunch exercise English science history football homework, lessonsmusic play do have study football homework schoolluch musicEnglish exercise lesson history/science (play sports, do the housework, have a rest, study new words……)
3:Reportanddiscussion
ACTIVITY3:PRACTICE(20' GW/PM/IM)
Step 1:Taskdelivering T let StslearnTask2 GettingStarted Unit1 Step 2:Taskperforming 3. Putoneofthese wordsin each blank. AskSstodo activity3 AskSstoworkindependently orinpairsto fill each blankwiththerightword. Stslistentotheinstructionsclearly - Encouragethemtoreadthesentences carefullyandlookforclues sothattheycan 3. Putoneofthese wordsin each blank. * Key: 1. homework 2. football 3.lessons 4. exercise 5. Science
Stepyet
ACTIVITIESSTUDENTS' CONTENTS
Note:Don’tteach thewordsin this activity
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
1. Aim:
2. Content:
375 byaddingasmanywordsaspossibletothe groups.
Stswritedownthenewvocabulary - T asks,Stsanswersomemorequestions aboutthelesson
Step 4:Judgement - T gives feedbackonthereactionofSts
Tousepresentsimpletodotheexercises.Fillingthe words. Topronouncethesounds/a:/and // correctly;Listenandrepeat.
3. Products: - Understandmoreaboutusingthewordsincontexts. Pronouncingthesounds/a:/and // correctly 4. Implementation: TEACHERAND
TorevisethewordsthatSshavelearntincontext. Tohelp Sspronouncethesounds/a:/and // andpracticepronouncingthesesoundsin wordscorrectly.
4. Listen andrepeat. Pay attentionto the sounds/a:/and //. *Audioscript: 1. /a:/:smart art carton class 2. // subject study Monday compass
5. Listen andrepeat. Thenlisten againand underlinethe wordswith the sounds/a:/ and //
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL
4. Listen andrepeat. Pay attentionto the sounds/a:/and // . - Let Ss practise the sounds /a:/ and / / together. Ask Ss to observe the T's mouth whenpronouncingtwosounds. Play the recording and ask Ss to listen to thesewordsandrepeat. Stslistencarefully Checktheanswers StsPlaylistenandrepeattherecordingasmanytimesas -necessary.Checkthemeaningsifnecessary, 5. Listen andrepeat. Thenlisten againand underlinethe wordswith the sounds/a:/ and // - HaveSsquicklyreadthesentencesand underlinethewordshavingthesounds/a:/and // PlaytherecordingforSstolisten andcheck thewordsthattheyhaveunderlined. Havethemworkinpairstocomparetheir
376 choosetherightwordtocompleteeach sentenceModelwiththefirstsentence. AllowSs toshareanswersbeforediscussing themasa class. Stslearnhowtodoit -Sts practisesayingthesentences . Checktheanswersina class. T maycallon someSstoreadthesentences aloud.Sstakenote Extension: - lf timeallows,askSstowritesentences aboutthemselvesintheirnotebooks,usingthe combinationsin2.Theyshouldwriteasmany sentencesaspossible.E.g.// We haveEnglish lessonsonTuesdayandThursday.
Step 1:Taskdelivering (Homeassignment)
Step 2:Taskperformance Teachersummarizesthelesson T let Ststakenotethehomeassignment
1. Mybrotherhasanewcompass. 2. Ourclassroomislarge.
Step 3:Reportanddiscussion - Ssworkindependently Sharetheanswers
3. Theylooksmartontheirfirstdayatschool.
ansvvers.CheckSs'answers.Playtherecordingagain.
4. Theartlessonstartsatnineo’clock.
5. Hegoes outtohaveluncheverySunday.
Let Sslistenand repeatsentencebysentence,payingattention totheunderlinedwords.
3. Products: Knowmoresomewordsaboutschoolthings TakenoteHomeassigment 4.
1. Aim: Tohelp Ss revisealltheyhavelearnt. Togive Homeassigment 2. Content: Makesentencesusingthenew wordsandstructures Homeassigment
* Homeassigment: Domoreexercises in workbook. - Make10sentencesusingthewordsand
Askoneor twoSstotelltheclasswhatthey haveAsklearnt.Sstosay
ACTIVITIESTEACHERImplementation:ANDSTUDENTS'
CONTENTS
ACTIVITY4:APPLICATION(5')
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 377
Step 4:Judgement - T gives feedbackontheanswersand studyingattitucdeofStsin class.
aloudsomewordsthey rememberfromthelessonandmake sentenceswiththem - Homeassigment
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL 378 Step 3:Reportanddiscussion T asks,Stsansweraboutschool Step 4:Judgement T gives feedbackandrequiresStsdo homework. phrasesinthelessonandwritedownin notebook. IV. FEED-BACK: ………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………